ie Neeerner a 2 ree bin basic yore) : PD SPRUR SAGs TH Wael eae ahh aty i aan i retary, Pal ishesimietyse ) ae lator aaieat i i Tt Wau yeatbees ‘ify weanniea Ao aR tts the altho hs fh} " a4) Atieoniedve Pratt | UCT eeea yt Mae ligies bo pad) anes 115 105% Aaya thy pe beme git a. ate MAb gta HOt tteaeniae OLS Pead ad ae Vagalasee. ua alban eee aahees Hanes eit) Lahr Age tere etree Mitgine bad atie joie H Canines Aeatare LST) a ela’ ARS Die 1p al Witger war geae Rate h es fy Bat yisseedibe Teh beryat beh hantnts He de ro sbrAv oe ky bel eae heres he} my aM Biatetatbnepentet as brat Ritiernt tc peeht kon) Ashe RT, ia UGR ey Mariel, wat ha i we ih i tebe Somme bites y) , 4) yd) ata ade f aii erereriieenry rien ADEVFAS th) gl it athens ated Tash) HORNY toh jepey reehee cheb dele dened 4; yyy jen ya wT rake Dan) Wan Oa hah ethan erat ton) * ) Mri yt , nV Le dealt e beet Mabie) ie yoebl beds a \ i ct a TaTee Hable i BLT: + tari 2 thin Wag’ Nea yyy Haar Moab beaeh nie sh Pats te 2 ibe vs und ve dt PAWN ae 6 a Beat fey Aye nt. iat, : tee aay rife wei) ste THUAN eT eat eg Ueoeretenittsy , ih Aa ih } Badhin FAG Wed di HMM Hine red Voter et ou ee) 1 TEV cat gag) aN GAG NED yt CU? Be AA Bl ' aN Piha 4 With Holme ar th wistetieg vig ot eek te Chie: tip ait Dai Att LM pees nt Hike Py vtelens iit ‘ ss areas ntl Hakone she | ie ’ tite aus dein) gee pd A Mie! Atty wet fab neds rye Pa ey : ited: } Ore thethee * 4 Aa ? iH tT later Hee sehen TeP a aks a oh gs tit! : ny baal ph ane a ae ree h ACSEHEP aL bh dae LE a) Teitengtond ae eae 1Yapi pt teas 94 Mie? Ghee Ruane at ates F ety tit vi eat a Mat tah Atti toaper matee tebt Pebaoe Widae Hanh ca is atten Soa Wiel 3 PacKeen ih Realy ayn h etal aay iat eat te Leah ones ty seeds taethe VET heen % Whe OR} spr ae rr e: + He at nee cHisaeiy Hvhyy shel } \ pA Lieieated oh nly ; proleittL SOMME, + . side eRe ae) ¢ fies net 14 Tob4 by Gites EET EBs a eo ai Settee i areat ae das ” Sarerraety Cheihaht shay ta re he t a! area : Creer) " Mad gity sant + , ‘ M Sem pete eeteke TMH aesiaorshs 99399 Hi 4s teeta ea Te ene rites J LRM OUR Uris areet iu pat she metic Mina jrine iH rs) n fifth Poet bes HY edplashs nents PCAN tts ay ered Labees Piven hateteabndihy ARS Y te af Hert Orel peity Ae Gu iptarhs SihTaeDisibesti trai sane BAe eet si Siete, a” de baa tetilagseabenceeahee saapiat tiie} aghe Waeet ‘ ‘ Sater aaa ate aul ids pane serif ieee t Ba “i i hte. p i tats is i ahve sats ref vara? ’ Maen 91M ba BIB at haps ithe site ] ea aya ie B55 bbs ayo] i alae} Miers rat et Pr 4 Ht iets HA i a a Ahi appeal > i itt Le ‘ * Mbit Ril Hae Ne tae it ni Sr en nae eh tats Mia hey Hii HO Sia natien i Pmers ” ash ’ Ne eT ne ihe) LY i Be Ay , VeQs@ude a oe itt: Lie 5 tee ay * pte led At valp HY Eat ines it 4 at i vanes atts eo ye ig eee date coat set let tore rit Hy hain Bee ry y 4-0) 9895 be gag ” phen ene aratee 4 haa aiiathta) bia! Large pp daatens wa apeereih x) tetas ty pet siti Hf ne nly Wt tha ie Ot Rahaeaie 1» Relere itt t i that Ont , we nie Ht H ‘ t oes eae of hens yao b iy UP pha lea Ut - BET boat tik iy *ilatanatataty } $37} ) ' me Line! it vite hit Waly ttl * Mirae ty 1 ‘ bey See st i Kirt rer he Uneeninie Pasesanee MRE hk uae i! 4 Rite ie rt eae Steet StS 1 ri sh ie iy atict PD rnhiayd Dy Bt ate Lye ty feet Pisa arioas eT ” } Sere eH Beas gt ay Al dc ie dedead rgd sseid epee + venaneayt V3) sarteh rat tes tio “ +s ni aehiegh Stioseeheisohes pep aeatach Ho gine + SAL EADS O90 te Lets ne oy Van a9 bededt i i tf ue Lis 94% pa ke ay ane Por i} Waet hone i HT Weite Hi nee ote payaso eed 1 erly et) Ma ft . eaeetaa lt ness >i ii i 1 ped Set atralensitsiy sey StL ane et See fl nOC 2s 8 yuan gs bo ab ielee EH fiat Ha VF ae ie Haba anita HH sey a i ist Bat 4 Shields Ny Hyb8 8Nh Na at ony 1 tied if ia} sete st yaaa iti H (ada uty ; rere Sst Game = os Sete es = pee oi it a e ts Hi ove ean it he ao Hee Le PAR OS pad a itt eat ie Pestetitnt te at inp iliee Ft “e patie pei ? Fs ; ‘ uy i iat nt ee wat Autti i 5 bi (eet phe - Meat : ae “ TRH Ee | a ane bt eats dic i Hee aah i ares LAT} ite acy ie wnat rritts fd ty Bias * ait nt ihe ; aay auiltigt ek peed CLitis it i ttapit Ft ‘ at Ral oS a aes at ha +t evi Mibsent ) init if he Wan, é +1592) Fs debe bed bieae, Hite Pitan Lit aang Hotrod vaanaey Paw oy at gale ii \yoned ia ay i alte Stat ae 4 + Digan i” brane ey eae PEST ert ps TH he gti rh xf 4 i Mintkehin gah ty ry} Sheer $a ne teay i a Q ity aan ett ¥ ah a H atte Hi th vents, rns SR2b314 Shes. Hite 2 tye oO ht iY ‘ '¢ be ine vit CRAM RE ta att DAP eis st) Balase ie ty peevat enone ghaers i Teen ile Neral baah yay HATER i } ST etotd i orp bant pia a : Maat Crastity Hits: bot ie Heit if : a ke ft Leet Meh ba ie ts a esi we tat) ale Wilke % bt Gin Rt ne ae i = > ae <4 kh pen be +7 a . Dad Que . a oe “aeaer ge Par a oh — Sse w 2 Neg S'S SOS SR eo: es eee a bed FO Deeg i ee tale ot, AS a ee Hd | “24 4 o Seen t 4 ‘ndig © vp “et »* a Gg gq. ail md IWR TESeS le al vi] =» Yo wit Bey | \ ah %§ and 7 463 | ' 21 bo & wee Sh td "Wf ppeear tabtes® |) ||) | RARAL | | ‘ anu ~ Ad R x « aN epevecs: | ae ett dha od tall weet, Se wr Fen. r \ M4 ei ae PTTL bible nied we bd padi laplitoda | ATL PTTL bh bh Ft Weel fiaauiiitt tel Let is W Oe i ' awe ws hhh . TL Whey . aes aes vs eee UCR Beeaol , Ne ry Peg rtiteatth Wei AsY ° hee Jad Ad , f WIS err er ow a? ~ fw! | ; Ae Me ‘Gs ‘Cee ALT He © c ver" AAR) | id Ley pee WAR Ez ~ we gu w re ee ae ee a ne OG" ne weet Fee 58 P.ovop . wv ; Ww Poet ~ | “eh ey Pri ideal arty og Vee”. NM ew ue oaee cfa~ -Oe que a tw? ¥ © fe q bee | | ieee SU hh v , 5 A : } iy wl, ie - ae f ii “a : sb ae | ne sc Lappe yd DA belle i aagagytte ily [= PS ee | J y a LA rer 7. = a AS aN ao, profs Wy ruvuty ye AL Bed) | r= 5 Ns with, VW mie S Vu twwyens-: g Viger er RET TT . 2S OM beg sees : P uM, (hy LAF Te erereren ey TTT ann haee , bees © tl ery! a ake Mit ook wl Pe Nr it a Usttnant envi FeV FL RLIM LIA) Meets ais) ETE Jo vervvt inf Uae adil jidy Lapa TT | | Ne eg, AAAS Nr il, LM Peete: NI rath, ~er ane ‘ Tbe A Fgh etry, cate mol ies ot } carriages ~ MRA we : » a 4 Ri ut SLT [See NS inte MNMULGEL wer seaceee PD evattneysttt ge Mog LN NS ae) aed tet . Ct SS Se Fue gt . Ai w “aN =~ ~2 ~ ~ fad ik 1d a geRe | A edt (eT A 7 we ra My? ha Vay Mey, A bhedat RTL Sel fo tek eae htt At) oy fe pre halal te ae Dg eee es SOT rea ee agatnnnelt ety secs ute Mians er ate ertriy cy oot eeN ON # syvanety presdte ry WSs e¥> verre ee Wo a ley S7Ge | eee POP Gee OT, a. Se Mh ahh eR phi Pe PEELE PEELE PET ne ne res ore Pag > J > we oe ccs a wv : we .o Rats ame a vw | he } te — Fy we 5 N i i pe fe : : ta J Ph w T ope a As | one 4 yeh me wee : cpt A ~ er kd wy i | tT Aa iwn eee By te tates es ie 4 a ae Re 3 AA we hd Tt ; ‘ > ow a. a ; ‘ ahs | nae 7, oy Vue Wayne aor ORO 1 hd | bedi & | aaa TTL bie eh Onetel Wid | LL rte nvgt ttle (3. AAA ges JL 7 Wha 1 | “Wier hs, | hee gL IR ee a. vey } Abe | 2 HELE PEEL ewe we F 8 he Chigkhice ae Mue Sa Avyeey vw hae ; Mey | ST] . : Big pul Ware SATA whhd tONG ly Wy VAAL pw ‘ ab mahey, ice oe OCD SM rLyt Asn anr as ~@ Ab 'o hen we aK, SY PNM NS 4 he @ ee AL} | ty AAS 4) Nuri wy Ter aw bit sel tb pad | | q “S45 Z Pi Wegoe. e tee C4 WCU 4 TA rT hhh Oe XN % s m SEA ALLL Bil UES i Oe MR Clit Nd | TTT TEL LETT rT A RD Lh phe\e TEM TT Winn, ch > ~ Mav VU | v e P] 3 we A ta V& GANGS Atl sa ahha hae df we! DA id Nay er vee. vs) a] y woe id : Be ies New, hrmine ine SS IVa Cutten ¥ A Ape ae. Sew. . val wuy hid ad Wy Mz mw & wes AG % ff ' A Ad Ger yess am RAIS ISR | i i SP eo fee Os am tas ] . yer vPvey GFT aciavvast Mibwatl DDoaea LEAT EEE 8. romans Wir : ete (ll a8 | el, : AN LIES we er a nat eT cr’ y me . Ae Td , ee Thigh. A | ad a Sletten) b Bal) “VAae 7 he \ veers vey wilh li): | | Oral a | yore, lw ~ Ln # AL SG bh Or Ls wr firth a morith Wy Wasi Nay 5 one Wa theeencs Ap ‘ Venere! Jj v wA ~wv pbes Wa SS) Vu Se: Ue. AAT ANI IAN Ad une ahead LA Nea | ty ei Ot Pee OE 2 & w . MAT To obetd port 4 to wee’ suWwy~ ‘we oo Phd Bee ens Ae ae Wey vO ay! e Ws haLpaesat geen tty rx) INNLL tt eee WSSU Sheree 7 | wT LAA LL Bveuvetteceure aye Je elle SS OR hd ane eal WOU rug) pcersl “4 Sua ttn rhe Le ha A J . CED ALS A he as BS wet . awe \\ 4 ARMS pa © Men A baba . thd vv "1 N deg A ict | myn Ss! hs ~“\ ui ti We 4 . i rf =_ | f oa wi iaee 4 te | Fhtel | Vuy) aR hed de ttle. wg Bis, a4 oacese aT iveue uy t 706 emEete +. » ky, 3 y rt > =a CCA ay by mts wae | | uae v & Lode ea Pwey 4 TTT BMT 3, by ba SNA i INS c Y rh \ ub Vv Vv Vy 1 & } v% i Neg ’ yy write ask wer taf Nn } @ 2 oh Ty = % "y vv wes Bs cess MA LLL EL ty VEC Cure ge cue eyenececGranqe’ CL ay aah dial [OL tee Shes be» ese. woe TTTTHIT tT btadind feted bed saa ; wre ce eye NyNey yt \ Trretyieer PO ba ah bbe Vea Nat at i nf No © a ope Ne quutwtww Ok Pawidc yee vey ~, yp yt ee ry f oceaVeS severe i —_— oes —- iy i } i } i] | | rele hi eT ne Res a Ay Wat } mi } Mr ie if ey lh Wi uh ih eee / “ Jt Ao i re I aa a wi ek oa Pi -y a} i i ne at uy ve if ANNALS SL MAR 29 499, | 997 | OF THE EY 5% DURBAN MUSEUM EDITED BY THE CURATOR, EK. Ae Cru Bis VOLUME IL. 28th December, 1917, to 25th August, 1920, PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE DuRBAN MUSEUM. SGM is Bip r’4 te i lil. ae CONTENTS. “ 4 PAGE I.—The Malacostraca of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Srrssrne, NERA re teh SE Ua ies ss scree ka). wa fte cena Mer at ese aes v3 dee 1 II.—The varieties of Papilio dardanus cenea in the collection of the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S.............. 34 III.—New Records of Natal Bees (Second Contribution), by AP SCA. - COCKER ELL een 05. sac seeker Here ease ose aime seas 39 IV.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Sressine, IMAG Sun ie eka NAR a os a lavtacn Meats ade san Ste ce sia ache ois 47 V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tate RUEGUAINTS Vint Amee Retwe caer: ss cce: ome Neceincccnces Habe sisted caine 76 VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocea and five species hitherto unrecorded from South Africa, by A. J. T. DANSE HBSS 255.224 SCD SEE CO Ee ee ao EE Te 78 VITI.—Some Observations upon Whales captured at Durban, by DCR Cis Oty Call AS ke Ge Ra? incl anor racy rener are 89 VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and their Prey in the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.ES............ 94 IX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo (Didus ineptus), by E. C. Cuuss, Ss Elke SAN Site PIR ten RS o Monee eS aumseiee bite o's 97 X.—On Some Rare Beetles in the Barker Collection of the Durban Museum, with descriptions of new species, Part 1, layo( Ge delle BVA co FRg Oe DENS Wh i hee Scene ooh ae epee sen aEaR Tne 100 XI.—A new Bee from Natal, by T. D. A. CocKERELL............. a yi XII.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. STessine, IVD AW AH ices Meee: co caters otra neo sieican'sa's cis abe wade Sele. US) XIII.—A South African Elephant from the Addo Bush, by 13 RAGAN GH stot 21rd 0S NRE Re Ont Cee RERIAE’ Seo oie et ee 126 iv. Contents. XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of the Sperm Whale (Physeter macrocephalus) based upon an examin- ation of two additional Fetus, by Frank E. Bepparp, M: A... (D.Ses, Bi Site cactse nce ios ss ee a ene cc eieenaisis XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniidee and their Larve, by the Rev. J. A. O’Nem, F.E.S......... XVI.—Cicindela bertolonii, Horn, and the South African mem- bers of the brevicollis group, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S..... XVII.—Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CoCKERELL.............-.........- XVIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, collected by Messrs. H. W. Bevt Martey and Romer Rosson, by C. Tate ecane) MiAr aR E Sag ee saetns sas fa eoe ele \oleters, cars ne eee XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes ( //eterosomata) of Natal, by CaiATE WReG An, A OWARGS:: oc setceens sevens segeme a eee XX.—The White Rhinoceros, with special reference to its habits in Zululand, by F. VaucHan-Kirsy, F.Z.S.............-..++- XXI.—On the Genus /ctidopsis, by S. H. Haueuton, B.A., F.G.S. XXII.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by AP OD, “Av CO CRB RLIE case 2 hone oxen ts sate ee eee Reto XXIII.—The Malacostraca of Durban Bay, by the Rev. T. R. R. SIPRIBBINGs AVE AC REG Siynaten aterm resrseera ph latsteiaeteretees ia ott nrei = seta XXIV.—Further data and some corrections on the brevicollis group of Cicindele, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S.......,......-. XXV.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by TD oO eAR IC OGKERELD y..0 cneeene eee eee aloe ste chee eiser eeaieas ; PAGE 149 169 189 197 205 247 263 ROVE. eVEUE XIX. XX. XXII. XT XXIII. XLV we Ve XV. DO. BOE OX TL. XXIX. XXX. XXXI_. XXXII. Mic LIST OF PLATES. Platylambrus quemvis, sp. nov. ‘Atergatis floridus (Linn). Macrophthalmus grandidierit, A. Milne-Edwards. Uca lactews (de Haan). Dotilla clepsydra, sp. nov. Rhynchocinetes typus, A. Milne-Edwards. Papilio dardanus cenea, Stoll. Cryptodromia monodous, sp. nov. Leptochelia dubius (Kroyer), Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov., and Paramera schizurus, sp. nov. Microlysias xenokeras, gen. et sp. nov. Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing. Cheiriphotis walkert, sp. nov. Humpback Whale (JMJegaptera n. lalandit, Fischer) and foetus. Common HRorqual or Finner (BLalenoptera physalus, Linn.). Blue Whale ( alenoptera musculus, Linn.). Rudolphi’s Rorqual (Lalenoptera borealis, Less), and Sperm Whale being Flenced. Skeleton of Dodo (Didus ineptus ). Hippolysmata marleyi, sp. nov. ° Alope australis, Baker. Alpheus gracilis, Heller. Male Elephant from Addo Bush. Ear of Addo Bush Elephant. | Foetal Sperm Whale (Physeter macrocephalus ). [ Not issued ]. Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group. Beetles of the Cicindela brevicollis group. White Rhinoceros (female) from Zululand. Pseudocollodes complectens, Rathbun, and Pugettia quad- videns (de Haan). Epialtus vetchi, sp. nov. Elamena mather Desmarest). Leucisca pheenomma, sp. nov. Acteomorpha erosus, Miers, vi. Page Page Page Page Page Page Page CORRIGENDA. 64—plate IX should read plate X. 66—plate X should read plate I Xe. 68—plate XIII should read plate XII. 81—4th line from bottom for heroem read herowm. 96—line 16 for Bembicide read Bembecide. 114—1ine 10 should read ‘“‘ Elytra deeply punctate, striate and intervals punctured. 175-—line 6 for Bechuanaland read Bushmanland. 179 —line 4-5 for Umvuma River read Umvuma. 185—Distribution Table for race neglecta, for Umvuma River read Umvuma. 186—hereo should read herero. 188—Plate XX V for Bechuanaland read Bushmanland. Page 303—line 13 for Tetralonia nigropolisa read Fetralonia nigro- pilosa. oe vil. DATE OF ISSUE OF THE PARTS. Part 1, pages 1—46, issued 28th December, 1917. Part 2, pages 47—96, issued 30th July, 1918. Part 3, pages 97-128, issued 3lst March, 1919. Part 4, pages 129-204, issued 20th October, 1919. Part 5, pages 205-262, issued 25th March, 1920. Part 6, pages 263-318, issued 25th August, 1920, NEW GENERIC NAMES PROPOSED IN THE PRESENT VOLUME. Microlysias (Crustacea) page 63. Paracitharus (Pisces) page 209. Crossorhombus (Pisces) page 211. Austroglossus (Pisces) page 217, With index. of Vol.. 1 Oy ae “EDITED, BY THE CURATOR, Mi E c. CHUBB.” x my : Prive BY € OHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE | Dorpax Mussum. o* The Annals of the Durban Museum 18 devoted principally to South African Zoology and is issued from time to time as circwmstances permit. Contents of previous issues, Part 1. Published Ist June, 1914. Price 5/- nett. I.—On some Pelagic Entomostraca collected by Mr. J. ¥. Gisson in Durban Bay, by G. Srewarpson Brapy. (Plates I-IV). Il.—On Tursiops catalania and other existing species of Bottlenose Porpoises of that Genus, by Freprrick W. TRuE. III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca collected by Mr. J. Y. Gipson in Durban Bay, by G. Srewarpson Brapy. (Plates V and V1). 1V.—A Descriptive List of the Millar Collection of South African Birds’ Eggs, by E. C. Causs. (Plate VII). Part 2. “Published 15th Mav. 1915.07 Bice: 6) nett, V.—Contributions to the knowledge of the Anatomy of the Sperm Whale ( Physeter macrocephalus) based upon the examination of a young Fetus, by Frank E. Bepparp. (Plate VIII). VI.—Notes on several Four-lunged Spiders in the collection of the Durban Museum with descriptions of two new forms, by Joun Hewirt. VII.—Notes on the Pelagic Entomostraca of Durban Bay, by G. ier eal Brapy. (Plates IX—XIV). VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga from Zululand, by Vernon L. Ketioae and G. F. Ferris. (Plates XV and XVI). } IX.—On a Collection of Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RoussE.er. X.—An Annotated List of Mosquitos occurring at Durban, by F. W. Epwarps. (continued on third page of cover). Obtainable through any S. African bookseller or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London, i ww, oe eg sie I.—The Malacostraca of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. With Puates I-VI. HE naturalists of Natal are essaying in these ‘Annals.’ to give special prominence to the fauna of their own district, instead of leaving it to be merged, or submerged, in the comprehensive but rather indefinite denomination of ‘South African.” While still engaged in discussing the Malacostraca for the whole region, I could not but feel that difficulty might arise from my accepting Mr. Chubb’s invitation to treat of the same group in this limited area. Some overlapping would be only too likely to occur among details of one snbject in two contemporary channels of publication. On the other hand, the risk of needless repetition would be increased rather than diminished by the employment of two independent authors. Moreover, under present circumstances, not only may students welcome a two-fold opportunity for publishing the results of prolonged research, but editors may be equally pleased at dividing the responsibility. Two of the species dealt with in the present report are introduced as new, but both have very near relations already known. Less gratitude perhaps is due to the patrons of new species than to those who supply information about forms which have been named without effective description or adequate illustration. To Mr. H. W. Bell Marley especial acknowledgment should be made of his skill and enthusiasm as a collector. He has shown himself a worthy successor of Dr. Ferdinand Krauss, the highly distinguished pioneer in this field of investigation. The Durban Museum collection has also been enriched by the exertions of its assistants, Messrs. D. R. Boyce and A. L. Bevis, besides others whose names will occur as future opportunity serves. “BRACHYURA .GENUINA. Trine OXYRRHYNCHA. Famity MAMAIIDA. (1) Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part I, issued 28th December, 1917, bo The Malacostraca of Natal Genus SCHIZOPHRYS, White. For this family and genus see Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 290, 292, LOO: SCHIZOPHRYS ASPER (Milne-Edwards). 1834. IMithrax asper, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.i, p. 320. 1838. M. quadridentatus, McLeay, Annulosa of 8. Africa, p. 58. 1839. Maja (Dione) affinis, de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas quarta, p. 94, pl. G. M. (Mithrax) dichotoma, Latr., pl. 22, figs. 4. 1852. Mithrax asper, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 97, pl. 2, figs. 4a, b. 1867. M. spinifrons, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. vii, p. 263. 1884. Schizophrys aspera, Miers, Crust. Alert, p. 197. 1886. 8S. a., Miers, Rep. Voy. Challenger, vol. xvii, pt. 49, p. 67. 1895. S.a., Aleock, J. Asiat, Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 243 (with synonymy). 1898. SS. a., Alcock. Ilustr. Investigator, pl. 35, figs. 1, la. 1910. S.a., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus:, vol. vi, p. 292. A female specimen from Durban, collected by Mr. Bell Marley, has a carapace 28 mm. broad with median length of 30 mm., the surface covered with tubercles large and small and setose. ‘The two-branched horns of the rostrum have each a tooth on the inner margin, not indicated either by de Haan, Dana or Alcock, but Miers mentions that ‘the variety spinifrons, A. M.-Edwards” is ‘‘ characterized by possessing an accessory spinule on each rostral spine.” ‘This small spine or tooth above at the base of the inner branch appears to have been the only specific distinction of spinifrons from asper. The greatest breadth of the female pleon.is 17 mm., which is just exceeded by the length of the smooth slender hand and thumb of the cheliped, the movable finger being 6 mm. long. Should Schizophrys spinifrons be upheld as a distinct species, that should be the name of the Durban specimen. In Schizophrys dama (Herbst) the rostral horns are three-branched, but the third branch or tooth is on the outer side as shown in Herbst’s figure and in Alcock’s Illustrations of the ‘ Investigator’, Crust, pl. xxxv, figs. 2, 2a, 1898, although Miss Rathburn, Pr. Zool. Soc., 1914, p. 663, writing of ‘the second or posterior spine on the outer margin of’ the rostral horn,” by some oversight or misprint adds that “it is not shown in the ‘ Investigator ’ figure.” ee by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 3 Famity PARTHENOPIDA. For this tribe and family see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp. 283, 292; 1910. Genus PLATYLAMBRUS, Stimpson. 1871. Platylambrus, Stimpson, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. ii, p. 129 (Rathbun). 1873. P., A. Milne-Edwards, Crust. Mexique, p. 146. 1895. P. (Subgen), Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixiv, pt. 2, . Ep2209) 20 1901. P., M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900, vol. ii, p. 79. For this genus (or subgenus of Lambrus) Miss Rathbun gives the characters, ‘“‘Carapace strongly carinated or tuberculated, broadly triangular (considerably broader than long), with rounded sides and a broad but sharp-pointed projecting rostrum ; no postocular constriction. Chelipeds with arm and hand straight, sharply trigonal, the edges of these joints, as also outer edge of carpus, being very sharply and stoutly serrated.” In assigning species authors have overlooked or ignored the fact that Herbst uniformly prints Cancer pransor, not prensor (see Krabben und Krebse, vol. ii, p. 170, pl. 41, fig. 3, 1796, and, with improved definition, vol. iii, pt. 3, p. 38, 1803). -On the latter occasion he identifies with it Parthenope regina, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst. p. 353, 1798. Also the species of late years called Platylambrus carinatus was instituted by Milne-Edwards as Lambrus carenatus (Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 1, p. 358, 1834) and this spelling is retained by his son Alphonse Milne-Edwards in the Crust. Mem., p. 147, 1873. PLATYLAMBRUS QUEMVIS, sp. nov. Plate I. The present species is nearly allied to the other members of the genus, without fitting any of them. From P. pransor it is distinguished by wanting the great spine of the infra-orbital lobe; from P. carenatus by not having ‘the single, and very high and sharply cut carina on either branchial region” (Alcock), as well as differences in the hind border of the carapace ; from P. holdsworthii (Miers) by not having a dentate edge to the fourth joint of the ambulatory legs; from P. serratus (Milne-Edwards) by less proportionate width of carapace and the presence of two large teeth behind that which terminates the antero-lateral border; from P. validus, de Haan, by the strong 4 The Malacostraca of Natal transverse ridges of the pleon, and from de Haan’s P. laciniatus by differences in the chelipeds. A deep longitudinal boat-shaped furrow leads from the rostrum to the first of three successive uplifted tubercles, the last of which is in a line with the outstanding process ending the antero-lateral margin. This process is preceded by a convex row of seven tubercles. On the branchial regions irregular rows of tubercles are directed towards the process above-mentioned, and towards the following somewhat smaller process of the postero-lateral margin. A third process is much smaller than the two preceding, but much larger than any which follow. The carapace thus shows much resemblance to that of Lambrus tumidus, Lanchester, 1900. The hand of the cheliped shows near agreement with that whicl Miss Rathbun describes for P. serratus, “‘outer margin cut into triangular, sharp teeth, of which nine, alternately large and small, are on the hand, teeth of inner margin smaller and more numerous (15 or 16 on the hand).” From the latter carina in our specimen, separated by a deep groove but parallel with it, is a third irregularly toothed, while between the two margins which agree with Miss Rathbun’s description runs a series of very small tubercles along the top of the very slightly raised surface. The small ambulatory limbs have little spaced tubercles on the fourth and fifth joints, and like the carapace, pleon, and chelipeds are moderately setose. The pleopods are long and slender. The third segment of the pleon is the widest, slightly wider than the second. The telson has a single dorsal tubercle. In the mandibles the third joint of the palp is the longest. In the first maxille the first joint of the palp is remarkably broad, with a second joint subequal in length but much narrower, tipped with two short spines. The third maxillipeds have the third joint long and broad, with tubereulate edges and a surface row of tubercles near the outer margin; the fourth joint is nearly as broad but much shorter, and has the short palp inserted in a notch of its distal margin. The carapace of the specimen, a female, measures 15 mm. in length by 20 mm. in breadth. As preserved, the ambulatory limbs are banded with red. The general colour of the living animal recorded by Mr. Bell Marley was ‘‘ pale stone grey.” Locality. Rock-pool, Durban Bay. Trine CYCLOMETOPA. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 2938, 1910. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. Cr Famity POTAMONID A. See reference above. Genus POTAMONAUTES, McLeay, 1838. See reference above. POTAMONAUTES DEPRESSUS (Krauss). See the same reference, p. 294. The specimen which I refer to this species agrees very closely with the description given by Krauss, allowance being made for its being a female, whereas his specimen was a male. The carapace is depressed, the transverse very finely denticulate line behind the front measuring 20 mm., the somewhat emarginate front sloping to a width of 7 mm. at its distal border. The left chela has long slender fingers, denticulate on the confronting margins; those of the considerably larger right chela being like them in this respect, the fingers closing together, not leaving a wide gap as in the male. The colour of the preserved specimen is dark orange on the carapace, orange and pale yellowish on the chelipeds, much of the ambulatory limbs being red. Locality: Mr. Bell Marley writes that he dug out this crab from a hole ina bank at Eshowe bush, 1,800 feet above sea level. He adds “T think it must be insectivorous by some remains I saw of crickets, etc. ” Famity XANTHIDA. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 296, 1910, Genus LIOMERA, Dana. 1851. Liomera, Dana, Sillimans J. Sci. & Arts, Ser. 2, vol. xii, p. 124. 1898. JLZ., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 67, pt. 2, pp. 72, 87. 1907. JLZ., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. 49, p. 38. LIoMERA CINCTIMANUS (White). 1846. Carpilius cinctimanus, White, Ann. Nat. Hist. (this unpaged. reference given by White could not be traced). 6 The Malacostraca of Natal 1847. C€.c., White, Crust. in Brit. Mus., p. 14. 1847. C.c., Jukes’ Voy. H.M.S. Fly, App. 8, vol. ii, p. 336, pl. 2, fig. 3. 1850. C.c., Adams & White, Zool. Samarang. Crust, p. 37, pl. 7, fig. 4. 1852. Lomera lata, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 161, pl. 7, fig. 6a—d. 1893. Carpilodes cinctimanus, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. v, pt. 10, p. 354. ; 1907. Liomera lata, Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Coll., p. 38 (with footnote correction to Liomera cinctumana by the editor, Miss M. J. Rathbun). Several other references, but not the earliest, are supplied by Alcock. The dark band on the palm of the chelipeds, to which the specific name refers, is absent from the figure supplied by Dana, as it is from our Durban specimen. Henderson explains that it is some- times absent from young specimens. The account given by Mr. Bell Marley of the freshly captured example, found beneath large stones, describes the colour as “ bright red, edges of carapace white, claws and legs banded with two shades of red.” To this it may be added that the fingers of the chelipeds are brownish-black with white tips, while the narrow fingers of the ambulatory legs are in the proximal half red, the distal half white, with the margins horn-coloured, in near agree- ment with Henderson’s account. The third maxillipeds have the fourth joint not half as long as the third, quadrangular, broader than long. The pleon of the female is seven-segmented, narrow, the first segment the widest, the seventh the longest, with apex very obtuse. The carapace of Mr. Bell Marley’s specimen is 21 mm. wide, 12 mm. long. A larger female example obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce has a width of 37°5 mm. and length 22 mm. Genus ATERGATIS, de Haan. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 296, 1910. For Lophactea picta, A. Milne-Edwards, 1869, see M.- Edw. Le Bouvier, Crust. Décap. Travailleur et Talisman, p. 101, pl. 1, figs. 7- 11, pl. 17, figs. 8-12, 1900 (seemingly identical with the following species). a — er a by Rev. 7. R. R. Stebbing. 7 * ATERGATIS FLORIDUS (Linn). Plate II. Under the reference given above to the Annals of the South African Museum it will be seen that I have there accepted Miss Rathbun’s ruling that this species should be called A. ocyroe (Herbst). That, I suppose, takes it for granted that Montagu’s Cancer floridus is identical with the species so named by Linnaeus. But if we accept de Haan’s opinion that the Linnean species is the same as the Cancer Jloridus of Rumph, then that highly appropriate name will anticipate Herbst’s ocyroe. Rumph regards it as equivalent to the Malay vernacular name Cattam Bonga, that is, Flower-crab, so called because it has*the most beautiful carapace that there is, as if it were bestrewn with flowers. When the several figures and descriptions referred to this species are compared, the differences, whether due to natural variation or some other cause, make its identification rather perplexing. In defining the genus, Alcock says that the front of the carapace has “its edge shaped like cupid’s bow (7.e., not bilobed).” But Herbst gives ‘“‘fronte subtruncata medio sulcata,” which agrees with our specimen. This specimen attracted attention by the elegant symmetry of the markings, dark brown on an orange ground as preserved, but according to Mr. Bell Marley in the fresh state the ground is greenish- yellow with dark claret markings. | Herbst observes that what. gives the details of the pattern an extremely beautiful appearance is that each blotch and spot is surrounded by a fine white line. This is the case in the Natal specimen, though I have not known how to show it in the black and white drawing, nor has Herbst done so in his coloured figure. It is difficult to believe that Dana’s species (U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 159, pl. 7, fig. 4) can belong here with ‘“‘ colour deep green, passing into and covered with a network of white or yellowish-white.” He is himself doubtful on the point. Stimpson says that living specimens from Loo Choo “are of a dark yellowish-brown color above, with reticulating cream-colored blotches.” In the specimen from Natal, on the gastric region a central spot is prettily surrounded by six similar spots. The middle of the carapace is occupied by a large artistic design, followed by an ovate blotch, the rest of the pattern being only in a general way symmetrical. But the * Mr. Bell Marley has called my attention to a mistake in the colour- description of Atergatis roseus, volume i, p. 437. The colours referred to under Eurycarcinus natalensis, p. 436, rightly belong to Atergatis roseus, and those referred to under the latter belong to another species. [Editor]. 8 The Malacostraca of Natal pleon, distinctly seven-jointed and rather narrow in the female, the limbs and the third maxillipeds, carry on the scheme of coloration by numerous spots variously disposed. The fingers of the equal chelipeds are very dark with white teeth; those of the walking legs are coated above and below with a dark felt which leaves bare a curved unguis ; the three preceding joints are smooth, broad, and sharp-edged. The three-jointed palp of the mandible by its colour contrasts with the whiteness of the trunk. The inner plate of the first maxilla is very narrow. The fourth joint of the third maxillipeds is less than half the length of the third, but distally sightly broader. Carapace 29 mm. broad by 21 mm. long. ° Mr. Bell Marley recording this specimen from Isipingo Beach, near Durban, notes that it burrows in sand very quickly. = Genus XANTHO, Leach. 1814. Xantho, Leach, Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vol. vii, p. 430.. XANTHO HYDROPHILUS (Herbst). 1790. Cancer hydrophilus, Herbst, Krabben und Krebse, vol. i, pt. - 8, p. 266, pl. 21, fig. 124. I have already discussed the synonymy of this species in the Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 7, 1908. See‘also vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 297, 1910. Now I have to acknowledge a specimen obtained by Mr. Bell Marley, which is nearly of the same size as that figured by Herbst, ~ and also exhibits remarkable agreement with it in coloration, having a large red blotch on the gastric region, with the rest of the carapace uniformly light, described by Mr. Bell Marley as white in the living state. The specimen is a male, with the third, fourth and fifth segments of the pleon coalesced, but their limits well defined. XANTHO QUINQUEDENTATUS, Krauss. 1843. Xantho d-dentatus, Krauss, Siidafrik, Crust., p. 30, pl. 1, fig. 3, ac. A prettily marked specimen agrees well with the figure and description given by Krauss. It is, however, a female laden with eggs which, as preserved, are a bright red. The width of the carapace at the penultimate tooth is 20 mm., the median length 13 mm. Krauss gives, apparently for the male, breadth 7:2 lines, length 5:3 lines. The by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 9 hindmost tooth of the antero-lateral margin is very small and less prominent than the penultimate. The fingers of the chelipeds are dark with white tips, but so far differing from Krauss’s account that they are not sharp. Miers notes this species doubtfully as a synonym of Leptodius exaratus (Milne-Edwards). Mr. Bell Marley sends it from Durban, where also it has been taken by Mr. D. R. Boyce. Genus PILUMNUS, leach. PILUMNUS XANTHOIDES, Krauss, 1843. See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 301, 1910, and vol. xv, p. 57, 1915. This species has been already recorded as taken at Durban by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. It has been taken in the same locality by Mr. D. R. Boyce. The large pad of felt on the outer side of the large hands of the chelipeds is a notable feature. The ambulatory limbs are very short; the two anterior teeth of the antero-lateral margins of the carapace are very obtuse. Famity PORTUNID A. Genus SCYLLA, de Haan, 1833. ScyLLa seRRATUS (Forskal), 1775. For this family, genus, and species, see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 305, 308; 1910. Mr. Bell Marley has favoured me with a large male specimen from Durban Bay, and describes the colouring as “ blackish-green, with brown and white markings and spots.” Trine CATOMETOPA. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 312, 1910. Famity GRAPSID A. Genus SESARMA, Say, 1817. For the family and genus see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp. alG, a20o 1910: Lo The Malacostraca of Natal SESARMA QUADRATUS (Fabricius), 1798. See reference as above, p. 321. Two female specimens carrying numerous ova were obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce in Durban Bay. SESARMA TETRAGONUS* (Fabricius), 1798. ' See reference as above, p. 321. The length and breadth of a female specimen measured between the antero-lateral angles and from front to posterior margin were just equal, 30 mm., the breadth of the sinuous front from orbit to orbit being 18mm. The sharp tooth behind the antero-lateral projects a little beyond it, thus at that point making the breadth of the carapace slightly greater than its length. The pleon of the female is very broad, reaching 25 mm. in the third and fourth segments, but the telson abruptly diminishes to a width of 5 mm., equal to its length. Locality. The specimen was taken in Durban Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce. Genus PARASESARMA, de Man. 1895. Parasesarma (Subgen), de Man, Zool. Jahrb., vol. ix. 1897. P., Rathbun, Pr. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. xi, p. 90. 1916. P., Tesch, Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, pt. 3, pp. 127, 235. PARASESARMA CATENATUS (Ortmann). 1897. Sesarma catenata, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 334, pl. 17, Toes oa, 1: 1905. Sesarma catenatum, Stebbing, Mar. Invest. 8. Afr., vol. iv, p. 44 (S.A. Crust., pt. 3). 1910. S. c¢., Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 322, (S.A. Crust, pt. 5). ; 1916. Sesarma (Parasesarma) catenata, Tesch. Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, pt. 3, pp. 141, 220. This species I have already discussed at some length in 1905. Characters for distinguishing Parasesarma from the other subdivisions of the old genus Sesarma are supplied in Dr. Tesch’s elaborate treatise. The specimen now examined was collected by Mr. H. W. Bell * Misprinted tetragonum, in vol. i, p. 438. [Editor]. >. by Rev. T. Rk. R. Stebbing. uit Marley at Durban. The wide gape between the fingers of the chele is extensively occupied by dense fringes of hair. The male telson is longer than broad. Genus PERCNON, Gistel, 1848. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 324, 1910. PERCNON PLANIssiIMUS (Herbst). See reference given above. Specimens of this species have been obtained from Durban Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce, and also by Mr. Bell Marley who describes the colouring as ‘‘chocolate, legs banded yellow, green lines on back and legs.” Famity OCYPODIDA. See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 325, 1910. Genus OCYPODE, Fabricius. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 325, 1910. OcYPODE URVILLEI, Guérin. 1830-1838. Ocypode urvillii (on plate), Guérin, Voy. Coquille, pl. 1, fig. 1, Ocipode urvillet (in the later text), Zool. vol. u, pt. 2, ps 2: 1837. Ocypoda urvillii, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. u, p. 49. 1842-1853. Ocypoda pallidula, Hombron and Jacquinot, Voy. Astrolabr and Zélée, pl. 6, fig. 1, a. 1852-1855. O. p. Dana. U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 324, pl, 20, fig. 1, a—c. 1897. Ocypoda urvillei, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, pp. 360, 366, pli es 10: The Durban specimen, which seems to me to answer the figures and description above cited, has a breadth of carapace between the anterior angles of 14 mm., with a length of about 11 mm. The stout eyes have a very small distal process carrying a setule. The surface of the carapace is finely granular, as is that of the large cheliped on the left, 12 The Malacostraca of Natal of which the fourth joint has a dentate margin, the grooved fingers have the opposing margins serrate and the tips pointed, and the upper and lower margins of the hand serrate. The ambulatory legs have the seale-like markings noted by Guerin. The specimen, a male, was obtained by Mr. T. H. Dale. Genus MACROPHTHALMUS, Latreille. 1829. Macrophthalmus, Latreille, Le Régne Animal, vol. iv, p. 44. 1835. d., de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas 2, pp. 26, 54. 1852. M., Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, vol. xvii, pp. 155— 159. 1852. M,,.Dana; U.S: Expl.. Bxp., vol. xiiij7p..312. 1858. M., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad, vol. x, p. 96 (42). 867. M., A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. vii, p. 285. 1887. M., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, pt. 2, p. 122. 1894. Jf, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. vii, p. 744-747. 1900. M., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxix, pt. 2, p. 375. 1902. M., de Man, Abh. Senekenb. Naturf. Ges. vol. xxv, p. 492. 1903. M., Borradaile, Mald, Laccadive Crust., vol. i, pt. 4, p. 433. 1906. d., Laurie, Rep. Pearl Fishery, p. 427. 1906. M., M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 334. 1910. MM. M. J. Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Com. Zool., vol. lii, p. 306. 1913. ~., Mi J. Rathbun, Pro U.S. Mus.,-vol! xliv; 6s: 1914. M., M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus.; vol. xlvii, p. 82. 1915. M., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 228. Several other references may be gleaned from the above by anyone in a position to give a clear synopsis of this interesting genus. The shape of the carapace with the arrangement of the three antero-lateral teeth and the relative length of the ocular peduncles offer trustworthy characters. The fringing and coating of various parts with sete are perhaps not so much to be depended on. The difficulties of the subject are illustrated by the fact that Alcock makes Jf. imermis, A. Milne- Edwards, a synonym of MM. conveaus, Stimpson, while Miss Rathbun considers them quite distinct. MAcCROPHTHALMUS GRANDIDIERII, A. Milne-Edwards. Plate III. 1867. Macrophthalmus grandidierti, A. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. vii, p. 285. prenseees want Lol by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. ets 1868. MM. g., A. Milne-Edwards, Arch. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris, vol. iv, p. 84, pl. 20, figs. 8-11 (Rathbun). J914. M. brevis (Herbst), M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus. vol. xlvii, p. 83. 1916. M. grandidierr, Tesch, Zool. Med. Mus. Leiden, vol. i, pp. 150, 153, 166, pl. 6, figs. 3a, b. . The present specimen agrees so closely with the description given by A. Milne-Edwards. in 1867 for his species from Zanzibar that it must, I think, be conspecific. Miss Rathbun, however, in instituting M. sandakani, a new species from Borneo, makes J. grandidierti a synonym of J/. brevis (Herbst), relying, it seems, largely on the fact that the Borneo species has “three granulated tubercles in a longitudinal row on the branchial region.” It is true that such a series is not mentioned by Herbst, but his figure (pl. 60, fig. 4) appears definitely though rudely to indicate its presence. The Zanzibar specimen is expressly declared to be entirely smooth, thus agreeing with our own in being only microscopically punctate. There are other difficulties, as Herbst says that the movable finger has a strong tooth on the middle of the inner margin, though his figure does not show it, and_he neither mentions nor figures the broad tooth-like elevation with granulate margin on the middle of the thumb, which is — seen in our specimen and no doubt answers to the ‘large conical tooth ” described by Milne-Edwards. That author makes no allusion to Herbst’s species, but names de Haan’s M. dilatatus among the many from which he discriminates M. grandidierit. Between the first antero-lateral teeth the carapace from Durban measures 23 mm., but 25 mm. between the apices of the larger second teeth which overlap the first. The small third pair of teeth were invisible until the thick fringe of setee was removed. ‘To the rear not far from the margin occurs a small pimple on the right side only. The median length is 10 mm. in a straight line, without regard to the downward slope of the inter-orbital front and that towards the hind margin. The carapace agrees with Herbst’s description of MW. brevis in having on the front half on both sides (two transverse) fold-like elevations and depressions, but his further remark, that the middle of the carapace has considerable elevations, the hinder of which is granular, does not.apply. The lower margin of the orbit for some distance from the inter-orbital front is tuberculate and visible in dorsal aspect, but becomes smooth and disappears as it slopes towards the first antero-lateral tooth, which the eye in repose just outstrips, without reaching the large second tooth, | 14 The Malacostraca of Natal The great disparity between the length and breadth of the carapace may account for some strange features in the mouth-organs, the great breadth of the third joint in the third maxillipeds and of the outer plate in the first maxillz, but especially the obstinate folding over of the massive terminal part of the endopod in the first maxillipeds. The vibratory lamina of the second maxille is normal, which only needs mention, because it is omitted in de Haan’s figures of the mouth-organs of this genus. The hands of the chelipeds are long and strong, with a regular line of granulations on the outer surface, a large strip of the inner being felted, with a pearly tubercle near the wrist ; the movable finger has at the base a tooth covered by the felt which conceals its depressed inner border. Locality : Durban. The specimen was obtained by Mr. Bell Marley. Specimens collected by Mr. A. L. Bevis have since been sent me by Mr. Chubb. Genus UCA, Leach. 1814. Uca, Leach, Edinb. Encycl., vol. vii, p. 430. 1908. Uca, Stebbing, 8S. Afr. Crust., pt. 3 p. 39 (with synonymy). 1900. Ucea, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Washington Ae. Sci., vol. ii, p. 134. 1900. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, American Naturalist, vol. xxxiv, no. 403, p. 58d. 1901. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1900, vol. ii, p. 6. 1902. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Washington Ac. Sci., vol. iv, p. 275. 1904. Uca, M: J. Rathbun, Crust. N.W. America (Harriman Exp.), ps Loo: 1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Men. Ac. Roy, Danemark, ser. 7, vol. v, p. 322. 1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. li, p. 305. 1910. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxxviii, p. 550. 1913. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xliv, p. 615. 1914. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xlvii, p. 126. 1914. Uca, M. J. Rathbun, Pr. Zool. Soc. London, p. 661. 1914. Uca, A. 8. Pearse, Smithsonian Report for 1913, p. 415 (Habits of Fiddler Crabs). 1907. Gelasimus, Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 104, 1915. G., Kemp. Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 22 | | by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 15 After all the pains devoted to this genus by de Man, Ortmann, Alcock, Miss Rathbun, and others, an unenviable task awaits the investigator qualified and willing to examine the claims of its numerous nominal species. After noting ‘The common practice of using the larger cheliped of the male for the discrimination of the species,” with the caution that this organ is apt to change greatly with advancing age, the indefatigable Alcock, adds, ‘‘I must also confess here that the synonymy of species has defied me.” With this confession, as will be seen, I can heartily sympathize. The mouth-organs show one or two peculiarities to which attention may be directed. The mandibles are comparatively small, with the third joint of the palp rather iong. ‘The first maxillee have the inner plate of unusual size, broader than long, much broader than the outer plate, the rounded summit surmounted by stiff spines of which the central are the longest. I suspect that de Haan’s figure represents only the thick basal portion of this plate, as in my first dissection I found it broken precisely in that manner. The two-jointed palp is weak. The second maxille have the large chitinous bow, from which the two lower plates are produced, closely fringed with very long sete. The vibratory lamina, omitted by de Haan, is very fragile. In the first maxilliped the large joint is flat-topped, the rest of the endopod long and folded. In the second maxillipeds the long fourth joint, besides the fringe of long sete, has, on the distal portion a special _armatyre of sete varying in length but with little saucer-like tips suggestive of some adhesive function. In the species figured the terminal joint has a similar apical group, but this if present was inconspicuous in our U. arcwatus. Vhe third maxillipeds are well known for the great size of the third joint, nearly as broad as long, and about three times as long as the fourth joint. The stomach of Uca bellator (Adams and White) is described by Nauck in‘his dissertation, ‘‘ Das Kaugezust der Brachyuren,” p. 21, Uca arcuatus (de Haan). 1835. Ocypode (Gelasimus) arcuata, de Haan, Crust. Japon, decas 2, pp. 26, 53, pl. 7, fig. 2, ¢, and pl. B (mouth-organs). 1852. Gelasumus arcuatus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, zool., vol. xviii, p. 146, pl. 3, figs. 8, 8a. 1905. Uca arcuata, Stebbing, S. Afr. Crust., pt. 3, p. 40 (with synonymy). To these references I should be inclined to add Gelasimus vocans, Milne-Edwards, in the work above cited, p. 145, pl. 3, fig. 4, which 16 The Malacostraca of Natal exhibits a large chela just like one received from Durban in connection with the species now under consideration. Milne-Edwards gives the reference to Herbst for this Cancer vocans minor? as plate 1, fig. 1, instead of fig. 10. Figures 1-7 on Herbst’s first plate illustrate his quotation from Réaumur. His figure of C. v. minor does not show a very narrow front. The specimens from Durban here referred to de Haan’s species have the narrow front combined with a massive chela, which is evidently variable in details of structure, one of the specimens showing the remarkable widening of the apex of the fixed finger which Milne-Edwards has figured for his U. vocans. Apparently there is a similar development in U. cultrimanus (Adams and White). Uca LactEus (de Haan). Plate IV. 1835. Ocypode (Gelasimus) lactea, de Haan, Crust. Japon. decas 2, pp. 26, 54, pl. 15, fig. 5. 1910. Uca lactea, Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 327. Here the comparatively broad front is deflected to its apex without intermediate constriction. When dealing with the single specimen from Durban Bay sent me by Mr. Bell Marley I was tempted to name a new species by the armature of the fingers in the great left . cheliped. But other specimens, some of rather larger size, collected by Mr. Boyce, and subsequently received from Mr. Chubb, showed that no dependence could be placed on these minute characters. In de Haan’s figure the immovable finger projects beyond the movable, but that I take to be a casual variation. Uca annutipes (Milne-Edwards). 1837. Gelasimus annulipes, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 55, G. lasima annulipes, in expl. pl. 18, figs. 10-13. G. a., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, no. 137, p. 118, pl. 8, figs. 5-7. 1897. Uca annulipes, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 354. 1900, Gelasimus annulipes, Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxix, pt. 2, pp. 352, 353 (with synonymy). 1912. G.a., A.S. Pearse, Philippine J. Sci., vol. vii, p. 113 (habits). 1915. G.a., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p.. 221. In this species de Man says, ‘‘ The inferior orbital margin is simple in the male; but in the female it is bordered, at the bottom of the orbits, by an accessory row of small acute granules, close and parallel] a ee a — by kev. T. R. R. Stebbing. yi to it, thus resembling G. forceps, Milne-Edwards. This character was hitherto unknown.” Alcock also says, ‘‘in the female only there is a short row of granules inside of and parallel with the lower border of the orbit.” Numerous specimens have been obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce and Mr. H. W. Bell Marley at Durban. The latter assiduous collector has noted the colouring of various specimens; in the male, carapace black with dots and lines, large claw on the right orange and white ; carapace black and white, legs paler, large claw missing; carapace black with pale blue dots, eyes pale grey, large claw on right vermilion and white; carapace nearly all blue, large claw on left, bright red, other legs red and black ; in the female, carapace black and blue with margin of white, legs red and marked dark ; carapace black with red; carapace mottled brown, legs brown and black; carapace black and blue with grey. Genus DOTILLA, Stimpsom. 1858. Dotilla, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 98 (44). 1900. D., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixix, p. 363 (with synonymy). 1903. D., Nobili, Bull. Mus. Torino, vol. xviii, no. 447, p. 22, and no. 452, p. 20. 1907. D., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Coll., vol. xlix, p. 101. 1914. D., Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xlvii, p. 83. 1915. D., Kemp, Mem. Ind. Mus., vol. v, p. 222. 1915. D., R. D. Laurie, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxxi, pp. 407, 467. In the illustrated edition of the Regne Animal, figures 3, 3a and 3b, on pl. 18, profess to be copied from Savigny’s Egypte, Crust. pl. 4, fig. 4. In fact they are from his pl. 1, fig. 3. De Haan in 1833, when defining Doto as a subgenus of Ocypode, used a preoccupied name, and from want of specimens was forced, as he explains, to borrow the characters from the figures given by Savigny on the plate which he quotes correctly. Hence de Haan’s figures of the mouth- organs have no independent value. In Savigny’s beautiful drawings the palp of the mandible is rather indefinite, as though the artist could not make up his mind whether it was two-jointed or three- jointed. In the species here dealt with it is not even two-jointed, and folds closely down upon the cutting edge of the membranaceous trunk. 18 The Malacostraca of Natal DoTILLA CLEPSYDRA, sp. nov. Plate V. The name clepsydra is chosen to denote the agreement between this species and Aleock’s D. clepsydradactylus in regard to the chelipeds, of which he writes, ‘The fingers are much longer than the palm; in the adult male they are extremely slender, and each has a large tooth arranged so that when the tips of the fingers are closely opposed these two teeth meet and leave an hour-glass-shaped space between the closed fingers” (loc. cit., p. 367). The second sentence is emphasized by italics and agrees with fig. 2 on pl. 63, Illustr. Zool. Investigator, published in 1902. On further testing the agreement, however, I found that it did not extend to the fourth joint of the chelipeds, since Alcock states that in his species they ‘have no spine on the arm.” By spine is evidently intended the proximal tooth or process which Dr. de Man finds in the adult male of the typical species D. sulcatus (Forskal), though wanting in the female (Zool. Engebn. in Nederland. Ost. Indien, vol. ii, p. 311, 1892). On a character variable between the two sexes of the same species reliance could scarcely be placed for distinction between species and species, if it stood alone. This is not the case here. In the Durban specimen the surface of the carapace agrees more nearly with Alcock’s D. affinis, especially in respect of the large distal area, a triangle with convex sides and the base rectilinear ; and, besides differences in the tympana, the fingers of the ambulatory limbs show a marked divergence, being here all nearly of the same size, while in Alcock’s species those of the fifth perzeopods are much longer than those of preceding pairs. As is well known, the third maxillipeds in this genus have a boat- like bulge, formed by the large third joint and larger fourth, the latter almost concealing the last three setose joints, and helping to conceal the slender exopod which is devoid of a flagellum. The close packing of other mouth-organs within the boat adds something to the difficulty of their disentanglement. In the mandibles the very large single-jointed palp by its curvature and notching implies a small basal joint coalesced; it carries long feathered sete on its outer margin proximally, followed by rows of unequally short sete of minutely battledoor shape. Similar setz of various sizes occur also on the large middle lamina of the second maxilla, and fringing the terminal joints of the second maxillipeds. The part which seems to represent the three terminal joints in question is broader than either of the two preceding joints and a little longer than both combined ; this compact mass has an oblique line perhaps marking the area of the finger, tS ec by Rev. T. Rk. R. Stebbing. 19 The carapace of the larger specimen measured about 8°5 mm. in length, by 12 mm. in breadth. Locality: Durban Bay, collected by Mr. D. R. Boyce. TrinE OXYSTOMATA. Famity CALAPPIDA. Genus CALAPPA, Fabricius, 1798. For the tribe, family, and genus, see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 333, 1910. CALAPPA SPINOSISssIMUS, Milne-Edwards. 1837. Calappa spinosissimus, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. in, p. LOG. 1896, C.s., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixv, p. 144. Alcock distinguishes this species from C. hepaticus (Linn.) chiefly by “the teeth on the antero-lateral border of the clypeiform expansions ” being ‘fin the form of sharp upcurved spines,” by the presence of three spines on the postero-lateral border of those expansions, and by some of the tubercles on the outer surface of the palm in the chelipeds having sharp spinous points. All these characters are present in the smaller specimens procured by Mr. Bell Marley in Durban Bay. He notes as to one that the colour was “greyish, legs yellow, slightly coral-spotted,” of another that it was “darker, only without spots,” and that the specimens were obtained “‘near water’s edge, among empty shells, in sandy depressions.” One of the specimens had a carapace about 17 mm. long, by 27 mm. broad, in another the measurements were 15 by 23 mm., thus considerably less than the length of 15 lines recorded by Milne-Edwards. But a specimen found ‘‘among rocks,” “dark grey, legs yellow,” is about 32 mm. long by 41 mm. broad. That it has no sharp spines on the cheliped may be due to attrition. MACRURA ANOMALA. Trine PAGURIDEA. Famity PAGURIDA. For this tribe and family see Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp. 349, 350; 1910, 20 The Malacostraca of Natal Genus PAGURUS, Fabricius, sensu restricto. Reference as above. Pagurus Evopsis,* Dana. 1852. Pagurus euopsis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 452, pl. 28, figs. 6, a—c. 1905. P.e., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2 fase 1, pp. 80, 86, pl. 9, fig. 2 (with synonymy). Two specimens from Durban, sent me by Mr. Bell Marley, agree well with the figures and descriptions of this species furnished by Dana and Aleock. Both authors call attention to the character that ‘“ the joints of the distal half of the antennal flagellum have the antero- internal angle produced.” Also both mention the broad maroon stripe across the merus and carpus of the second and third perzeopods, which appears to be very persistent in spirit. Dana remarks that the chelipeds are only “‘ moderately unequal,” and Alcock points out that this is the case ‘especially in the female” a remark not specially confirmed by the Durban female specimen, which Mr. Bell Marley informs me inhabited the shell of Lotoriwm oleartwm. In the male specimen the very hirsute left chela is much darker than the right. Of one large specimen Mr. Bell Marley notes its springing in and out of the covering shell when alarmed, and that the pleon was ‘‘ banded deep red.” Pacurus DEFoRMIS, Milne Edwards. 1836. Pagurns deformis, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. vi, p. 272, pl. 14, fig. 2 (Alcock), pl. 13, fig. 14 (M.E. in next reference), pl. 13, fig. 4 (Miers). 1837. P.d., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. 11, p. 222. 1874. P. d., Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Crust., p. 3 (with Pagurus cavipes on pl. 2, fig. 3, the plate of much earlier date but hitherto unpublished). 1905, _ P. d., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt.-2, fase. 1, pp. 81, 88, pl. 9, fig. 4 (with synonymy). The specimen from Durban, for which I am indebted to Mr. Bell Marley, was occupying a land shell (Livinicia kraussit) he informs me. It agrees well with the description of the species given by -Milne- Edwards. The eyes are short and stout, widest at the cornea, The * Misprinted enopsis, vol. i, p. 489. [Editor]. SE — i ee by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 21 large left chela has the character on which Alcock lays stress, “ the inner edge of the upper surface of its dactylus forms an upstanding crenulated crest,” and the second and third perseopods are even more characteristic by their difference from those on the right, in that the upper margins of the last two joints form sharp ridges, by which especially in the third pair their sides to the rear show a deep furrow, while dorsally they are flattened. ' A specimen of this species from the same locality has been obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce. PaGurRus VARIPES, Heller. 1861. Pagurus varipes, Heller, Sbe. K. Akad. Wien, vol. xliv, p. 244, lee ple ies Zonas 1905. P.v., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, pp. 81, 90, pl. 9, fig. 7 (with synonymy). A female specimen from the Durban Museum answers well to Heller’s description and figures of this species, in regard to the eyes, the markings of the carapace which he describes in detail, the quadrate sixth segment of the pleon with its median longitudinal furrow, and the armature of the large left cheliped. The second and _ third pereeopods on the left are without the sharp-edged flat-topped character of the two terminal joints so conspicuous in P. deformis, but the third pereeopod has the lateral carina and groove as shown for those joints 2 in Heller’s pl. 2, fig. 3. g. PaGcurus MEGcistos (Herbst). See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 21, 1908. A small specimen of this handsome species was collected by Mr. D. R. Boyce from Durban Bay. The Strombus in which it was lodged only yielded for examination the chelipeds and ambulatory limbs. Genus DIOGENES, Dana. See Ann. S: Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 353, 1910. DioGENEs costatrus, Henderson. 1893. Diogenes costatus, Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 3 vol. v, p.. 418; pl. 39 figs: 7,8. 1905. D.c., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, pp. 61, 70, pl. 6, figs. 7, Ta. 1908. D.c., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 24. ] bo bo The Malacostraca of Natal Small specimens occupying shells of Vatica mamilla, collected from Durban Bay by Mr. A. L. Bevis and Mr. D. R. Boyce, are in near agreement with the available accounts of this species. But while Henderson writes that the ophthalmic scales have ‘‘ merely two or three spinules towards the apex,” I find the distal margin fringed with six teeth in a very small specimen. The large left cheliped has all the borders of its fourth joint serrated, as noted by Alcock, but neither author shows the great comparative length of the laterally grooved fingers in the second and third perzopods, a feature attracting attention in our specimens, along with the close pad on the convex border of the preceding joint, especially noticeable in the limbs of the left side. Faint longitudinal streaks of red have been retained on these legs. Genus CLIBANARIUS, Dana, 1852. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 352, 1910. CLIBANARIUS VIRESCENS (Krauss). See Reference above given. Specimens of this little species, obtained by Mr. Dale in Durban Bay, have been submitted to me by Mr. Chubb. They fully agree with the description given by Krauss, except for some alterations of colour, the blues and greens having no doubt faded, but the cross-band and dark apex of the fingers are still conspicuous in the second and third perzeopods. CLIBANARIUS LonGITARsSUS (de Haan). 1849. Pagurus longitarsus, de Haan, Crust. Japon, Decas., 7, p. 211, pl. 50, fig. 3. 1852. Clibanarius longitarsis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xii, p. 464. 1888. C.0., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. lin, p. 441. 1899. Clibanarius longitarsus, Nobili, Ann. Mus. Genoa, ser. 2, vol. 20, p. 492 (20), 1905. Clibanarius longitarsis, Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 158 (with synonymy). Round this species cluster others, such as C. striolatus, Dana, and C. padavensis, de Man, with bewildering proximity. This makes it difficult to guarantee any particular name without illustrative figures, which it is not just now convenient to offer. j 1829. Canobita, Latreille, Regne Animal, vol. iv, p. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 23 The specimen from Durban Bay, specially examined from several obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce, has the rostral apex abruptly acute, the ocular scales near together, ending in two unequal points, eye-stalks 5 mm. long, slightly swollen at either end, the cornea one-tenth of the total length. The chelipeds are subequal, with short fifth joint and the fourth much longer and very broad. The second and _ third perzeopods have long tarsi (seventh joint) with dark tips, and the pale stripe with coloured borders on the last three joints, as shown in de Haan’s figure. Among features probably of no specific value may be mentioned, the strong spine on the palp of the first maxilla, the angularly produced end of the large vibratory lamina of the second maxilla and the narrowly produced apex of its endopod, the abruptly narrow terminal to the broad exopod in the first maxilliped, the remarkably powerful exopod in the second maxilliped compared with the rather short endopod, and the still more powerful exopod in the third maxilliped, where however the endopod is also long and strong. In both the second and third pairs the fourth joint is longer than the third. The endopods of the third pair are contiguous at their bases. In the pleon there are unequally biramose appendages on the left side pertaining to the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments, those of the third and fourth being slightly longer than the preceding pleopod but very greatly larger than that which follows. Famity CQANOBITIDA. 1852. Canobitide, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 432, 435. 1905. C., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, fase. 1, p. 138 (with synonymy). Genus CULNOBITA, Latreille. 1825. ‘Cénobite,” Latreille, Faun. Nat. Regne Animal, p. 277 (the generic name only in French). ee 1905. C., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, p. 139 (with very numerous references, but all under Caenobita, though Milne- Edwards, Krauss, and Dana agree in using the inaccurate form Cenobita. 24 The Malacostraca of Natal C@NOBITA CAVIPES, Stimpson. 1858. Cenobita cavipes, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., p. 245 (83). 1862. Cenobita violascens, Heller, Verl. Zool. Ges. Wien, vol. xii, p. 524. 1865. C.v., Heller, Crust. Novara, p. 82, pl. 7, fig. 1. 1900. Cenobita cavipes, Nobili, Ann. Mus. Genov., Ser. 2, vol. xx, p. 495 (23). 1902. C.c., de Man, Abh. Senck. Nat. Ges., vol. xxiv, p. 743, pl. 24, fig. 46. 1905. C.c., Alcock, Indian Decap. Crust., pt. 2, p. 146, pl. 14, fig. 1 (with synonymy). The Durban specimen has the characters which Alcock selects for distinguishing this species from others in the Indian group of the genus ; the acicle fused with the second joint of the second antenne ; eye-stalks strongly compressed ; a brush of hairs on the inner surface of the palm in both chele ; no stridulating mechanism on the palm of the left chela, coxz of the fifth perzeopods little produced. As to this last point Alcock says that the cox ‘‘are hardly more prominent in the male than they are in the female.” Appearances justify the expectation. | For identification of this species the great size suggested C.. clypeatus, but there it is only the right chela that has the brush of hairs and the ophthalmic scales have the free edge serrulate or crenulate, whereas here they are simple, acute. Next, a large dark patch on the outer surface of the palm in the left chela suggested C. rugosus, but that chela has a stridulating mechanism which is here wanting, and Nobili has already noticed that the brown patch of colour is common to the two species. The length of the carapace in the middle line is 39 mm. Alcock gives that of a large female as 31 mm., for C. rugosws. He says that a carapace 30 mm. long was comparatively rare, and that of the largest egg-laden famale in the Indian Museum was only 24 mm. long. The left chela of the Durban specimen has the length and breadth of the palm equal, 26 mm. ‘The third peropod on the left has the finger strongly ridged on the concave side, which is not the case with the corresponding finger on the right. The specimen was collected in Durban Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce. bo Or by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. Trine HIPPIDEA. Famity HIPPID 2. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 366, 1910. Genus EMERITA, Meuschen, 1778. See under the preceding reference. The specimen there named Emerita emeritus should probably be transferred to the following species. Emerita astaticus (Milne-Edwards). 1837. Hippa asiatica, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol, 1, p. 209. 1878. H.a., Miers, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xiv., no. 76, p. 325, pl..5, ‘fig. LL 1903. H.a., Nobili, Bull. Mus. Torino, vol. xviii, no. 452, p. 16. 1907. -H. a., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, Zool., vol. iv, p. 143. 1912. #H.a., Lenz. Arkiv. for Zoologi, vol. vii, no. 29, p. 5. For this species Milne-Edwards gives a confused reference to Herbst, the difficulty being caused by the fact that Herbst in describing his Cancer emeritus refers it to plate 22, fig. 4, while on the plate itself it is fig. 3, which answers to his description. The small specimen collected by Mr. A. L. Bevis, and the very large one, with carapace 35 mm. long, obtained by Mr. D. R. Boyce, alike have the terminal joint of the first pereeopod as described by Nobili, lanceolate, with acute apex and denticulate margins. They agree too with the descriptions of the three spines on the second antenne, of which the median is much the largest, and the antero-internal lobe on the fourth (meral) joint of the third maxillipeds is broadly rounded, practically though not verbally in agreement with the description by Miers. ‘he carapace is very convex, as Miers and Nobili say, though in the Durban specimens scarcely to be called very narrow. The second antenne by their flagella agree much better with the figure given by Miers for #. emeritus, than with that for 2. asiaticus. Locality : Durban Bay. Famity ALBUNEIDZE. 1904. Albuneide, Benedict, Pr. U. S. Mus., vol. xxvii, p. 621, (ref. overlooked in 1914). 26 The Malacostraca of Natal Genus ALBUNEA, Fabricius. 1904. Albwnea, Benedict, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxvii, p. 623. ALBUNEA GUERINII, Lucas. 1914. Albunea guerinii, Stebbing, Tr. R. Soc. Edin., vol. L, pt. 2, p. 281. For references regarding the family, genus, and species, see the Transactions above noted. The specimen now under consideration was collected in Durban Bay by Captain Fraser. The teeth on the frontal margin number ten on the left and thirteen on the right. This shows that dependence can be placed on this armature for specific distinction only with some reserve or caution. MACRURA GENUINA. Famity RHYNCHOCINETID 2. 1890. Rhynchocinetide, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, p. 459. 1907. #&., Borradaile, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xix, pp. 467, 472. RuyncHocinetTEs, Milne-Edwards. 1837. Rhynchocinetes, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. vii, p. 165. 1837. 2&., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol, ii, p. 382. 1849. R&., Nicolet, in Gay. Hist. Chile. Zool., vol. iii, p. 215. 1852. AG Dana, UlS) Expls iixp., volo xi, pao. 1860. &., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., vol. xii, p. 105 (36). 1876. &., Miers, Catal. Crust. of New Zealand, p. 77. 1882. R., Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust., p. 179. 1890. &., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, pp. 459, 507. 1909. &., McCulloch, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii, no. 4, p. 310. Milne-Edwaads placed this genus in his tribe of Palémoniens, Dana in the A/pheine, a subfamily of his Palemonide ; Miers, followed by Haswell, assigned it to the Crangonide ; Borradaile groups it with the Alpheide, Hippolytide, and Palemonide in his “superfamily ” Palemonorda. 7 by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 27 Ruyncwocrneres typus, Milne-Edwards. Plate VI. 1837. Rhynchocinetes typus, Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. vii, p. 165, pl. 4. 1837. &. ¢., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 383. 1849. £.t., Nicolet, Hist. Chile. Zool., vol. iii, p. 216, atlas, pl. 1, figs. 7, 7 a-d. 1852. Rhynchocinetes typicus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 568, pl. 36, figs. 7 a—d. 1871. Rhynchocinetes typus, Cunningham, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxvii, p. 497. : WONG.) 2.0. Miers), Catal. Crust N: Zi, p. it: 1882. #. t., Haswell, Catal. Austral. Crust., p. 180. 1890. £&. ¢t., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. v, p. 507, pl. 37, fig. 7d, f-. 1909. AR. t., McCulloch and Rathbun, Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. vii, py 312. 1910. #. ¢., Rathbun, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xxxviii, p. 562, pl. 52, fig. 2. Cunningham remarks of this species that ‘“‘it is an exceedingly beautiful creature when alive, the body and legs being elegantly mottled and banded with various shades of red and brown.” This is in agreement with Nicolet’s account of the colour, and with the African specimens. Of Stimpson’s A. rugulosws, McCulloch says “it is very beautifully marked when alive with streaks and dots of a bright blue colour on a darker ground.” In spirit the difference of hue would cease to be distinctive, but 2. typus seems to have none of that rugosity on which Stimpson relied in instituting his species. Miers, therefore, is not likely, as McCulloch supposes, to have confused the two species. In dealing, however, with the specific differences in this genus there are some pitfalls. Thus Dana says ‘‘it is important to observe, that the external maxillipeds are very much more elongate in the male than in the female, being in the former as long as the body.” So also in the two specimens from Durban, the uropods of the larger specimen are decidedly longer than the telson, whereas this is not the case in the smaller. Also in the smaller, the second perzeopod reaches beyond the first, while in the larger the reverse is the case. As will be seen by the figures, the first pereeopods differ much in the two specimens, although in their striking colour pattern they were an excellent match. Mr. Bell Marley found this strongly humped species on sociable terms with Leander affinis and Stenopus hispidus, among stones likely to protect it from predaceous fishes but not from marauding crabs. 28 : The Malacostraca of Natal STOMATOPODA. Famity SQUILLIDA. Genus SQUILLA, Fabricius, 1793. For this classification see Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, pp. 404, 405, 1910. SQUILLA NEPA, Latreille. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 1, p. 44, 1908. A smaller specimen, about 75 mm. in length, has been collected by Mr. R. A. Hunter. Genus GONODACTYLUS, Latreille. See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 406, 1910. And references. 1894. Gonodactylus, Bigelow, Pr. U.S. Mus., vol. xvii, p. 492. 1913: G. Kemp, ir. Linn: Soc. london; Ser 2, vol: x; pt. Gy pp- io loos pla og) ten. GONODACTYLUS CHIRAGRA (Fabricius). See reference as above. In Mr. Bell Marley’s specimen from Durban, the carapace from the apex of the rostrum to the hind margin is 13 mm. long, from the hind margin of the carapace to extremity of fifth pleon segment the length is about 28 mm., and thence to a point between the distal lobes of the telson about 10 mm., making at full stretch a total length of two inches. In the uropods the long first joint of the exopod has its outer margin fringed with eleven spines, successively larger to the rear. Mr. Bell Marley describes the colour as violet black, with dark red — about the tail; legs and antenne orange; the raptorial claws bright violet about the folding place. He notes that the animal is very active and makes defensive use of its tail. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebling. 29 AMPHIPODA. Trine CYAMIDEA. Famity CYAMID AL. Genus CYAMUS, Latreille, 1796. Cyamus Boopis, Liitken, 1873. See, for the order, tribe, family, genus, and species, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 447, 464, 471, 473; 1910. Many specimens of this species have been obtained by Mr. E. C. Chubb from the humpback whale at Durban. INDEX. PAGE PAGE affinis (Maja) = 2 catenatus (Parasesarma) - 10 Albunea 26 Catometopa - . = tS) Albuneide - 25 cavipes (Cenobita) —- - 24 Amphipoda . 29 cavipes (Coenobita) = - - 24 annulipes (Gelasimus) - - 16 cavipes (Pagurus) - - 24 annulipes (Uca) - 16 Cenobita = - - - - 24 arcuata(Ocypode, Gelasimus) 15 chiragra (Gonodactylus) - 28 arcuatus (Uca) - - - 15 cinctimana (Liomera) - - O asiatica (Hippa) - - 25 cinctimanus (Carpilius) 5 asiaticus (Emerita) - 25 cinctimanus (Carpilodes) - 6 asper (Mithrax) - 2 cinctimanus (Liomera) 5) asper (Schizophrys) — - - 2 clepsydra (Dotilla) pl. v. 17 aspera (Schizophrys) - oe pe Clibanarius - . - 22 Atergatis - - - = 6 Ceenobita - - - - 23 bellator (Uca) - - - 15 Coenobitidee - - - 23 boopis (Cyamus) - - 29 convexus (Macrophthalmus) 12 brevis (Macrophthamus) 12 costatus (Diogenes) 21 Calappa-- - 19 cultrimanus (Uca) 16 Calappide - tg Cyamide - - : - 29 30 The Malacostraca of Natal PAGE Cyamidea - - = = YY) Cyamus~ - = - 5 HY) Cyclometopa - = - deformis (Pagurus) — - - depressus (Potamonautes) - dichotoma (Maja) - - dilatatus (Macr ephipelmus)) Diogenes - - Dotilla - . - - Doto - - - = - Emerita = - - - - emeritus (Emerita) = - - euopsis (Pagurus) - - exaratus (Leptodius) - - floridus (Atergatis) pl. i. - floridus (Cancer) - - - Gelasimus - - - : Gonodactylus Sera ee opi thal- mus) pl. i. - Grapside - - - guerinii (Albunea) hepaticus oye) Hippide - - - Hippidea_ - holdsworthii (Platylambrue): hydrophilus (Cancer) - - hydrophilus (Xantho) - - inermis (Macrophthalmus) - laciniatus (Platylambrus) - lacteus (Uca) pl. iv. - - lata (Liomera) - . - Liomera- - - longitarsis (Clibanarius) longitarsus (Clibanarius) longitarsus (Pagurus) - - Macrophthalmus- - Mamaiidee - - : - megistos (Pagurus) - - nepa (Squilla) = - - - Ocypode” - - - - Ocypodide - : . - ocyroe (Atergatis) Oxystomata - ' — 3 f Amat | —T (00) pS of Sy OT TST SS) tS Lo hs wD Re KR be 197 Coa hf aT why OS E> Nr 0 oe — ny — co S32 © bk bo bo mw ke or bo bw bo — ad IND Ee bw © I= Jb 16S) 189) — aa ‘a , ~} K , een » 4 ‘Is ef —— 2 sees T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons lith. MACROPHTHALMUS GRANDIDIERII, A. Milne-Edwards. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate IV. T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons llth. UCA LACTEUS (de Haan). om coe ien ¢ John Singleton & Sons llth. T. R. R. Stebbing del. DOTILLA CLEPSYDRA, sp. nov. & Plate VI. efi he oye oe ira go wa iP ren ee ad ee ae —we John Singleton & Sons lith. iT. del, R, R) Stebbing Annals Durban Museum, Vol ae peasant ees rN MIE A s _ vee ke a a mn PP tne oF A RHYNCHOCINETES TYPUS, A. Milne-Edwards. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbung. 33 PLATE V. Dotilla clepsydra, sp. nov. n.s. Lines indicating natural size of specimen shown below in dorsal and ventral aspects, the dorsal showing the carapace with chelipeds and fourth and fifth perzeopods (prp. 4, prp. 5,) in attachment ; the ventral showing the chelipeds in position partly overlapping the third maxillipeds, and the last three segments of the pleon, with the antepenultimate almost covered by the setz of the preceding segment. m. Mandible, with further enlargement of the sete on the terminal joint of the palp. This figure is magnified on the same scale as the other mouth-organs. mx. 1, mx. 2. The first maxilla and the second, with further enlargement in the latter of the apex of the endopod and of the setz of the preceding plate. mxp. 1, mxp. 2, mxp. 3, end., ex., ep. First and second maxillipeds, and third maxilliped, with exopod and epipod detached, and separate figure of the last three joints of the endopod. PLATE VI. Rhynchocinetes typus, Milne-Edwards. ns. Dorsal view of specimen natural size as seen in the preserving receptacle, omitting the first and second antennz and the limbs. of the left side. All the detail figures are from a much smaller specimen. 1s Proximal portion of the (imperfect) rostrum. Abe Dorsal view of the telson, with higher magnification of the apex. ai. Part of second antenna, with the scale. m.,m., mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1,mxp. 2. The mandibles, first and second maxille, and first and second maxillipeds, ail to a uniform scale, more highly magnified than the following. mxp. 3, prp. 1, prp. 2, prp. 3, urp. Third maxilliped, first, second, and third perzeopods, and a uropod. I].—The varieties of PAPILIO DARDANUS CENEA in the collection of the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S. With Prate VII. HE variations that occur among the females of Papilio dardanus throughout its range, which extends over the greater part of the non-arid regions of Africa and in the form meriones, Feld. to Madagascar—is, perhaps, the most wonderful illustration of poly- morphism that occurs in nature. ‘The males are invariably tailed, the females generally without these appendages, though there are not a few exceptions to the rule. The following are some of the exceptions, as figured by Dr. Eltringham in his beautifully illustrated work ‘African Mimetic Butterflies.” Papilio dardanus-meriones, Feld. from Madagascar. 'The males and females are alike in coloration, form and markings, except that in the latter respect the female has retained, or developed from the costa, at about one-third of the length of the cell, a broad, very oblique, band which crosses more or less the width of the cell and follows on its upper-side the direction of the white, or light-coloured, cellular bar which is common to all forms of P. dardanus, 2. The presence of this oblique black band, immediately beneath the light cellular streak, in the Madagascar and Comoro Islands forms, appears to me to be strong evidence of its ancestral character, which has its fuller development in all other forms of Papilio dardanus. Abyssinia provides us with two remarkable fully-tailed forms, 1.e, P. dardanus antinori, female forms niavioides, Kheil, and ruspine, Kheil. The former follows in the contour of its pattern and color- ation cenea-hippocoon, Fabr.; the latter that of cenea-trophonius, Westw., except that in both cases the spots forming the sub marginal series of the hind-wings are much enlarged and elongated. Possessing rudimentary tails, Dr. Eltringham figures two interesting examples, viz.: P. dardanus, 2 hippocoon, Fabr., from the Gaboon, and an extraordinary form P. dardanus polytrophus, Q form trimeni, Poulton, from the Kikuyu Escarpment, British East Africa, which in ground colour and suppression, or its replacement by dusky suffusion, (34) by C. N. Barker. 35 of the black markings of the upper-surface fore-wings is a distinct approach towards the male form. Among the tailless varieties or forms, Dr. Eltringham figures tibwllus- dorippoides, Trim., from Nairobi, British East Africa, which with a great attenuation of the black margins and markings of both wings, and the consequent enlargement and semi-coalescence of the sub marginal spots of the hind-wings, also shows some approach to the male form. It also shows incipient signs of tail development in the prolongation of the second median nervule of the hind-wings. The colour, as figured, is a tawny shade intermediate between that of the trophonius and male coloration. Of purely tailless forms the following are figured: cenea-cenea, two varieties ; polytrophus-cenea, from the same locality as polytrophus- triment; dardanus trophonius, from Victoria Nyanza ; cenea-trophonius, from Natal; cenea-hippocoon, from Mombasa; and finally two very aberrant types, viz.: dardanus-planemoides, Trim., from Kisumu, and dardanus-dionysos, from West Africa. In addition to the types cited above there are probably numerous intergrades linking up these local forms. But what I am concerned with in this paper is to pass a few remarks on the specimens contained in the Millar collection of the Durban Museum. The cabinet contains twenty female examples of the three group forms, dardanus cenea-cenea, Stoll., d. cenea-hippocoon, Fabr., and d. cenea-trophonius, Westw. Most are, unfortunately, unlabelled as to localities, and in a few cases as to dates of capture ; but it can be inferred with safety that all were taken, or bred, in or near Durban. Numbers | to 6, inclusive, belong to the group dardanus cenea-cenea, 7 to 12 to that of dardanus cenea-hippocoon, and 16 to 20 to that of dardanus cenea-trophonius. Nos. 13 to 15 are very aberrant forms, having some of the attributes of both cenea and hippocoon. In the coloration of the spots of the fore-wings in reference to those of the hind-wings they diverge from both these groups and assimilate with that of dardanus-planemordes, Trim. No. 1 is a very melanic form in which many of the spots have disappeared, and those that remain aré much attenuated. The submarginal spots of both wings are entirely absent. The large spot of the discal series between the first and second median nervules is much reduced and is of the same colour as the premedian band of the hind-wings. Dated 15th March, 1910. 36 The varieties of Papilo dardanus cenea No. 2. A nearly typical cenea-cenea. All the spots of the fore- wings are white, except for a very narrow, yellow edging inferiorally to the large spot of the discal series, between the first and second median nervules. ‘The submarginal spots of the fore-wings are obsolescent. Dated 25th October, 1909. No. 3. The only divergence from type in this specimen lies in a narrow streak of cream colour immediately below the large spot of the discal series, which is of the same colour, showing a disposition towards cenea-hippocoon. Dated 6th February, 1910. No. 4. In this example all the spots of the fore-wings are largely developed and are white, except the subapical spot which is very small and diffused. ‘The band of the hind-wings is pale cream, shading off to whitish towards the inner-margins. Dated 29th March, 1907. No. 5. A very similar specimen to no. 4. The premedian band of the hind-wings is narrowed by encroachment of the black marginal area. There is also a very narrow suffused yellow streak below the first median nervule of the fore-wings, as in no. 3. No. 6. In this example the fore-wing spots of the discal row and the cellular streak are well developed. There is an additional spot between the second and third costal nervules and a narrow streak, almost touching the spot immediately above, lying along the second radial nervule. All the spots of the fore-wings, except those nearest the costa, are tinted with yellow. The black margins of the hind-wings are very broad and sharply defined inwardly. Labelled “‘ Hatched 12th December, 1910.” No. 7. This is a melanic form of cenea-hippocoon, as no. | is of cenea-cenea. It is devoid of all the submarginal spots on both fore- and hind-wings, and the subapical spot of the fore-wing is only — diffusely present. The discal band is only represented by three irregular, detached spots, and the disco-cellular streak is entirely absent. Captured on the Berea, Durban, 10th January, 1909. No. 8 is a typical cenea-hippocoon. The subapical spot is absent. No. 9. The spots of the discal band are disconnected and less developed. The inner-marginal patch is irregularly encroached upon by black atoms about its margins, especially below the first median nervule. Labelled “6th February, 1910.” No. 10. The discal band and cellular streak are well developed. There is no subapical spot. The black margin of the hind-wings is narrow, shading off into sepia inwardly. Labelled ‘‘ Hatched 12th December, 1910.” | es by C. N. Barker. 37 No. 11. This is a fine specimen, normal in its fore-wing pattern. The hind-wing has a very narrow black margin giving off strongly defined black nervular rays. There is an inner border of light sepia, strongly contrasting both with the black margin and the white discal area. The basal black is greatly reduced as in cenea-trophonius. Durban, 20th February, 1900. _ No. 12. In this the white of the inner-marginal patch, fore-wings, is deeply tinged with orange-ochreous between the first median nervule and the submedian nervure over its basal two-thirds. There is no subapical spot. The nervules from the margins of the hind-wings are prolonged towards the base and are very broadly black. Nos. 13 and 14. These are extremely interesting duplicates of one another, only differing in minor details. The pattern of the fore-wings is transitional from hippocoon to cenea, though nearer to the former. The coloration, however, is quite aberrant. With the exception of the costal end of the cellular streak and the spot of discal series immediately below costa, the whole of the spots and patches of the fore-wings are of a bright orange-ochreous colour. In no. 13, the discal area of the hind-wings shades off from orange immediately against the black margins to cream and finally whitish about’ the inner-margins. In no. 14, the black of the border is narrower, leaving a very broad band of sepia intersected by the black nervules. The discal area is paler cream colour and pure white above the cell. The rich orange-ochreous of the spots of the fore-wings, contrasted with the lighter coloration of the hind-wings gives these two examples a very unique appearance. The only form known to me in which the coloration of the two wings affords similar contrasts is dardanus planemoides as figured by Dr. Eltringham. No. 13 is dated 3rd May, 1900, and no. 14 was bred by Mr. G. F. Leigh on 19th October, 1910. No. 15. This is another interesting specimen, in which all the markings of the fore-wings are yellow-ochreous, and those of the hind-- wings pale cream. The pattern is that of hippocoon, with slight approaches to cenea in the encroachment of the black upon the inner- marginal patch, in the same way as occurs in a lesser degree in no. 9. The coloration of the spots and patches of the fore-wings takes a deeper shade than that shown in the discal area of the hind-wings, agreeing in this respect with nos. 13 and 14. No. 16. S About three-eighths natural st 21, male. 1-20, females ; III.—New Records of Natal Bees (Second Contribution), by T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado. ANTHOPHORA ADVENA, Smith. 9. Umbilo, 2nd Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1706); ¢. Umbilo, 9th May, 1915 (L. Bevis), and 17th Oct., 1915 (lL. Bevis; 1709). I find that a male from Durban (1025), collected by Mr. H. M. Millar, which I reported as advena, is a variety of A. acraénsis, having a sprinkling of white hair on the fourth abdominal segment. In true advena male, the fourth segment is densely covered with white hair. The variety requires investigation ; could it be a hybrid between the two species ! ANTHOPHORA ACRAENSIS, Fabricius. Go wUmbile, Mth Oct, 1915 Gu. Bevis; 1709, in part). This species has been confused with A. advena, but appears to be un- questionably distinct. The hair of the pleura is black. ANTHOPHORA VESTITA, Smith. 2. Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708), five specimens, of which four have a yellow marginal band on clypeus, while the fifth has only a spot on each side. g. Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709, in part). Compared with a male from Willowmore, Cape Colony (Brauns) this is smaller, with the black marks on upper part of clypeus larger. Possibly a good series would indicate a racial difference between the Umbilo and Willowmore forms, but they have the same essential characters and certainly represent one species. The type of A. vestita was from Natal. Among the Natal species of Anthophora, vestita will be known by the abdomen being covered with red or fulvous hair. The male has the face-markings lemon-yellow, and when the abdomial segments are extended, the abdomen appears more or less distinctly banded; the fifth and sixth segments have black hair at the base, which is almost entirely concealed when the segments are contracted. (39) 40 New Records of Natal Bees ANTHOPHORA CIRCULATA, Fabricius. 2. Umbilo, 2nd Oct., 1915 (lL. Bevis; 1706); 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708). 3. Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708), The male has large black markings on the clypeus, and is A. fallax, Smith. I am now convinced that fallax represents only a variation of A. circulata. ANTHOPHORA CALIGATA, Gerstaecker. @. Umbilo, 2nd, 10th and 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis); 9th June, 1915 (L. Bevis). Lr. Umkomaas, 18th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1485). TETRALONIA SHEFFIELDI UMBILOENSIS, sub-sp. nov. ?. Scutellum covered with very dark fuscous hair; abdomen with dark hair at extreme base. The hind margins of the abdominal segments are so broadly ferruginous, that the tegument of the abdomen appears red, evidently black only at bases. Umbilo, 28th April, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1565). Additional material is necessary to show whether this is a distinct sub-species, or only a variety. The insect superficially resembles Anthophora vestita, but the venation is different. Ca@Lioxys LORICULA, Smith. The hitherto unknown female comes from Umbilo, 28th April, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1565). The end of the abdomen is entirely of the type of the European C. quadridentata, except that the lower plate is shorter and less deflected downward, and its lateral notches are rectangular. In Friese’s table of African species this runs to C. caffra, but the legs are not red, and the apical lobe of apical inferior plate of abdomen is broader and shorter. Evidently C. caffra is a distinct though closely allied species. At first sight one might suppose the female loricula to belong with the male C. dolichacantha, which also occurs at Umbilo; but it differs from the new species in the shorter, curved, axillar spines, the more finely punctured abdomen (much more closely punctured on ventral surface), and the first recurrent nervure joining the second submarginal cell further from the base (in dolichacantha at or very near the base). by T. D. A. Cockerell. 4] Ca@LIOXYS DOLICHACANTHA, Sp. nov. $. Length 11-12 mm.; black, including legs, antenne and mandibles; hair on eyes short; face covered with appressed cream- coloured hair; labial palpi with first joint about half as long as second, and mainly black, contrasting with the remaining joints, which are pale reddish ; mesothorax with extremely large punctures, well separated on disc; scutellum with rather smaller extremely dense punctures, its surface like a fine network ; hind margin of scutellum gently rounded, faintly inclined to be emarginate ; axillar spines very long and nearly straight ; pleura and sides of metathorax with white hair, and two lines of white hair at base of scutellum; tegule piceous; wings fuliginous, pale basally ; spurs very dark reddish; tarsi with orange hair on inner side; abdomen with pure white hair-bands, linear in middle, expanded at sides ; surface of abdomen shining, with well-separated punctures; fifth segment unarmed; sixth six-spined, the lower apical longer than the upper. Umbilo, 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709, in part). Also Umbilo, 28th March, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1533). In Friese’s table runs to C. sexspinosa, Friese, but is much larger. MEGACHILE MELLIFERINA, Cockerell. Both sexes collected by Miss Robarts at Durban. The male, hitherto unknown, is about 10 mm. long, with the same general coloration as the female, the tegument of the abdomen largely red on basal segments. Antenne slender, black, not clubbed or expanded at end; face densely covered with cream-coloured hair; anterior tibiz and tarsi ferruginous, the tibie with long fulvous hair behind, the tarsi pallid, only moderately expanded, with long white hair behind, and an oval black spot on inner side at base of this fringe; anterior coxe with blunt and rather short spines; middle legs with extremely long white hairs behind; sixth abdominal segment strongly emarginate, but not dentate. This male resembles J/. unyulata, Smith in the coloration of the abdomen, but the legs are quite different. MEGACHILE VENUSTELLA, Sp. nov. @. Length about 11 mm., broad, black, with white and black hair; superficially like the European Jf. apicalis. Closely related to M. venusta, Smith (Kalahari specimen compared), but differing thus : 49 New Records of Natal Bees smooth median line on clypeus less distinct ; vertex with black hair ; mesothorax and scutellum with a strong admixture of black hair ; wings distinctly brownish; sixth abdominal segment with hair all black ; ventral secopa pure white at sides, fulvous in middle, black at extreme apex. Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708). The following key separates this from several rather similar species : Abdomen with fulvous hair-bands; ventral scopa mainly red, but white at base and black at apex ... . ekwivella, Ckll. (Benguella). Abdomen without fulvous hair-bands ... . 1. 1. Hair on scutellum all, or practically all, black ; ventral scopa coloured as in ekwivella . . . . caricina, Ckll. Hair on scutellum all or partly pale... . 2. 2. Hair on scutellum entirely pale; hair around ocelli tinged with fulvous .. . . venusta, Smith. Hair on scutellum partly black... . 3. 3. Length about 8 mm.; disc of mesothorax glistening between the punctures . . . . gratiosa, Gerst. (Transvaal). f Length about 11 mm.; disc of mesothorax dull venustella, Ckll. My . gratiosa was determined by Strand, and represents that species as understood at the Berlin Museum. It was collected by F. Wilms at Lydenburg, Johannesburg. HertADEs BEVISI, Ckll., variety a. ¢. Length 5 mm., anterior wing 4mm.; black, coarsely punctured, with white hair, on abdomen only forming distinct bands at sides of first and second segments; axillar spines well developed. Differs from typical bevisi by the brownish wings and shorter second sub- marginal cell ; it may possibly prove to be a distinct species. Umbilo, 16th March, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1531). HerRIADES CHLOROPS, Sp. nov. g. Like H. bevisi variety a, with brownish wings and relatively short second submarginal cell, but distinct hair-bands only at sides of first abdominal segment, and flagellum long and slender (about 2-4 mm. long), distinctly crenulate, the middle joints about 190 microns long. by T. D. A. Cockerell. 43 The eyes are greyish-green, with the lower end pale; in bevisi and variety a they are brown. The ocelli are pale greenish-yellow ; in bevist var. a they are pale reddish. : Umbilo, Durban, 8th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis). Extremely close to H. bevisi var. a, but evidently a distinct species. Also very close to H. longicornis, Friese, from Kigonsera, but the hair is white, the thorax is shining between the punctures, and the femora are not red-brown. Also related to H. argentatus,*Gerst. On the same day, at Umbilo, Mr. L. Bevis took a female Heriades, 7 mm. long, agreeing with H. chlorops in the dusky wings, and also in the possession of two pairs of spines on the posterior part of the - thorax, one axillary, the other at sides of base of metathorax. The ventral scopa is white. Superficially, this looks like H. chubbi, but the punctures of the mesothorax are very much finer. The mesothorax is shining, with the punctures as dense as possible, and much smaller in the middle than sub-laterally. In ch/orops (male) the punctures are larger, and not reduced in the middle. No such sexual difference appears in a number of Heriades examined. ‘This female is not H. albiscopanus, Strand, which is smaller (length 5°5 mm.) and has no axillary spines. It seems best to regard this Umbilo female as a distinct species, which may be named : HERIADES PUNCTULATUS, Sp. Nov. Other characters are: clypeus as densely punctured as possible, not at all carinate, with an even, slightly concave lower margin ; mandibles with two large teeth, occupying the outer half of the cutting edge; eyes greyish-brown; axillar and metathoracic spines stout and curved, thorn-like; second recurrent nervure joining second submarginal cell at apex; hair on inner side of hind tarsi white, faintly yellowish apically, but on inner side of anterior tarsi orange ; abdomen with very narrow thin hair-bands, broadened and dense at sides of first segment. . ALLODAPE VARIEGATA, Smith. Umbilo, 15th Oct., 6th Dec., 22nd Feb. (L. Bevis); Widenham, 14th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1482). A small species, with broad yellow band on scutellum, and abdomen largely red. A specimen from F. Smith’s collection, from the Cape of Good Hope, differs by the red abdomen, only faintly dusky on apical 44 New Records of Natal Bees half, and without lateral blackish marks. This is probably a distinct race, but the type locally is Port Natal, and the specimens collected by Mr. Bevis represent the typical form as described by Smith. ALLODAPE MAURULA, Sp. nov. $ (Type). Length a little over 5 mm. ; shining black, with clavate abdomen, narrowed basally; hair very scanty, and white; clypeus creamy-white, equally broad above and below, but constricted in middle; small cuneiform lateral marks between lower half of clypeus and eye; eyes prominent, converging below, the face very narrow ; scape with a white stripe in front, flagellum entirely black; mesothorax shining, but scutellum dullish; tubercles cream-colour, but rest of thorax black; tegule hyaline; wings faintly dusky, stigma and nervures fuscous; legs black, with the tarsi cream-colour, reddened apically ; abdomen black, without markings, hair at apex white. ?. Length about 6 mm., rather slender; white clypeal area with upper half broader than lower; no lateral marks ; antenne entirely black ; tarsi black basally and ferruginous apically. Type from Durban, 24th Feb., 1915 (H. M. Millar; 1507). Females from Umbilo, 22nd Feb., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1120), and 18th April, 1915 (L. Bevis; 1563). Very like A. lacteipennis, Brauns, but the female of that species has only the upper edge of the clypeus white. A. albipennis, Friese, is also related, but has milk-white wings, and is distinctly smaller. ALLODAPE CORDATA, Smith. Umbilo, 6th & 18th Dec., 18th & 28th April (L. Bevis). Widen- ham, 13th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1481). Of the four Widenham specimens, three have the hind margins of abdominal segments more or less reddened. ALLODAPE STELLARUM, Ceckerell. Females from Umbilo, 5th & 18th April (L. Bevis), and Widenham, 17th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1484). Male from Widenham, 13th Dec., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1481). The male is new; it has the clypeus white except a small black spot on each lateral margin near the middle. by T. D. A. Cockerell. 45 PROSOPIS BEVISI, sp. noy. 3. Length a little over 6 mm.; black, with legs, sides and extreme base of first abdominal segment red; entire face below antenne red (probably orange in life), including supraclypeal mark (quadrate, broader than long), and with lateral marks ending in a point on orbit at about upper level of antennal sockets ; madibles and labrum red ; seape red, but the short thick flagellum black, reddish only at base ; a well developed keel mesad of each antenna; front and vertex minutely rugose ; mesothorax dull and densely punctured ; prothorax and tubercles red, but rest of thorax black; base of metathorax shining, with strong short plice; pleura. dull and rugulose; tegule testaceous ; wings hyaline, very faintly dusky, stigma and nervures dark brown ; first recurrent nervure joining first submarginal cell at end ; second recurrent meeting outer transverso-cubital ; abdomen broad, shining, with white lateral hair-bands on first segment, but not on the others; surface extremely finely sculptured, appearing rather sericeous ; margin of second segment elevated. Umbilo, 22nd Feb., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1120). Resembles P. rubriplagiata, Cam. = P. braunsi, Alfk. (this synonymy due to Dr. Brauns in litt.), but easily distinguished by the entirely red legs, lack of distinct (visible under lens) punctures on abdomen, different base of metathorax, short and broad supraclypeal mark, short and dark flagellum, etc. In Friese’s 1911 table it runs nearest to P. braunsi. It agrees with none of the species more recently described by Alfken and Strand. THRINCHOSTOMA MILLARI, Cockerell. 9. Umbilo, 10th & 17th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis). NomIA MEGALEPIS, Cockerell. 9. Unmbilo, 25th Oct., 1914 (L. Bevis; 1427). In Ann. Durban Mus,., vol. i, p. 463, the “following bee” referred to under Crocisa arcuata is of course Nomia nigripes (p. 464), which did follow in the MS. as originally written. Hatictus gucunbus, Smith. Q. Umbilo, 10th Oct., 1915 (L. Bevis; 1708). Smaller and less robust than usual, 46 New Records of Natal Bees. HALICTUS RHODASPIS, sp. nov. @. Length about 10 mm.; black, including the antenne, mandibles and tarsi; hair of face, cheeks, pleura and metathorax greyish-white, of vertex and mesothorax pale fulvous, of scutellum and middle of post-scutellum bright ferruginous ; ‘upper part of clypeus (except the mnargin) opaque and very densely rugosopunctate, below this are larger, distinct punctures, while the swollen lower marginal area is polished ; vertex glistening; mesothorax very finely and closely punctured, shining between the punctures; area of metathorax covered with fine vermiform wrinkles, without radiating plice ; tegule red; wings faintly dusky, stigma and nervures dark brown; legs with pale hair; hind spur minutely serrate; abdomen shining, very minutely punctured; a broadly interrupted band of ochreous tomentum at hase of second segment, and a very broad entire band at base of third; hair at apex pale fulvous; venter with long pollen- carrying hair. Umbilo, 17th Oct,. 1915 (L. Bevis; 1709). In Meade-Waldo’s table of African Halictus this runs to H. capicola, Cam., which is smaller, with the clypeus differently sculptured. It agrees with none of the species described by Cameron, Friese or Vachal. It is larger than /H. diversus, Sm., and differs in having the area of metathorax sharply limited posteriorly, the flagellum all black, ete. From H. diversiformis, Ckll., it is known by the red tegule, dark stigma, ete. ee SS ed PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, 554 & 556, WEST STREET, DURBAN, | yy 1 haha: Pan ay _Publshed 20th April, 1916. Price 5/- nett. x1 —Hiahee: from Natal, collected by Mr. Holage Rosixsoy, by C. Tare REGAN. Ris -XII.—Deseription of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BouLEncer. hy “XIIL—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by ERyyer WARREN, (Plates X VIT-XX)., XIV. —Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, ae T..D. A. Cockersty. CV. -—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by J oHN Hewitt. . XVI. say", new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Srantey Hirsv. ty XVII —Mallophaga and ih cia with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris. Mh XVIII. —Zululand Tsetse Fly Glossina brandoni ; and Danais petiverana in Natal, by E. C. Cuuss. AIX, Say of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by N Messrs. GILCHRIST & THOMPSON, iy ar Part 4. Published 21st May, 1917. "Price 5/- nett. _ XIX. Givens of N ata Marine Fishes (2), by Messrs. GitcHrist & THOMPSON. P.0:¢ —A new Silurid Fish from Natal, by G. A. BoutEencEr. Rs xe A new Bat (Otomops icarus), by E. C. Couns, (Plate X XI). Wig hy Ba nels Pete Pant 3. _Published 25th July, 1917. nae 5/- nett. 7. 9.608 The Malacostraca of Durban Bay, by the Rev. T. R. R. Sreppina. Sea (Plates XXII and XXIII). Poe GLI. _—Melanic Aberrations among butterflies (Acreime), by C. N. Barker. Cs ae (Plates XXIV and XXV). XXIV.— Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tarr Rucan. XXV.—New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL XX VI.—New South African Heterocera, by A. J. T, Jansz " Obtainable through any South African bookseller or r from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London. Plates VD ANNALS DURBAN MUSEUM EDITED BY THE CURATOR, E. C. CHUBB. Issued 30th July, 1918. PRICE 5/- NETT. PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE DuRBAN Museum. Y. —Anatomy of Feetal Sperm Wha, by F. E. Beppanp. -VII.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.8. BRaby. “(Plates XXIV), Bak —Note on Blois brandoni Ps Danais o oer a B © pa "Contents of revlon Pen ! a oN le Wt Vol. I, Part I. T.—On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. aa (Pian fy its II.—On Bottlenose Porpoises ( Tursiops ‘! by BR w. Tavs. Seiya III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. & Brapy. ‘(Plates v ia Vv rI). Day 4 TV. —Descriptions of South African Birds’ Bees, by] E. c. Caves. (Plate VID) = Be - Vk I, Part 2. Published 15th May 1915. “(Plate van, VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Jc OHN Hewrrr. RPS : # pee VII. —Anoplura and Mallophaga, by Keitoce & Ferris. ee XV and xD, IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RovssELET. aes ihe “A 3 i X.—List of Mosquitos, by Powe. Epwarps. PoNie n : a i ‘ ae : 4 BN: . 4 7 oe * ak 4 I, Part 3. Published d 20th April 1916. Price I nett. 4 ‘? Gr XII. [Deceit of a new “Fish from Zululand, by G. i" Bourges. ne XIIT.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Exyest W ARREN, (Plates XVIEXS. XIV. —Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by Tas A. Cockmnent. Tag es aoe XV.—Descriptions of several species A Arachnida, by JOHN Hewrrr, Betta a XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Srantey A i ee NER: —Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs, Gnemnisr | & Ta 2 \ aes Se on third page of tere. Obtainable through any S. li icon! NE rahe or from Messrs. W uliam Wesley & Son, Sole Buropean Agents, . 28 Essex’ ee Strand, London. 4 1V.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Wir Puates VIII-XII. | eae the present contribution, species belonging to seventeen families of Malacostraca and of Leptostraca are considered for various reasons, in several cases chiefly for the notes supplied by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley on the habits and colours of the freshly captured specimens. Among the Brachyura anomala a new species is described as Cryptodromia monodous. A new species is added to the Isopoda anomala under the name Haplocope oculatus. The Amphipoda are provided with three new species and a new genus, Wicrolysias, to which may be added a detailed account of Hxhyalella natalensis, both genus and species having been briefly introduced in December, 1917. But the point which has, perhaps, the best chance of exciting some- thing like general interest rests with the association of species from thirteen different genera found all sheltering in a single specimen of a sponge. It may be convenient here to bring together the names of — this motley assemblage of crustaceans. They are Hriphia scabriculus, Dana; Petrolisthes speciosus (Dana); Porcellana dehaanii, Krauss ; Processa sp.; Tanais phileterus, Stebbing ; Leptochelia dubius (Kroyer) ; Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov.; Paramera schizurus, sp. nov.; Hxhyalella natalensis, Stebbing; Hurystheus holmesi, Stebbing ; Cheiriphotis walkert, sp. nov., Podocerus inconspicuus (Stebbing) ; Nebalia bipes (O. Fabricius). Besides these there were other amphi- pods too mutilated after their Jong journey to repay investigation, and some miscellaneous objects, including a small star-fish. The protection which sponges afford to Crustacea has, of course, been long ago noticed by several writers, such as Canon Norman, the late H. J. Carter, F.R.S., and E. J. Miers. Also, M. Ed. Chevreux found twenty-three species of amphipods among the alien growths on the carapace of Mamaia squinado, probably distributed over several specimens. Similarly, it is not clear that the ten species in Dr. Willey’s gregarious Crustacea from submerged cocoa-nut piles in Ceylon were found together on any single pile. (47) Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 2, issued 30th July, 1918. 48 Some Crustacea of Natal BRACHYURA GENUINA. TRIBE OX YRRHYNCHA. Famity MAMAIID A. See Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 290, 1910. Genus CAMPOSCIA, Leach. 1829. Camposcia, Leach, in Latreille, Le Regne Animal, vol. iv, p. 60. 1829. C., Guérin, Iconographie du Regne Animal, p. 9, pl. 9, fig. 1. 1839. C., de Haan, Crust. Japonica, decas quarta, p. 87. Camposcia RETUSUS, Latreille. 1829. Camposcia retuja, Latreille, Le Regne Animal, vol. iv, p. 60. 1829. C.7., Guérin, Icon. Regne Animal, pl. 9, fig. 1 (retwsa on p. 9). 1834. C. retusa, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol.i, p. 283, plo, feeb: 1839. C. retusus, de Haan, Crust. Japon., pl. li. 1895. C. retusa, Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 184. 1906. C.7., R. D. Laurie, Herdman’s Pearl Fish., Rep. xl, in pt. v, p. 371. Alcock supplies an ample bibliography and an excellent description of this species, ignoring however its original name, retwja, which was no doubt due to a misreading of the manuscript label, refu/a. It may be noted that the fourth joint of the third maxillipeds, though narrow at the base, is expanded distally. The extension of the third joint along the inner margin of the fourth is a notable feature. The carapace of the female specimen collected by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban measures roughly 40 mm. in length by 27 mm. in breadth. The pleon is, as described by de Haan, in the last four segments widely orbicular. According to Mr. Bell Marley, its coating of dark red hairs accumulates a variety of objects, such as seedpods of mangroves, so that as it floats about with the tide it looks more like a bunch of seaweed than a crab, by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 49 Famiry ACANTHONYCHID ZA. Genus ANTILIBINTA, M°Leay. ANTILIBINIA sMITHI, M°Leay. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4. pp. 286, 287, 1910. A male specimen, taken by Mr. Bell Marley at Vetch’s Pier, Durban, last year, has a carapace measuring 20 mm. in length and about 16 mm. in width, therefore much smaller than the specimens described by M*Leay and Krauss. The pleon answers to the figure given by the latter, being seven-segmented, but with the median segments perhaps immovable. Krauss says that this species is never overgrown with marine organisms, and the present specimen answers to that statement, but, whereas M°Leay says that ‘the shell of this species is without hairs,” here the numerous tubercles which he describes are conspicuously furnished with groups of sete, which probably enable it to dispense with alien growths. The brown spots are still visible all over the under surface and in some other parts of the specimen. Genus DEHAANIUS, M'Leay. See Gilchrist’s Marine Investigations, vol. i, p. 18, 1900. DEHAANIUS QUADRIDENTATUS (Krauss). See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288, 1910. A male specimen from Isipingo, Natal, has been sent me by Mr. Bell Marley. It was taken on seaweed, and some of its numerous curved setze were furnished with the weed, faded but greenish. Its length in the middle line is 15 mm., or 17 mm. if extended to a point between the tips of the horns. The breadth between the tips of the penultimate lateral teeth of the carapace is 12 mm. The size is therefore rather larger than that given by Krauss, but the proportions do not materially differ. Krauss states the colour to be yellowish- brown; Mr. Bell Marley records it as green. In other respects it closely agrees with the description and figures supplied by Krauss. Famity BLASTID/. See Ann, 8, Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288, 1910, 50 Some Crustacea of Natal Genus HYASTENUS, White. 1847. Hyastenus, White, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 56. 1895. #H., Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxiv, p. 206. Many later references might be given, but they are not appropriate to the present occasion. HYASTENUS FASCICULARIS (Krauss). 1843. Pisa fascicularis, Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p, 50, pl. 3, figs. 5, a-d. 1910. P.f, Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 288. The typical Blastus (or Pisa) tetraodon (Pennant) belongs to that division of the family in which the rostral horns do not diverge from the base, as they do in the present South African species. It seems proper, therefore, to transfer it to MHyastenus. The male pleon, however, with its widened penultimate segment agrees with that of Blastus tetraodon. The Durban specimen, obtained by Mr. T. H. Dale, is about 8 mm. long and slightly over 6 mm. broad. It agrees well with the figures and description given by Krauss. The palp of the first maxilla has a very wide base with a narrow terminal. The third joint of the third maxillipeds has the inner margin fringed with about a dozen very conspicuous teeth; the exopod is rather broad, except distally. TrisE CYCLOMETOPA. Famity PORTUNIDA. Genus CHARYBDIS, de Haan. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 306, 1910. CHARYBDIS ORIENTALIS, Dana. 1852. Charybdis orientalis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 285, 1855, pl. 17, fig. 10. 1899. C.(Goniosoma) o., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. lxviii, pp. 50, 63 (with synonymy). 1906. C. 0., Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 872, pl, 13, fig. 1, and text-fig. 32, by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 51 Miss Rathbun excludes Alcock’s species from the synonymy, but without giving the reasons for so doing, which are not obvious, since Alcock’s description seems to include the few points supplied by Dana. The female specimen collected by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban measures 34 mm. in length by 52 mm. in breadth at the hindmost of the antero-lateral teeth of the carapace. The six frontal teeth are obtuse, especially the median four. ‘The second antero-lateral tooth is very small and the last of the six not larger than the others. The transverse ridges on the carapace correspond with those faintly outlined by Dana. ‘The posterior margin is straighter than that shown by Miss Rathbun. The postero-lateral margins have the lobule which she mentions. Her description gives “hands swollen,” Alcock’s “hand not tumid”; the Durban specimen agrees with the latter, and has five large spines. The hind border of the sixth joint in the fifth perzeopods is denticulate. Famity XANTHIDA. Genus XANTHO, Leach. XANTHO QUINQUEDENTATUS, Krauss. 1843. Xantho 5-dentatus, Krauss, Siid-afrik. Crust., p. 30, pl. 1, figs. 3, aC. 1910. X. quinquedentatus, Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 298. Specimens from the Durban Museum, submitted to me by Mr. E. C. Chubb, completely agree with the figures and description supplied by Krauss. XANTHO DISTINGUENDUS, de Haan. 1835. Cancer (Xantho) distinguendus, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas 2, p. 48, pl. 13, figs. 7, Ta. 1858. Chlorodius d., Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Sci. Philad., vol. x, p. 34 (32). 1861. Xantho d., Heller, SB. Ak. Wien, vol. xliii, p. 323. 1BSL. KE macgillivrayr, Miers, ‘‘ Alert” Crustacea, p. 211, pl. 20, fies, (C; €: 1886. Lophozozymus (Lophoxanthus) bellus, Stimpson, var. leuco- manus, Lockington, Miers, ‘‘ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 115, pl. 11, figs. 1, la, Lb. 52 Some Crustacea of Natal 1887. Medeus distinguendus, de Man, Pr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. XK, Po. ollie 1893. M. d., Henderson, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. v, p. 359. 1898. Xantho d., Alcock, J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. Ixvii, p. 113. A male specimen which I assign to this species occurred in company with the specimens of X. qwinquedentatus, from which it is distinguished in many details. As preserved, the lighter colour of the fingers of the chele at once attracts attention. The frontal margin, more truncate, is also distinctive, and the dorsal sculpture of the carapace is altogether different. The synonymy, however, for which as so often I am deeply indebted to Alcock’s elaborate research, involves some perplexities. Thus the figure by Miers of X. macgillivrayi in the ‘ Alert” Crustacea is the only one which, in my opinion, adequately indicates the numerous transverse ridges or series of granules on the carapace. But Henderson thinks de Haan’s figure a better representation of XY. macyillivrayr. Of that species Miers says that the male pleon has “the third to fifth segments coalescent,” with which Alcock’s account agrees, but of dewcomanus in the “Challenger” Report we read that of the pleon segments “ the third and fourth, and the fifth and sixth, are coalescent.” The carapace of the Durban specimen is 12 mm. long and 17 mm. broad at the hindmost of the antero-lateral teeth. The broader cheliped is on the right. There are other specimens in the collection, and one sent me by Mr. Bell Marley retains elegant colour markings on the carapace. Genus CHLORODOPSIS, A. Milne-Edwards. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 300, 1910. CHLORODOPSIS C#LATUS (Dana). 1852. Htisodes celatus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 188, pl. 9, figs. 4a—d. 1906. Chlorodopsis areolata, Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, pt. 3, p. 858. Miss Rathbun follows Alphonse Milne-Edwards in identifying this species with C. areolatus (Milne Edwards). But the Natal specimens obtained at Durban by Mr. D. R. Boyce so well agree with Dana’s figures that they may perhaps justify a specific distinction. Dana takes no notice of C. areolatus, but must have been well aware that it had been described by Milne Edwards. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 53 Genus PILUMNUS, Leach, 1815. See Ann. S. Afr; Mus., vol. vi, p. 301, 1910. PILUMNUS SPINIFER, Milne Edwards. 1834. Pilumnus spinifer, Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. i, p. 420. 1861. P. savignyi, Heller, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. xliii, p. 345. 1863. P. spinifer, Heller, Crust. stidl. Europa, pp. 73, 313. nI0G. 2 1907. P. s., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 7, zool., vol. iv, p. 277. . savignyt, Nobili, Bull. Sci. Franco-Belgique, vol. xi, p. 138. Milne Edwards and Heller alike refer their species to the figures supplied in Savigny’s Crust. d’Egypte, pl. 5, fig. 4, and Nobili in 1906 discusses the difticulty of deciding between the two names, which is enhanced by the fact that Heller himself seems to have changed his mind on the subject between 1861 and 1863. The shaggy specimen which I am here assigning to the older name is a female obtained by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban. ‘The carapace has a breadth of 25 mm. and a length of 19 mm. Genus ERIPHIA, Latreille, 1817. ERIPHIA SCABRICULUS, Dana, 1852. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 302, 303. A specimen, male, with carapace measuring 11 mm. in breadth and 8 mm. in length, was obtained by Mr. Bell Marley from the sponge Cerao chalinus taken off Vetch’s pier, Durban. ‘‘Colour carmine, dotted white.” Famity CANCRIDA. Genus KRAUSSIA, Dana. 1852. Krawssia, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 297, 300. This genus was originally placed by Dana in the Corystoidea, family Thiide. In 1887, de Man assigns it to the tribe Catometopa (Arch. Naturg., vol. lit, p. 217). In 1899, Alcock places it in the Cyclometopa, family Cancride, subfamily Thiine. In 1911, Miss Rathbun assigns 54 Some Crustacea of Natal it to the Atelecyclide (Tr. Linn. Soc. London, ser. 2, vol. xiv, p. 211). Alcock, in defining the genus, says that the sternum is narrow, but he does not appear to have seen the type species, to which such a statement is surely inapplicable. KRAUSSIA RUGULOSUS (Krauss). 1843. Platyonichus rugulosus, Krauss, Sidafrik. Crust., p. 26, pl. 1, figs. 5, a-d. 1852. Kraussia rugulosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, pp. 301, 302; 1855, pl. 19, figs. laf. 1887. XK. r., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. liii, p. 343, pl. 14, fig. 2. 1906. XK. r., Rathbun, U.S. Fish. Comm. for 1903, p. 875. 1910. K. r., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 310. A male specimen, with carapace 15 mm. broad and between 12 and 13 mm. long, was taken by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban Bluff. He says that it ‘“ burrows in sand quickly under rocks and stones.” The correspondence of the teeth on front and sides and the scale-like markings on the back of the carapace with the figures and descriptions above cited make the identification of this apparently rare species secure. TrinE CATOMETOPA. Famity OCYPODID A. Genus EUPLAX, Milne Edwards. 1852. Hupliax, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat. ser. 3, vol. xviii, p. 160. 1858. Cheenostoma, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 97 (43). 1886. Huplax, Miers, ‘“ Challenger” Brachyura, p. 251. 1887, #., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, no. 137, p. 125. 1907. Chenostoma, Stimpson, Smithson. Misc. Collections, vol. xlix, pode In establishing the genus, Milne Edwards identifies the third maxillipeds with those of Macrophthalmus, while de Man, in Arch. Naturg., vol. li, p. 353, says that Huplaw is distinguished from Macrophthalmus by having the merus in these maxillipeds only a little smaller than the ischium and almost as long as broad. Stimpson distinguishes his Chenostoma from de Haan’s Cleistostoma, because of the gap between the pair of third maxillipeds. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 55 Eupiax soscit (Audouin). 1825. Macrophthalmus boscii, Audouin, Explic. pl. Crust. d’Egypte, Savigny, pl. 2, figs. 2¢, 20¢,29,and ¢, ¢ nat. size. 1835. Cleistostoma boscw?, de Haan, Crust. Japon., decas 2, p. 27. 1837. Clerstotoma b., Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 68. 1843. Macrophthalmus b., Krauss, Siidafrik. Crust., p. 40, pl. 2, figs. 5, a-c. 1852. Clerstostoma b.1, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 313, pl. 19, figs. 3a—d. 1852. Huplax bosci, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, vol. xvill, p. 160. 1858. Cheenostoma orientale, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. ich (2S). 1883. Huplax (Chenostoma) boscir, A. Milne-Edwards, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., vol. ix, p. 281 (Miers). 1884. #.(C.) b., Miers, ‘‘Alert” Crust., pp. 238, 542. 1886. £.(C.) 6., Miers, ‘‘Challenger” Brachyura, p. 252. 1887. #. 6., de Man, J. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xxii, p. 125. 1888. #. 6., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. liii, p. 357. 1907. Chenostoma orientale, Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 98 (footnote: Huplax boscii, Rathbun). Krauss refers this species to Savigny’s pl. 2, fig. 1, by mistake for fig. 2, and in this error is followed by Milne Edwards in 1852 (though correct in 1837) and by Miers in 1896. Krauss, in his Latin description, confuses the dimension of the front with that of the eyes, but his German account rightly states that the eyes are somewhat longer than a third of the breadth of the carapace. Two specimens, a male and a female, have been collected in Durban Bay by Mr. D. R. Boyce. ‘The male pleopods agree with Savigny’s figure 2p. The carapace is 9°5 mm. broad, 7-5 mm. long, with frontal lobe somewhat over 2 mm. wide. The lower margin of the orbit is nearly straight, crenulate with some dozen bead-like granules. The right hand chela is the larger, with a broad tooth near the base of the inner margin of the movable finger, while the fixed finger is continuously crenulate on that margin, the components being enlarged towards the spooned tip. ‘The sixth pleon segment widens slightly to a raised point on either side, the sides then slightly converging. The pleon of the female is very broad. The mandibles have a well developed three-jointed palp. The palp of the first maxilla is much widened near its apex. There is a wide gap between the third maxillipeds, i 56 Some Crustacea of Natal BRACHYURA ANOMALA TrinE DROMITDEA. Famity DROMIIDA. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 341, 342; 1910; and add 1913, Dromiide, Thle, Siboga Exp., Dromiacea, vol. xxxixb, p. 3. Genus CRYPTODROMIA, Stimpson. 1858. Cryptodromia, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 225. 1887. C., de Man, Arch. Naturg., vol. iii, p. 398. 1888. C., Henderson, ‘Challenger ” Anomura, vol. xxvii, pt. 69, p. 5. 1901. C., Alcock, Catal. Indian Brachyura, fase. i, p. 48. 1903. C., Borradaile, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xi, p. 299. 1907. C., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 172. 1907. C., W.H. Baker, Tr. R. 8. South Australia, vol. xxxi, p. 180. 1907. C., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, Zool., vol. iv, p. 145. 1911. ©C., Rathbun, Tr. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xiv, p. 194. 1913. C., Ihle, Siboga Exp., Dromiacea, vol. xxxixb, p. 32. CRrYPTODROMIA MONODOUS, sp. nov. Plate VITI. The carapace has a depressed, but apically slightly up-turned, tooth in front. To the solitariness of this the specific name refers. Instead of the usual flanking teeth there is on either side a convex prominence constituting the upper border of the orbit. The general surface of the carapace is quite devoid of grooves, finely punctate, with a short pubescence ; the antero-lateral border on the right showing eight teeth or tubercles, the two preceding the hindmost very small and without counterparts on the left side. Apart from the rostral depression and depressions adjoining the postero-lateral margins, on which the fifth peropods rest, the carapace is much inflated, and this character with the strong convexity of the pleon gives the whole structure a globose appearance, | by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 57 The eyes are small in comparison with the stoutness of the stalk. In the first antenna the third joint is longer than the second. In the second antenna the third joint is clasped by the projections of the second joint; the slender flagellum is about as long as the stout peduncle. The palp of the mandible is two-jointed, but it is fairly certain that the first joint is composite, having the short first joint coalesced with the true second; the true third is strongly fringed with sete. The palp of the first maxilla has a broad first joint followed by a narrow piece seemingly two-jointed, perhaps a single joint twisted. The mouth-organs are very similar to those figured by Ihle for C. tumidus.. Here the exopod of the second maxilliped is rather less prolonged. ‘The fourth joint of the third maxilliped is of rather irregular shape, and its articulation with the third joint forms an angle so that the two surfaces resist flattening. The fingers of the chelipeds have their confronting margins denti- culate each with eight or nine rounded teeth, the extremity of each finger being tridentate; a smooth margin on a different level borders each row of teeth. The second and third perzeopods have the narrow seventh joint terminated by a curved unguis set among rather long sete. In the fourth and fifth perzeopods the short stout sixth joint carries an unguis-like finger and a spine curving towards it so as to form a kind of diminutive chela. The fifth pereeopod is very decidedly longer than the fourth. ‘The sternal sulci of the female end widely apart and opposite the cox of the second pereopods, The first pleopods of the female are slender, single-branched ; the four following pairs are two-branched, elongate, the outer branch densely setose, the shorter inner one more sparsely. The ova of the present specimen were a bright red. They had not passed the oviduct into the capacious pleon. ‘The narrow transverse plates attached ventrally by the inner corner to the distal part of the sixth pleon segment may be regarded as the sixth pleopods or the uropods, though their function has become problematical. The carapace measures 21 mm. in breadth by 20 mm. in length, thus being of considerable size for this genus. A red glow remains on various parts of the specimen as preserved. It held about it a broad strip of some composite zoophyte. Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban, collected in July, 1917, by Mr. Bell Marley. 58 Some Crustacea of Natal MACRURA ANOMALA. Trine GALATHEIDEA. Famity, PORCELLANID A. Genus PETROLISTHES, Stimpson. 1858. Petrolisthes, Stimpson, Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, p. 227 (65). 1907. P., Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 9, zool., vol. iv, p. 129. 1907. P., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 181. PETROLISTHES SPECIOSUS (Dana). 1852. Porcellana speciosa, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. xiii, p. 417, pl. 26, fig. 8. 1858. Petrolisthes speciosus, Stimpson. Pr. Ac. Philad., vol. x, pp. 227, 241 (79). 1907. P.s., Stimpson, Smithson. Mise. Collections, vol. xlix, p. 182, pl. 22, fig. 2 (facing p. 184). Dana writes of this species as having ‘hand minute granulous, naked,” but also as having the hands ‘“ granulous on both surfaces.” In the Natal specimen the inner side is covered with squamose markings and the outer is conspicuous for a longitudinal ridge; the carpus has several teeth along both margins. The colour is in general agreement with Dana’s figure, but with a beautifully symmetrical pattern on the carapace. Locality: From the sponge Cerao chalinus, taken by Mr. Bell Marley, on rocks, Vetch’s pier, Durban. From the same sponge occurred a male specimen of Porcel/ana dehaanii, Krauss. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 59 MACRURA GENUINA. Trine SCYLLARIDEA. Famity PALINURID A. Genus PANULIRUS, White. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 372-374. PANULIRUS ORNATUS (Fabricius). 1793. Cancer (Astacus) homarus (part), Herbst, vol. ii, pt. 3, p. 84, plese ties le 1798. Palinurus ornatus, Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 400. 1837. P.o0., Milne Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. ii, p. 296. 1891. Senex ornatus, Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. vi, p. 34. 1897. Panulirus sp., Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb., vol. x, p. 266. It is clear, I think, that the beautiful specimen obtained by Mr. Bell Marley at Durban belongs to the species represented by Herbst in his plate 31, fig. 1, but his text covers more than one species and the name he gives is here unavailable. The account, however, which Fabricius gives of his Pa/inurus ornatus is quite suitable to the Natal specimen, for which also the specific name is highly appropriate, so that I am unwilling to accept Ortmann’s verdict that it ought to be dropped. As Fabricius says, the segments of the pleon are smooth, altogether without a furrow, though this is true also of P. polyphagus (Herbst), seemingly near to ornatus but distinct from it. Mr. Bell Marley’s account of the colouring in the freshly captured animal is as follows: ‘‘ The carapace is a really dark turquoise blue, the spines coral red, with bases orange in the larger spines, the [pleon] segments are green (sage) with brown, at the sides are cream spots ; about head much pink with white, brown and blue marks; the antenne light red at head and ending in brown and dark brown ; legs marbled brown and yellow, toes red.” This description, dated 31st July, 1917, is still in many respects applicable to the specimen as received in Tunbridge Wells, September 21st. But the dark turquoise blue of the carapace has taken something of a greenish 60 Some Crustacea of Natal tinge; the legs are marbled brown and yellow in their proximal parts, but distally they have dark blue markings such as Herbst’s figure shows for almost the whole extent; the fingers have red spines. Milne Edwards ascribes to ornatus alternating rings of green and yellow on the limbs. Fabricius says that the legs are all blue fasciated with white, which Ortmann supposes to mean that they have longitudinal white stripes, but that I think is a misunderstanding of the term albofasciatus. Fabricius gives the general colour as green with the sides spotted with white. Milne Edwards expands this into green with little whitish blotchey on the thorax, and marblings on the abdomen. Mr. Bell Marley writes as above that the segments (no doubt of the pleon) are sage green, which is no longer applicable to the first five segments, these being pale brown, with a band of dark brown crossing each of the last four of them, each having a narrow oblique bluish green stripe on either side, followed by an oval cream- coloured spot. The frontal horns and surrounding parts of the carapace have elegant zebra markings, in which also the eyes partake. Varieties of tint assigned in different descriptions and illustrations are likely to depend more on the condition of the specimens examined than on any material variation in the living forms. The specimen here described, a female, measures 363 mm. (14} inches) from the front of the plate which carries the first antenne to the end of the telson, or 248 mm. to that margin from the front of the ophthalmic segment. The third perzeopods are the longest. Mr. Bell Marley considers the species rare, preferring quiet water, generally deep water near sand-banks. It takes fish bait, and ‘“‘ when landed it makes a great disturbance and flounders about with its tail, shooting backwards and forwards its feelers in angry surprise.” Trine PEN AIDEA. Famity PEN #ID A. Genus PEN AUS, Fabricius, 1798. See Ann. Durban Mus,., vol. 1, pt. 5, p. 441. Prenzxus JAponicus, Bate. The synonymy from 1888 to 1906 is supplied in Dr. de Man’s valuable work on the Penzidve of the Siboga-Expeditie, Mon. 39a, p. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 61 107, 1911. Bate, in the “Challenger” Macrura, introduced the species as a variety of Pencus canaliculatus, Olivier, 1811. The specimen sent me by Mr. Bell Marley, from the sand-banks of Durban Bay, measures 116 mm. from apex of rostrum to the tip of the telson. In the central line of the carapace it has eleven dorsal teeth, and there is a single ventral tooth to the rostrum, which itself coincides in extension with the lateral tooth of the antennal scale. For the sulcate acute-ending telson, Mr. Bell Marley gives the colouring when fresh as dark red in the middle, pale brown proximally, and distally white; and for the uropods a succession of white, dark red, white, yellow, pale blue, with a fringe of carmine sete. The specimen, as preserved, is still suggestive of its decorative appearance when alive. Date of capture: 26th July, 1917. Trine CARIDEA. Famity PROCESSID A. Genus PROCESSA, Leach. For these systematic divisions see Gilchrist’s Marine Invest., S. Afr. Crust., pt. 3, p. 89, 1905, and 8S. Afr. Crust., pt. 5, in Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pp. 381, 387; 1910. PROCESSA sp. Along with numerous other species of small size from the sponge Cerao chalinus, was a specimen of the genus Processa, measuring only 6 mm. in length. After dissecting and drawing some of the details I gave up the hope of deciding whether this was a young form of P. canaliculatus, Leach, or deserving of some other specific designation. The short rostrum has a setule on each side of the acute apex. ‘The telson carries three pairs of dorsal spines, with three pairs on the apical margin, the outermost small, the middle pair shorter and more slender than the intermediate pair. Of the short first pereeopods only one is chelate; of the very slender second pair both members are elongate, but unfortunately one had its termination imperfect. In the first antenne the first joint of the peduncle is longer than the second and third combined, the second is shorter than the third. The palp of the first maxilla is as figured by de Haan for “ Vika edulis” ; the exopod of the third maxillipeds is not one-third of the length of the long antepenultimate joint; the terminal joint is spinose. The figures in de Haan are evidently not to a uniform scale. 62 Some Crustacea of Natal ISOPODA ANOMALA or APSEUDACHA. Famity TANAIDA. Genus TANAIS, Milne Edwards. 1828. Zanais, Milne Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 1, vol. xiii, p. 288 TANAIS PHILETERUS, Stebbing. 1904. Zanais phileterus, Stebbing, Spolia Zeylanica, vol. ii, pt. 5, Pelgeplen 2: A specimen about 1°5 mm. long closely agrees with the description and figures given in the report on ‘‘Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon,” though in so small a specimen specific distinction must be rather uncertain. It shares the character of a four-juinted uropod with four other species named in the report above mentioned. Small as it is, it suffices to add a genus to the gathering from the sponge Cerao chalinus. Genus LEPTOCHELITA, Dana. 1849, Leptochelia, Dana, Amer. J. Sci., ser. 2, vol. viii, p. 425. LEPTOCHELIA DUBIUS (Kroyer). 1842. Tanais dubius, Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, vol. iv, pp. 178, 182, figs. 20—22. 1896. Leptochelia dubia, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvii, Deka: 1905. JZ. d., H. Richardson, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., no. 54, pp. 23, 28, figs. in text. In the yield of the sponge Cerao chalinus were contained two specimens apparently referable to this species of the genus Leptochelia, a male about 3 mm. long and a female rather shorter. The first antennex are very different in the two sexes, especially in the flagellum, which is quite inconspicuous in the female, but in the male has six by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 63 setose joints. The first gnathopods also differ considerably, having the carpus and hand much more elongate in the male, the finger strongly upturned at the apex and bidentate on the inner margin. The uropods are not distinctive, having in each sex the endopod five-jointed, with a one-jointed exopod. In 1896, I overlooked the fact that Kroyer, in speaking of the endopod as sewarticulatwm, was including the peduncular joint. Genus HAPLOCOPE, G. O. Sars. 1880. Haplocope, Sars, Archiv. Naturv., vol. vii, p. Ol. 1899. #H., Sars, Crust. Norway, vol. ii, p. 34. 1913. #., Hansen, Danish Ingolf-Exp., vol. iii, Crust. Malac., pt. 2, Pew On HAPLOCOPE OCULATUS, sp. nov. This species differs from the type by having eyes; the penultimate joint of the second antenna less elongate; the carpus and hand of the first gnathopod broader in proportion to the length; the two joints of the endopod in the uropod much shorter and the exopod one-jointed. The general proportions, first antenne, second gnathopods, perwopods, and the simple pleopods agree with those parts in H. angustus, Sars. The length is about 2 mm. Locality : Vetch’s pier, from the sponge Cerao chalinus. ACME EGP OD Ac Trisn GAMMARIDEA. Famity LYSIANASSID A. See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, Amph. Gamm., ppeGsds (le; 1906, Genus MICROLYSIAS, nov. Terminal joint of peduncle of second antenna in male sex the longest and broadest, the flagellum by degrees attaining a great length, much 64 Some Crustacea of Natal of it then being of thread-like tenuity. Mouth-organs and limbs of feeble structure, though in shape the latter show much agreement with those of Orchomenopsis, Sars. As in that genus the palp of the mandible is set far back, but its first joint instead of being short is rather unusually long, the whole palp longer than the trunk, on which there is an inconspicuous molar. The branchial vesicles are pleated. The telson is deeply cleft. The generic name calls attention to the family to which the new genus belongs, and the prefix refers not to the smallness of the specimens, but to the general tenuity of their apparatus. MICROLYSIAS XENOKERAS, sp. nov. Plate IX. The seemingly unique character of the second antenne has suggested the specific name wenokeras from the Greek €vos, strange, and képas, antenna. This designation might have been appropriate for the genus, but was precluded by external considerations of nomenclature. The first side-plate of the perzeon is distally produced forward in a rounded lobe, the fourth is deeply excavate. The third pleon-segment has the lower hind angle not extended. The following segment is dorsally arched. The telson (as preserved) is stiffly uplifted, each of the blunt apices carrying a small spine, the sides also being bordered with five or six spinules. The dark eyes are more or less oval, covering much of the head as the animal increases in size. The first antenne are normal, with first joint of peduncle and first of flagellum very stout, the first of the accessory flagellum slender. The remarkable second antennze vary greatly with age and sex. In all the variations observed of the male the terminal joint of the peduncle is the largest, but in small specimens this carries a tapering flagellum shorter than the peduncle, with only a few indistinct joints at the slender termination. In small and large alike the penultimate joint of the peduncle has a tuft of sete near the end of its upper margin, and the last joint has this margin fringed with setules. In the well developed male the flagellum becomes slender from its commencement, with attachment to the top, instead of the middle, of the broad distal margin of the peduncle. The joints are very small, and in a flagellum about five times as long as the peduncle they were over 60 in number, seemingly unarmed. In a larger animal this length was greatly exceeded, and many of the by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 65 proximal joints seemed to be armed with microscopic calceoli and setules, while for a great extent distally the joints were lengthened, unarmed, and of thread-like tenuity. In a female with well filled ovary, while the first antennz are just like those of the male, the second are very different, except that the peduncle is angularly bent. But here its terminal joint is more than twice as long as broad, not very much longer than the preceding joint and a little narrower, with a slender flagellum of seven or eight joints medially attached in the ordinary manner. The details of the mandibular trunk are difficult to make out with certainty. There seems to be a small triangular molar, and on one mandible a transparent accessory plate attended by two small spines. There is a little process on the upper margin just behind the small cutting edge. The first maxillee show a narrow inner plate, the outer plate short with eight serrate spines on its broad top, which is surpassed by the minutely denticulate distal margin of the two-jointed palp. The maxillipeds like the maxille are much compressed, resisting attempts to flatten them out. The inner plates appear to be narrowly elongate, the outer broad, with only the minutest armature. The first gnathopods are sub-chelate, the hand a little narrowed distally, where the small finger fits the slightly excavate distal margin ; all the joints of this and the following limbs having a membranaceous appearance. The second gnathopods are microscopically chelate. The first and second pereopods are alike, differing from those which follow by the much narrower second joint and the rather longer fourth. The normal proportions of the third, fourth and fifth pairs are sufficiently shown by the illustrations. The pleopods have several coupling sete. The exact armature of the uropods requires higher magnification than space on the plate permitted. Length of the largest specimens barely 6 mm. Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban, from sea-squirt at two fathoms, collected by Mr. Bell Marley, July, 1917. Famity PONTOGENEIID A. 1906. Pontogenevide, Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 356, 729. 1916. P., Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, pt. 3, p. 183. 66 Some Crustacea of Natal Genus PARAMCEIRA, Miers. 1875. Paramera, Miers, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. xvi, p. 75. 1888. Stebbingia, Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg, Anst., vol. v, p. 110. 1913. Paramera, Chilton, Jahrb. Hamburg, Anst., vol. xxx, Beiheft 9 58 2, p. 58. PARAMCRA SCHIZURUS, sp. nov. Plate X. This small species between three and four millimetres in length was unfortunately devoid of the third uropods. The specific name refers to the completely divided telson, by which it appears to be separated from the rest of the family. The body is very slender and the shape of the apparently shallow side-plates of the perzeon could not be ascertained. The first antenne are without accessory flagellum; the principal flagellum is well developed, four-jointed, as long as the peduncle, of which the third joint is about three-fourths the length of the second. The rather shorter second antennx have a seven-jointed flagellum. The palp of the mandibles is not strong, the third joint a little shorter than the second, with few setie. In the maxillipeds the penultimate and antepenultimate joints of the palp are conspicuously broad. The first gnathopods have the hand widest at the junction of the slightly convex palm with the hind margin, the carpus nearly as long as the hand. In the second gnathopods the hand, considerably longer than the carpus, has the front and hind margins parallel, connected by an oblique palm. In the perzeopods the sixth joint is longer than the fifth, nearly thrice as long as the finger. The telson is not longer than broad. Locality: from the sponge Cerao chalinus, collected at Vetch’s pier, Durban, by Mr. Bell Marley. Famity TALITRIDA. See Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 458. Genus EXHYALELLA, Stebbing. 1917. Exhyalella, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. xx, p. 435. Distinguished from Hyalella, 8. I. Smith, by having the second gnathopod constructed on the same plan in both sexes. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 67 EXHYALELLA NATALENSIS, Stebbing. Plate XI. 1917. Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. xx, p. 435. The body as preserved smooth, shining, rather obstinately curved. The first four side-plates deep, the first rather expanded distally, the fifth bilobed. Eyes dark, round or oval. Flagellum of first antenna many-jointed, about twice as long as the peduncle, equal to flagellum of the second antenna, which is sub-equal to its peduncle, that having its last joint longer than the penultimate Mandible with cutting edge and accessory plate dentate, spine-row of three moderately long and three short spines; molar strong. Inner plate of first maxilla slender, with two apical sete, one quite short, outer plate with eight pectinate spines, prominence for palp well marked, but palp itself microscopic. The two plates of second maxilla well furnished with spines. Maxillipeds with inner plates long, the outer short, the palp’s first three joints broad, the fourth slender, ending in a distinct unguis. First gnathopod of male with fifth joint longer than sixth, the distal projection carrying small spines, the hand with squared palm, carrying a strong spine, on which the apex of the short finger impinges. In the female this gnathopod is slighter, the fifth joint not longer than the hand, which is about twice as long as broad. Second gnathopod of male with short fifth joint or wrist, of which a narrow lobe intervenes between the oblong fourth joint and the large piriform hand. The long, oblique, spine-fringed, slightly convex palm leaves a very short hind margin. The finger is strong and curved. In the female this model is followed, though with shorter third and fourth joints, a smaller hand and its hind margin not serrate. The first and second perzopods are slender, the three following have each an expanded second joint, the following joints, except to some extent the fourth, being slender. The third perzeopod is the shortest, the fourth somewhat longer than the fifth. The first and second uropods have the usual proportions and armature; the third are very small, with the peduncle much larger than the ramus. The telson is about as broad as long, apically obtuse-angled, more obtusely in the female than in the male. The colour as preserved is orange red. The length appears to be about 11 mm. for the male, and a little less for the female. The young are born with their full complement of limbs. Locality: Durban Beach, where they were collected by Mr. Bell Marley. A small specimen also was obtained from the sponge Cerao chalinus, off Vetch’s pier, 68 Some Crustacea of Natal Famity PHOTID A. See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 603, 737, 1906; and Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, pt. 4, p. 460, 1910. Genus EURYSTHEUS, Bate. 1857. Eurystheus, Bate, Ann. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. xix, p. 143. 1910. #., Stebbing, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 460. 1916. #., Barnard, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. xv, p. 249. EuryYstHEUS HOLMEsI!, Stebbing. 1908. Kurystheus holmesi, Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 85, pl. 40a. In allotting to this species a specimen about 4 mm long, obtained by Mr. Bell Marley from the sponge Cerao chalinus, I am relying on the variability which seems to prevail in this genus. Here the second gnathopods, while agreeing with the particular denticulation of the palm previously described, are much wider at the terminal tooth, so that the palm is less oblique and the hind margin longer than in the type. Also the second joint of the third pereeopod, though wider proximally than distally, is devoid of the abrupt narrowing remarkable in the form earlier described. The principal flagellum of the first antenne, imperfect in the type, is here ten-jointed, with accessory of four instead of six joints. Locality: Vetch’s pier, Durban. Genus CHEIRIPHOTIS, A. C. Walker. Plate XII. 1906. Cheiriphotis, Walker, Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., vol. 11, pp. 234, 283. 1910. C., Stebbing, Ann. 8. Afr. Mus., vol. vi, p. 461. CHEIRIPHOTIS WALKERI, sp. nov. Plate XIII. This species is distinguished from Cheiriphotis megacheles (Giles) by the first gnathopods, which have a well marked emargination in the oblique, but well expanded, palm, and by the second gnathopods, in which the palm, instead of being cut into four or five well defined teeth, has only two of such a kind, and of these the outermost much by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 69 stouter than in the other species. Between this and the tooth near the finger-hinge the border is undulating with two small depressions. This character is uniform in a detached gnathopod, and in both members of the pair in each of two specimens. And here it may be noticed that these limbs of unwieldy size are well matched, not being a giant and a dwarf side by side, as so often happens when a gnathopod is of abnormal magnitude. The wrist appears to be entirely absorbed in the enormous hand. As in the type species, the second joint of the first perseopod is strongly bent proximally, no doubt to enable the limb to get a place in the sun free from its overpowering neighbour. A young specimen of the male shows the emargination of the palm border in the first gnathopods, but in the second the outermost tooth of that border is small, and the remainder nearly the same as in Walker’s figure of the hand in the young male of C. megacheles. Here there is no more distinction of the wrist than in the adult, and the proportions of length and breadth are similar; the finger is apically acute, the bluntness in adult stages being possibly due to usage. The small third uropods are single-branched, the endopod being doubtfully represented by what looks like, and may possibly be, a minute spine. The exopod is tipped with a small spine and some setee, and there are three spines on the inner margin. No stress can be laid on this detail, since Walker shows only one spine on the border in question, while Giles gives it four or five spines in his figure. The adult specimens had a length between three and four millimetres, but were difficult to measure, the one having the dorsal line very convex and the other having it very concave. Locality: Mr. Bell Marley reports these and many other specimens “from large Cerao chalinus sponge washed up from Vetch’s pier rocks during gale, 18th July, 1917 (18 to 20 feet depth), Durban coast.” The species is named out of respect to my valued friend, A. O. Walker, F.L.S., who instituted the genus. Cheiriphotis durbanensis, Barnard, 1916, published without illus- trative figures, had escaped my notice. Upon subsequent comparison I expected to find that it anticipated the species above described from the same locality, but on comparing the details of the antenne and gnathopods, I think that the species are distinct. Famity PODOCERID A. See Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp. 694, 741; 1906, 70 Some Crustacea of Natal Genus PODOCERUS, Leach, 1813. Popocerus INCONSPICUUS (Stebbing). 1888. Platophium inconspicuum, Stebbing, “Challenger” Amphi- poda, vol. xxix, p. 1194, pl. 131. 1906. Podocerus inconspicuus, Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Lief. xxi, pp: MOL nz: A specimen of this minute species was included in Mr. Bell Marley’s gathering from the sponge Cerao chalinus. LEPTOSTRACA, Claus. See Encyclopzedia Britannica, ed. 10, vol. xxviii, 1902, and ed. 11, under Entomostraca. Famity NEBALIID 2. See G. O. Sars, Fauna Norvegiz, vol. i, p. 6, 1896. Genus NEBALIA, Leach. 1815. Nebalia, Leach, Zoological Miscellany, vol. i, p. 99. 1896. W., Sars, Fauna Norvegie, vol. i, p. 7. 1900. W., Stebbing, Willey’s Zool. Results, pt. v, p. 659. 1914. W., Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., vol. x, p. 443. NEBALIA BIPES (O. Fabricius). 1780. Cancer bipes, O. Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandiz, no. 223. 1896. Nebalia bipes, Sars, Fauna Norvegiz, vol. i, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 1-3, pls. 2, 3, pl. 4, figs. 1-8, pl. 5. A small specimen from the sponge Cerao chalinus appears to belong to this species, and to be distinct from that which Mr. Barnard has recently described as Vebalia capensis. It is interesting as an addition to the group of crustaceans which the above-mentioned sponge has yielded. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. INDEX. PAGE Acanthonychidee- - - 49 Cryptodromia — - - - Amphipoda - - - 63 Cyclometopa — - - . angustus (Haplocope) - - 63 dehaanii (Porcellana) - - Antilibinia - - - 49 Dehaanius - . - - Apseudacea - - - 61 distinguendus (Chlorodius) - areolatus (Chlorodopsis) - 52 |. distinguendus (Medzus) — - Atelecyclide - - - 54 distinguendus (Xantho) — - bellus (Lophoxanthus)- - 51 Dromiide - - - - bipes (Cancer) - : eal) Dromiidea - - - - bipes (Nebalia) - . - 70 dubius (Leptochelia) pl. LX, 4 Blastide - - - - 49 dubius (Tanais) - - - Blastus —- - - - 50 durbanensis (Cheiriphotis) - bosci (Euplax) = - - - 55 edulis (Nika) — - - - boscil (Cheenostoma) - - 5D Eriphia — - - - - boseii (Cleistostoma) - - DD Euplax - - - - boscii (Euplax) - - - 55 Eurystheus - - - boscii (Macrophthalmus) = - 55 Exhyalella - - - - cxelatus (Chlorodopsis)- 52 fascicularis (Hyastenus) - celatus (Htisodes) . - 52 fascicularis (Pisa) - - | Camposcia - . - - 48 Galatheidea - - - canaliculatus (Penzus) - 61 Gammaridea - - - canaliculatus (Processa) - 61 Haplocope - - - - Cancridee - - - - 03 holmesi (Eurystheus) - - capensis (Nebalia) - - 70 homarus (Astacus) — - - Caridea — - : - - 61 Hyalella_ - - - - Catometopa - - - O4 Hyastenus - - - - Cerao- - = 93,763; 70 inconspicuum (Platophium) - Cheenostoma - - - O4 inconspicuus (Podocerus) - 7 chalinus (Cerao) - 53, 63, 70 Isopoda” - . . - Charybdis - - - - 50 japonicus (Penzeus) — - - Cheiriphotis - - - 68 Kraussia_ - - = Chlorodopsis - . - 52 Leptochelia : : : Cleistostoma - - - 54 Leptostraca - - - Corystoidea - - - 53 leucomanus (Lophoxanthus) 72 Some Crustacea of Natal PAGE Lysianasside = - . - 63 macgillivrayi (Xantho) - 52 Macrophthalmus- . - 55 Mamaiide - . - - 48 megacheles (Cheiriphotis) - 68 Microlysias : - 63 monodous (Cr Bees pl. VIII - - - - 56 natalensis(Exhyalella) pl. XI 67 Nebalia - - - - 70 Nebaliidee - - - 70 Se ee ee IX,B 63 Orchomenopsis - . - 64 orientale (Cheenostoma) - 55 orientalis (Charybdis) - 50 orientalis (Goniosoma) - 50 ornatus (Palinurus) - - 59 ornatus (Panulirus) = - - 59 ornatus (Senex) - - - 59 Ocypodidee - - - - 54 Oxyrrhyncha-~— - - - 48 Palinuride - - - - 59 Panulirus - - - - 59 Parameera - - - - 66 Peneidze = - - - - 60 Peneidea - - - - 60 Petrolisthes - : - 58 phileterus (Tanais) — - - 62 Photide — - - - - 68 Pilumnus - - - - 53 Platophium - - =110 Platyonichus~— - - - 54 Podoceridee - : - 69 PAGE Podocerus - . - - 70 polyphagus (Panulirus) - 59 Pontogeneiidee — - . - 65 Porcellanidee : - - 58 Portunidee - : - - 50 Processa— - . - - 61 Processidee - - : - 61 quadridentatus (Dehaanius)- 49 quinquedentatus (Xantho) - 51 retuja (Camposcia) — - -. 48 retusus (Composcia) — - - 48 rugulosus (Kraussia) - - 54 rugulosus (Platyonichus) - 54 savignyl (Pilumnus) — - - 53 scabriculus (Eriphia) - - 53 schizurus (Parameera) - - 66 Scyllaridea- - - - 59 smithii (Antilibinia) — - - 49 speciosa (Porcellana) - - 58 speciosus (Petrolisthes) 58 spinifer (Pilumnus) — - - 93 squinado (Mamaia) 47 Stebbingia - - - - 66 Talitride - - - - 66 Tanaide— - - - - 62 Tanais - : - - 62 tetraodon (Blastus) — - - 50 Thiidee - - - - 53 tumidus (Cryptodromia) — - 57 walkeri(Cheiriphotis) pl. XIT 68 Xanthidee - - - - 51 Xantho - - - - dl xenokeras (Microlysias) - 64 by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 73 EXPLANATION OF PLates VIII-XII, illustrating paper by the Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on “Some Crustacea of Natal.” PEARE VALET Cryptodromia monodous, Sp. NOV. ns. Lines indicating natural size of carapace shown in the adjoining dorsal view of a female specimen, with limbs and part of pleon in attachment. St., c.o. Sternum with coxez of the limbs on left of the figure, the coxa of the third perzeopod perforated by the oviduct. PAL. Dorsal view of the pleon incompletely flattened. urp. Ventral view of the sixth pleon-segment with its appendages (uropods or sixth pleopods) and the telson with opening of alimentary canal). oc. The eye; this with the first and second antennz, mandible, and distal portion of fourth perzeopod more highly magnified than the other details. mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. 1, mxp. 3. First and second maxille, first and third maxillipeds ; on a higher scale than the limbs, a.s., a.i.,m. First and second antennz and mandible. prp. 1, 2, 4,5. First, second, fourth, and fifth perazeopods; fingers of the cheliped (prp. 1) as seen from the inner side at a different angle. The figures of the third maxilliped and the perzo- pods are all from the unexposed surfaces. PLATE IX. A. Leptochelia dubtus (Kroyer). a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz of the male. a.s.,a.i. 2. First and second antennz of the female. gn. 1. First gnathopod of male. prp. 5. Fifth perzeopod of male. urp., urp. 2. Uropods of male and female. 74 Some Crustacea of Natal B. Haplocope oculatus, sp. nov. Figure on the left a profile view of specimen much enlarged. a.s.,a.i. First and second antenne. >) gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods. urp. Uropod. C. Paramera schizurus, sp. nov. n.s. Line showing length of specimen enlarged in profile view below. a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz more magnified. mxp. One of the maxillipeds. gn. 1, gn. 2, prp. 2, prp. 5. First and second gnathopods, second and fifth perzeopods. urp. 1, urp. 2, T. First and second uropods and telson. PLATE X. Microlysias xenckeras, gen, et sp. nov. n.s. Line indicating actual length of male specimen figured below. a.s. First antenna of male, with the flagellum more highly magnified. ai. 6, a.i. 2. The second antenna of male in three stages of growth, that of the young with the distal part more highly magnified, that of the fully developed male incomplete for want of space, with three joints more highly magnified; the second antenna of a fully developed female to the same scale as the first and second of the male. m., m. A mandible. the upper figure from a female, the lower from a male specimen. mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp., mxp. 2. First and second maxillz of a male with higher magnification for part of outer plate of the first; maxilliped of male, somewhat distorted; maxilliped of female partial. gn. 1, gn. 2. First and second gnathopods, each with higher magnification of distal portion, T., urp. 1, 2, 3. Telson of male in dorsal view, and the first, second, and third uropods. Plate VIII. John Singleton & Sons lith. CRYPTODROMIA MONODOUS, sp. nov. he, wv & t > * & - "Epemre;s Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. T. R. R. Stebbing del. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II Plate IX. | ny Cm armen el * we a ES py LEPTOCHELIA DUBIUS HAPLOCOPE OCULATUS, sp. nov. (KrGyer). [a ney a rncassisok éSY aS iain oe QUB evn SE a T. R. R. Stebbing del. John Singleton & Sons lith. PARAMGERA SCHIZURUS, sp. nov. Plate X. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. ogee) SASH T STEMS sana Serr ea eS? Ci AEN SAO NOONE ag, } urp.2 John Singleton & Sons lith. “YSIAS XENOKERAS, gen. et sp. nov. T. R. R. Stebbing del. MIC} fy) : ee ee? D sy , iv | Wi o 1 ‘ ® S © 2 r) ' i IY oie ; e. 4 hd - . ' ‘ es sy ' ‘ Plate XI. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. ae rnN oe en era o-reserererREeereie |. 2 i e 7 of = Sign ae 2 Pe gente’ IIe ee eed vSta gree tonaestte e ~ ere =e ESET aa gn end Sow - s Ns \ i se eS i eer nar aren oe bp 5 John Singleton & Sons lith. EXHYALELLA NATALENSIS, Stebbing. T. R. R. Stebbing del. ad Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. MX.p, EN. iN T. R. R. Stebbing del, John Stngleton & Sons Iith. CHEIRIPHOTIS WALKER], sp. nov. by Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing. 79 PLATE XI. Exhyalella natalensis, Stebbing. ns. Line indicating approximate length of a male specimen ; a female of nearly the same size figured below. a.s.,a.i. First and second antennz of the male. m., mx. 1, mx. 2, mxp. Mandible, first and second maxilla, and maxilliped of the male, more highly magnified than the other details. Sek eran: 2. sons dG en. 2.63 prp) 26. prps soc. First. and second gnathopods, and third perzeopod of female; first and second gnathopods, and second perzopod of male. urp. 2, urp. 3, T. Second and third uropods, and telson of the male. PLATE XII. Chetriphotis walkert, sp. nov. n.s. Line indicating natural size of the specimen roughly sketched below, outline of head and side-plates obscure, perzopods 2, 3, 4 not shown. a.s.,a.i. First and second antenne. gn. 1, gn. 2; gn. 2, juv. The first and second gnathopods of adult male ; finger and palm of second gnathopod of young male. pip. 1; prp: o: | Eicst pereopod and proximal joints of fifth. l.s., 1.i., m., mx, 1., mx. 2.,mxp. Upper and lower lips, mandible, first and second maxille, and maxilliped. T., urp. 2., urp. 3. Telson, with one second uropod and the third pair. The telson and uropod 3 are further magnified, uniformly with the mouth-organs. The other details are to a different but also uniform scale. V.—Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum). OLLECTIONS of fishes made at Durban by Messrs. Romer Robinson and H. W. Bell Marley, include the following : Family SYNODONTID A. Synodus varius, Lacép. Saurida undosquamis, Richards. Family EXOCGTID A. Exoccetus mento, Cuv. & Val. Family CENTRISCIDA. Centriscus punctulatus, Bianconi. Family CARANGID A. Caranx hippos, Linn. Family LUTIANID. Cesio cerulaureus, Lacép. Family KYPHOSID A. Kyphosus fuscus, Lacép. Family GERRIDAL. Gazza minuta, Bloch. Family POMACENTRID/#. Glyphidodon leucozona, bleek. (76) by C. Tate Regan. Ci Family SPHYRAUNID AS, Sphyreena acutipinnis, Day. Family CALLIONY MID. *Callionymus cooperi, Regan. Family GOBIID A. +Gobius natalensis, Giinth. Family BLENNIIDA, Salarias meleagris, Cuv. & Val. Family CLINIDA. +Tripterygium obtusirostre, Alwnz. + foo) b] Family BALISTID A. Alutera scripta, Osbeek. Family TETRODONTIDZ. Tetrodon stellatus, Schneid. Family ANTENNARIID A. Antennarius bigibbus, Lacép. * Trans. Linn. Soc. XII, 1908, p. 247. A female, with the rays of the anterior dorsal fin not prolonged, but other- wise similar to the male described from the Maldives. + Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIV, 1874, p. 453. t Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. XXI, 1871, p. 498. VI.—Some apparently undescribed Heterocera and five species hitherto unrecorded from South Africa, by A. J. T. Janse, F.E.S. Famiry CITHERONIIDA, Dyar. (Saturniide), Sup-FraMILy BUN AINA, Pack. NUDAURELIA CARNEGIE, Sp. nov. @. Head, prothorax, whole thorax on under-side, and upper hairs of femora mars orange (I1)*; thorax above, some hairs at base of antennz, abdomen above, ground-colour of both wings on upper-side and fore-wing on under-side light cadmium, ranging into empire yellow (IV); antenne mars yellow (III); hairs on inner-side of femora, tibie and tarse light cadmium, on outer-side dark mouse gray (LI); abdomen on under-side light cadmium, broadly ringed with dark mouse gray especially the last two segments, on the side the cadmium hairs are mixed with mars orange hairs: at base of both wings on upper-side tufts of rather long grenadine-pink (IT) hairs. Fore-wing sub-triangular; costa well arched; apex somewhat rounded ; outer-margin nearly straight, slightly concave between veins 3 to 6; tornus well rounded; inner-margin straight; costa edged with mouse gray (LI) for two-thirds up to vein 11; anti-medial line almost straight, erect, from costal edging to inner-margin, mouse grey on inner-side, followed by light mouse gray (LI) and gradually becoming pinkish ; ocellus large oval, as broad as disco-cellular, outer ring light mouse gray, then a narrow black ring, then a light cadmium ring, leaving a large hyaline patch in middle which has on inner-side a straight edge and on outer-side a well rounded edge; an almost straight post-medial line from costa to inner-margin, not touching the ocellus, somewhat parallel to outer-margin and a little curved between veins 1b and 2, on inner-side this line is broadly light mouse gray and on outer-side rather narrow mouse gray; space between anti- medial and post-medial line irrorated with cinnamon-brown (X) mixed * The numerals following the names of colours indicate the number of the plate in Ridgway’s “ Color Standards and Nomenclature,” 1912. (78) * by A. J. T. Janse. 79 with some grenadine pink scales from vein 2 to costal edging, apical part of this area with a large number of grenadine pink scales mixed with some whitish and light mouse gray scales; sub-terminal and terminal area thickly, but narrowly near apex and broadly towards middle and tornus, irrorated with brownish-olive (XXX) scales, at the terminus of the veins this irroration is rather slight ; cilia mouse gray. Hind-wing with the anti-medial line less defined and more curved inwards than in upper-wing; outer ring of ocellus much larger and more diffused, outer ring deep mouse gray, then a rather broad mouse gray ring, followed by a broad almost round black ring, then a broad empire yellow almost round ring leaving a hyaline spot of about one- fourth of ocellus, this spot is almost round, somewhat flattened to disco-cellular side but with no sharp corners as on the ocellus of fore-wing ; post-medial line as in fore-wing, but excurved between veins 7 to 4, incurved between 4 and 10, and a little more oblique ; ground-colour of area beyond post-medial line more empire yellow ; terminal area rather less densely irrorated with brownish olive than in fore-wing and only from tornus to vein 5; cilia as in fore-wing ; costa well arched especially at one-third; apex somewhat rounded, outer-margin well rounded, tornus somewhat lobed at 15, inner-margin nearly straight. Under-side of wings as above, but anti-medial line absent in both wings; in fore-wing basal area and space between lower-median and costal edging as far as two-thirds of costa covered with carrot red (XIV) hairs, getting darker above the ocellus; area beyond ocellus to post-medial line salmon colour (XIV) mixed with whitish scales ; sub-terminal area less heavily irrorated than on upper-side ; hind-wing as a whole, except inner-marginal fringe and beyond post-medial line (which are yellow), carrot red irrorated with whitish hairs and scales ; ocellus smaller than on fore-wing and only with black and yellow rings, which are sharply defined ; sub-terminal irroration as heavy as in fore-wing on upper-side. Exp. 166 mm.; 9 type from Umvuma (Southern Rhodesia) collected on 15th February, 1916, by Mr. A. A. Carnegie and received by me from the Rhodesia Museum, Bulawayo. Mr. L. B. Prout, who kindly compared this species and a specimen of Holocera rhodiensis with specimens in the different collections in England, informed me that there are single female examples of this fine Nudaurelia in the British Museum, Tring Museum and the 80 South African Heterocera Joicey collection; and, with the exception of that in the last-named which is from West Africa, they were taken at Selukwe, which is near Umvuma. As far as I am aware, it has not been found in any other localities in Southern Rhodesia. Lord Rothschild, in describing the genus Vudaurelia, Nov. Zool. II, p. 41 (1895) states that this genus differs from Antherwa in the second, third and fourth joints of the feet being together longer than the first joint alone, and in having the tarsi cylindrical and not flattened as in Antherea. In WV. oubie, herselia and carnegie these joints are certainly cylindrical, but the three mentioned joints are as long as the first joint or even a little longer. Packard in Mem. Nat. Acad. of Sciences, XI, p. 45, makes a similar remark and suggests that Lord Rothschild’s specimens must have been imperfect. Lord Rothschild also states that the abdomen in the male of Vudaurelia reaches the anal angle of the hind-wing and in the female even beyond it, but in the three species mentioned above the abdomen in both sexes is shorter and does not reach the anal angle, though it is longer than in Antheraa. NUDAURELIA HERSELIA, Westw. e Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1849, p. 42, pl. ix, fig. 1. This species is recorded from the Congo, and as far as I know has now been found for the first time in South Africa. I caught three males at Umtali in January, 1918, and I also saw a female from the same locality. It resembles the next species very much, but is at once distinguished by the absence of the black irroration on the fore-wing, the smaller and rounder ocelli on both wings, the red irroration on the hind-wing and the more crenulated post-medial lines which in the hind-wing is also very remote from the ocellus. / NUDAURELIA OUBIE, Guer. In Lefebvre Voy. in Abys. p. 387, pl. xii, ff 1, 2 (1849). The type specimen, a female, came from Abyssinia, and, as far as I know, this species has not been recorded from any intermediate places, suddenly turning up in Salisbury. The following is a description of the South African form which differs in several respects from the figure of the Abyssinian specimen. I have little doubt, however, that they are co-specific. by A. J. T. Janse. 81 Fore-wing: both lines reach the costa, anti-medial line widens a little at the costa, and has a black inner band from inner-margin to upper-median, it is curved outwards between lower-median and la and inwards between la and inner-margin. Rings of ocellus, beginning from the outside, are as follows: thin red ring, broader pinkish white ring, very faint ring of red, rather narrow black ring, very broad brown ring, leaving a small lyaline rounded spot. Post-medial band less curved, slightly incurved between inner-margin and vein 3 ending near tornus, light colour of both bands more pinkish white, the black band well-defined and broad. Hind-wing: anti-medial line present, black most prominent of the three colours, white more pinkish than in fore-wing and the red more diffused ; basal- and medial-area more yellow, only base diffused with pink ; in the ocellus the red and black rings are broader ; post-medial line in colour as on upper-wing, but red and black more diffused and red band touches the red ring of the ocellus, it is roundly curved outwards between veins 2 to 5 and curved inwards between vein 2 and the inner-margin. Under-side: ground-colour orange-yellow, hardly any black irror- ation except costa of hind-wing, which is black; base of both wings shaded with pink; markings same as on upper-side except that the ocellus of the hind-wing has hardly any red outside the white and no red ring before the black, black ring more narrow. Thorax with more black, reaching head and abdomen. The two specimens in my collection were bred by the Rev. Father J. O’Neil at Salisbury in December, 1916, and kindly presented to me. BUN#A ARABELLA, sub-sp. JACKSONI, Jord. Nov. Zool. XV, p. 255 (1908). An example of this fine form from Umvuma (Southern Rhodesia) was kindly given to me by Mrs. A. A. Carnegie. It was caught by her at night in December, 1917. BuN#A HEROYM, Oberth. Et. Lép. IV, p. 678, t. liii, fig. 446 (1910). This fine species has, I think, up to now only been recorded from C.-E. Africa (Kuyambi, Ubemba), and only females are mentioned. 82 South African Heterocera Mr. L. B. Prout, who kindly compared one of my specimens, the female, sent me the following information on the South African specimen: “The pale parts are whiter (less pink), the proximal band of hind-wing more angulated, the distal less lunulate; proximal red part of eye-spot of fore-wing broader, eye-spot of fore-wing somewhat more elongate. Beneath there are similar differences and the medial line of hind-wing as well as fore-wing crosses the middle of the eye-spot (or rather is interrupted by it). Oberthur’s figure has wing- length 80 mm.” My two specimens, male and female, were bred by the Rev. Father J. O’Neil at Salisbury; the male pupated on 7th March, 1915, and emerged on 12th December, 1915; the female emerged on 7th December. Both were kindly given to me by Father O'Neil. Length of fore-wing in male 85 mm., female 70 mm.; but I know that bigger females have been bred. In the male the fore-wing is more produced on the apex, the outer- margin is more concave and the lobe on the hind-wing more pronounced. The post-medial line does not cross the ocellus as in the female, but just touches it. IMBRASIA EPIMETHEA, Drury, sub-sp. ERTLI, Rebel. Imbrasia epimethea, Drury, Ill. Exe. ent. ITI, t. 13, f. 1 (1773). sub-sp. ertli, Rebel, Ann. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus. XIX, p. 67, pl. ii (1904). ” 9 The typical form is from West Africa, the sub-species from Nyassa- land, but two specimens, a male and female, bred at Salisbury, were presented to me by Father J. O'Neil. The South African specimens are much smaller, the lines of both wings are more white, less pinkish and the stigma in both wings less pronounced, but present; the anal angle of the hind-wing is more produced but less than in the typical form ; the legs are not brown, but dark brown ; in the @ the costa of the fore-wing is more straight, median costal patch more broadened basally, and in the hind-wing the anti-medial line is less angled at la, while the ocellus does not touch the anti-medial line, by A. J. T. Janse. 83 Famity HEMILEUCID (Pack). SuB-FAMILY HOLOCERIN KH (Pack). HoLocreRA RHODESIENSIS, Sp. Nov. 6. Thorax in front and on under-side, abdomen above, ground colour of both wings on upper- and under-side, hairs on femora and tibiz purple-drab (XLV); hairs on head, upper-side of thorax and hairs on second and third segment of abdomen on upper-side, hairs on thorax near origin of second and third pair of legs, and lateral hairs on abdomen on under-side mars orange (II) with a tinge of orange- chrome (II); shaft of antenne warm buff (XV), branches fuscus-black (XLVI) thickly ciliated with cartridge buff (XXX) hairs; tarsi with cream-buff (XXX) hairs mixed with fuscous hairs especially on fore-tarsi. Fore-wing with basal area below lower-median and as far as origin of vein 2 suffused with dusky brown (XLV); medial line begins at costa as a chestnut-brown (XIV) macula, angled outwardly in middle of cell, then evenly curved to inner-margin just before middle, this line forms the inner border of a broad post-medial band of a dull violet-black (1) colour; post-medial line forming a rather confluent boundary of post-medial band, beginning at two-thirds of costa, then curved round at vein 6, then almost evenly curved inwardly below vein 3 and ending just beyond two-thirds of inner-margin ; a hyaline mark beyond disco-cellular between veins 4 and 6, this mark is narrower than in H. smi/ax and the lower portion is straight, not curled as in that species, at vein 5 there is a small dent inwardly ; an ill-defined pear-shaped mark in upper part of post-medial band, consisting of orange-rufous (II) scales and continued inwardly beyond hyaline mark as far as lower angle; on costa beyond post-medial line some white scales as far as vein 10, and an ill-defined sub-triangular costal dull violet-black patch beyond it; terminal area from apex to vein 2 suffused with dull violet-black; at tornus an ill-defined rounded patch of orange-rufous scales. Hind-wing with lower basal half covered with rather long dusky brown hairs; post-medial band continued from upper-wing, slightly indented on inner-side at vein le and with some orange-rufous scales at lower angular area; terminal area with orange-rufous scales from 84 South African Heterocera tornus till a little beyond vein 6; only a faint indication of a mark at disco-cellular ; cilia of both wings of ground-colour, but somewhat whitish between the veins especially in the female. Under-side: ground-colour of both wings as on upper-side, but less covered with scales of other colours; post-medial band in fore-wing only indicated on outer side by a rather sharply defined post-medial line; costal post-medial orange-rufous patch as on upper-side, but no orange-rufous at tornus and the costal scales beyond the post-medial line not white but ecru-drab (XLVI); hind-wing with medial and post-medial lines well defined, medial line beginning below vein 8 near the base ; terminal area as on upper-side. The ¢ of this species differs from the ¢ of H. smilax in colour of wings, less defined and differently shaped post-medial band, different shape of hyaline mark and the more concave costa, in the outer- margin of hind-wing not being concave at veins 2 to 4, but being even somewhat projected at vein 3. 9. Differs from the ¢ in its larger size and in the fore-wing having a less concave costa and less faleate apex, while the outer- margin of both wings is much more crenulate ; the general pattern of both wings is as in the ¢, but the ground-colour is coral pink (XIII); the hyaline mark in the fore-wing is larger and the terminal area from apex to beyond vein 2 is orange-rufous; in the hind-wing is a well defined hyaline curved streak beyond disco-cellular between vein 3 and 4 and extended to vein 5 as a dark line; the abdomen has on the upper-side four transverse rows of cream-buff, elongate scales, apparently at each corresponding segment; terminal segment above and all segments on under-side orange-rufous; under-side of both wings asin ¢ but ground-colour coral pink, medial line of hind-wing orange-rufous and terminal area orange-rufous from tornus to apex ; costa of fore-wing and hind-wing, and the hind-wings here and there at other places, sprinkled with cream-buff elongate scales and a series of lateral cream-buff elongate scales on the abdomen between the hairs. The venation of this species is as in H. smilax, the type of the genus, but the ¢ has the fore-wing more faleate and the costa more concave, while the tornus is more rounded. Expanse: ¢ 56°6-58 mm.; 9 75 mm. Four specimens from Salisbury; ¢ type 23rd Jan., 1917; co-type 22nd Jan., 1917; 9% type 27th Feb., 1917; co-type 19th Jan., 1917 ; all bred by the Rev. Father J. O’Neil, who kindly gave them to me. by A. J. T. Janse. 85 Famity SATURNIIDA. EPIPHORA VERA, Sp. nov. ¢. Head and legs old gold (XVI); head above mixed with a few burnt lake (XII) hairs; thorax above, a little over half of each abdominal segment, costal area of fore-wing to post-medial line, post- medial area to near costa, and the whole of post-medial area of hind-wing burnt lake, freely sprinkled with white hairs on the thorax and white scales on the wings; abdomen above ringed with white, last two segments almost entirely white, on the under-side the white rings are narrower and are crossed by eight white lines over the whole length; shaft of antenne mustard yellow (XVI), branches sulphine yellow (IV). Fore-wing with the costa somewhat concave, apex well rounded and much more produced than in #. mythimnia, outer-margin very concave between vein 4 to 6, from vein 4 straight to tornus, which is only a little rounded and the outer-margin forming almost a right angle to inner-margin which is straight ; inner-marginal area till two-thirds of inner-margin and up to lower-median and lower part of ocellus as far as vein 4, and a streak slightly indicated in the ocellus and continued till costa, white; anti-medial line indicated by a faint white patch from origin of vein 2 to upper-median ; ocellus sub-ovate, oblique, with the hyaline patch elongate kidney-shaped,and situated on costal side of ocellus; a black ring on outer-side of ocellus beginning and ending at post-medial white line beyond which it is continued as a bordeaux (XIT) line; from the black line at vein 3 a narrow, inwardly oblique, burnt lake line to near vein 2; inside the black hne and bordering the hyaline patch a line of white scales mixed with some green scales, this line is continued along outer half of hyaline patch, but is more faint and followed by a buff-yellow (IV) line; the remainder of the ocellus is filled up with dull yellow-green (X VIIT) with a slight indication of the post-medial line passing through it and with some buff-yellow scales where it is bordered by the bordeaux line; the post-medial white sprinkling goes as far as about half the width of the burnt-lake-coloured area and extends from inner-margin to the costa where the scaling becomes more dense and gradually gets a blue colour so as to form a costal pale amparo blue (IX) edging as far as sub-terminal line, below this costal blue area the apical- and outer-marginal area till near sub-terminal line and up to vein 8 filled with roman green (X VI) which becomes lighter at apical terminal part; a whitish-blue much dentated sub-terminal line from near apex till a 86 South African Heterocera little beyond apical ocellus, obliquely inwards to vein 9, then outwards to vein 8, then inwards and running along 8 to fork of 8—9, then zigzagging outwards till half-way 7 and 8, then forming a large curve and running some distance along vein 7, then running back along under-side of vein 7 and then at a sharp angle outwards again, touching the black apical ocellus, then forming a semi-circular light blue line, remote from the inner-side of the black ocellus and with the space filled up with pale amparo blue scales so as to form a crescent mark, then the line becomes faint and goes inwardly oblique across vein 6, there joining the black sub-terminal line, then it goes inwards again forming a very irregular faint deep-chrome (III) boundary to the post-medial band; a rounded black sub-terminal ocellus between vein 6 and 7; apical half beyond the white sub-terminal line ecru-olive (XXX) from vein 7 to 8 and from vein 7 obliquely to apical ocellus ; terminal area from apex to tornus and cilia pale chalcedony yellow (XXII); a second sub-terminal ecru-olive line from vein 8 to 6 parallel to outer-margin and gradually becoming mixed with black, beyond vein 6 curving inwards to join the first sub-terminal line, then becoming quite black and very sharply defined and separated from first sub-terminal line and more or less parallel to outer-margin, this line undulates very much, sharply curving inwards at each vein and forming a rounded inward curve between the veins. Hind-wing white till post-medial line, with burnt lake medial line from costa to ocellus and from ocellus to above tornus, incurved at vein 16; ocellus well rounded, large and about as broad as two-thirds of its length, a black ring all round it, on basal third a narrow white ring against it, which forms a boundary around the almost round hyaline patch, between the black and the white ring is a space left on the outer two-thirds of the ocellus, which is filled in with dull yellow- green ; post-medial burnt lake band irrorated with white scales for basal half, this irroration having a pointed shape towards tornus ; a rather broad, distinct, deep chrome (III) boundary line just beyond the burnt lake band, irregularly curved| between the veins; beyond this a series of usually triangular black spots; terminal space and cilia lime-green (XX XI); a sub-terminal irregular well-defined black line, incurved at and between the veins, very deeply between vein 5 and 6; a series of sub-terminal, semi-transparent elongated patches covered with a few loose scales only, the patches are situated in pairs on each side of veins 2, 3, 4 and 5. Under-side: fore-wing as on upper-side, but white scaling of post- medial band extended further; hind-wing with white only on costa by A. J. T. Janse. 87 at basal half, and this white is continued on the thorax between second and third pairs of legs; a white inner-marginal area as far as from near base to median line, white scaling of post-medial band also further extended. 2. Fore-wing less produced at apex, ocellus rounder and broader ; green terminal area broader; apical black ocellus a little larger. Hind-wing with ocellus broader and rounder, nearly circular ; yellow sub-terminal line broader and spots following it larger. Under-side: fore-wing with medial line directed to medial line of hind-wing and both bordering on the ocelli; white post-medial line well outside the ocelli of both wings; abdomen terminating in a white patch. This species differs from #. mythimnia in the fore-wing being more faleate and the tornus being less rounded; ocellus less prolonged, hardly concave on side of anal angle; white inner-marginal band extended towards tornus becoming confluent with the white post- medial band, which passes through the ocellus in #. vera and not beyond the ocellus as in &. mythimnia; the apical black ocellus is smaller in the last species and the blue crescent mark forms part of the circle, while in H#. vera it makes the ocellus more oval; the post- medial white sprinkling is extended further in #. mythimnia and its ground-colour of both wings is more dull; there is also a difference in the dentition of the sub-terminal lines of both species. Hind-wing of E. vera more rounded, less prolonged at anal area ; no sub-basal white band, but instead the whole medial area is white; the ocellus is larger and well rounded, not angular as in Z. mythimnia, while the rings around the hyaline patch is totally different in colour and position ; the post-medial white band is a continuation of the one on the fore-wing, runs well against the black ring of the ocellus, is not angled outwards between veins 2 to 4 and is hardly angled inwards between vein 2 and anal angle; white post-medial sprinkling is not extended till yellow line; sub-terminal black patches are better defined and the black sub-terminal line is more indented, thinner and sharper in 2. vera; the peculiar semi-transparent sub-terminal spots on hind-wings are absent in /. mythimnia, in fact they are not mentioned in any other species of Hpiphora; colour of head, legs, antenne and terminal abdominal patch is capucine yellow (III) in E. mythimnia, not old gold as in #. vera. Under-side of both wings of #. vera have more white. The cocoon is suspended from the branches by a long silky stalk, and not fixed sideways to a branch as in £. mythimnia, 88 South African Heterocera. This species is perhaps most closely related to ZH. bauhinie, from West Africa (Senegal), with which it agrees in the stalked cocoon and in the considerable amount of white on both wings. The ocellus of the fore-wing is, however, much more elongate in H#. vera and less round in the hind-wing, while 2. bauhinie has the post-medial white band of the fore-wing well beyond the ocellus and a different dentition in the black terminal line, especially in the hind-wing. In &. vera the anal angle of the fore-wing is much less round, the apex is more faleate, while H. bawhinie is considerably smaller. I have much pleasure in naming this beautiful species after Miss Vera Coffin, who first found the interesting cocoon and bred the moth. The specimens from which the descriptions are made were bred by me from cocoons kindly given to me by Mr. G. W. Redfern, who spent many days in search of the cocoons after the first one had been found, The larva feeds on Zizyphus mucronatus, the same tree as that on which I found the larva of 2. mythimnia at Barberton. Expanse: ¢ 125 mm.; ? 130mm. One ¢ type from Salisbury, 8th Feb., 1918; 9? type, Salisbury, 6th Feb., 1918. One @ co-type, rather in poor condition, Salisbury, 26th Nov., 1917, bred from the cocoon found by Miss V. Coffin and kindly presented to me by Mr. Rupert Jack. VII.—Some Observations upon Whales captured at Durban, by E. C. Chubb, F.Z.S., Curator, Durban Museum. Wits Prates XITI-X VI. Be dei G the favourable opportunity of making observations upon whales which presented itself whilst whaling operations were being conducted at Durban, I arranged for my assistant, Mr. D. R. Boyce, during the whaling season of 1914 to visit the slipways at the Bluff from time to time and there measure some of the whales and photograph them as they were landed. It was my intention that this work should be continued through successive seasons, in the hope that in the course of time some information of interest would be thus accumulated. But, unfortunately, the intervention of the War has practically extinguished the whaling industry here, for the time being at any rate, and consequently the work we had commenced was brought to an early conclusion. In spite of the fact that what has so far been accomplished is of a very scanty nature, it is deemed advisable to place it on record here. MEGAPTERA NODOSA LALANDI, Fischer. Humpback Whale. Plate XIII. Measurements of a female and two males, captured at Durban in July, 1914: kee B. 6 CaS 3rd July, | 21st July,}21st July 1914 1914 1914 feet inches] feet inches} feet | in. Total length, from tip of snout to notch of tail] 46 0 sw © 43 6 Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin] 32 6 26 O 30 0 Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin} 28 0 24 0 Pir Tip of snout to eye centre ... ee soa, 10) LOZ WW @ Tip of snout to blow-hole ... oe a —- 8 0 LOGO Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals 15 0 13 0 eS Tip of snout to axilla <6 ne sais = 159.0 ils}, 0) (89) 90 Observations wpon Whales Measurements of Humpback Whales—continued. KD Bo SG Ces) 3rd July, | 21st July,}21st July 1914 1914 1914 feet inches] feet inches} feet in. Vertical height of dorsal fin ... aoe Si 1G — 9 From notch of flukes to anus... Sei sha SRG SO LODBO From notch of flukes to root of penis ... sus — LO 14 6 From notch of flukes to clitoris ws con) tlk 0) = = From notch of flukes to navel sc} 20) 16 8 7 Length of pectorals from head of humerus coal iley = = Length of pectorals from posterior insertion ...| 12 0 = = Depth of caudal penduncle at insertion of flukes} 3 4 = ih Depth of flukes at root “ibn 1 8 = 26 Length of longest whalebone without bristles Boe 2 6 i © LG Length of dorsal fin we a0 — 2 (9) Length of orifice of eye oe — 4 5 Circumference of body opposite navel. seal ite) 18 _- = Length of protuberances on upper jaw 3 3 3 Breadth of protuberances on upper jaw 23 2 23 Coloration: A.—bluish-black above, white below ; sides irregularly marked black and white. B.—black above, bluish-black below; pect- orals black above, white below ; ventral furrows speckled with white. C.—Black above, white below including anterior tip of upper jaw. Although not strictly within the limits of the present paper, the opportunity may here be taken to record the following particulars of a female foetus taken from a Humpback at Linga Linga, Portuguese East Africa, on 2nd August, 1914, which were supplied me shortly afterwards by Mr. Johan Bryde. Measurements of fcetal Humpback (figured on Plate XIIT) : Total length : ae ae AR sen Pl Omldeimetres Tip of snout to blow- holes nie ae sen sae aly BSD ers Tip of snout to angle of mouth “k as 0 cd OS es Tip of snout to anterior insertion of flipper oy oo sealllyd? 41 eee Tip of snout to anterior end of dorsal fin ae me ea 2a Soe Height of body at flippers ... av ae aan Feihe wstsk. 58 Height of dorsal fin sic fae ane Pe i eited rs Length of flippers from axilla Ree ia ae | alee Dy iar Greatest breadth of flipper ... ans ie oF J] OS hee Nemes of ventral furrows ... ce ie ee os 28 Number of baleen plates... ee ee” ste ce 580 Greatest length of baleen... ; ae Ac ...| "06 metres Length from notch of flukes to anus , ae sist Be eel ts) bed Colour: pale grey, under surface white. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XIII. ‘Photo by D. R. Boyce. HUMPBACK WHALE. Jfegaftera n. lalandid, Fischer. Female, A. Fa:rus OF HUMPBACK WHALE. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XIV. COMMON RORQUAL OR FINNER. Balenoftera physalus, Linn. Pi os Photos by D. R. Boyce. HEAD OF SAME. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XV. BLUE WHALE. Balenoptera musculus, Linn, Female, 90 feet in length. Photos by D. R. Boyce. MAMM OF SAME, SHOWING EXUDING MILK. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XVI. Photo by D. R. Boyce. RUDOLPHI’S RORQUAL. SBalenoptera borealis, Less. Photo by E. C. Chubb, SPERM WHALE BEING FLENCED. be ' i a gi @ab? ips : * s = ee > yet 95,4 76 Ww aes i. rr - -, by E. C. Chubb. 91 BaLEHNOPTERA PHYSALUS, Linn. Common Rorqual or Finner. Place rv. Measurements of a female captured at Durban on 25th June, 1914: feet inches Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail... ay jog |) a0 @ Tip of snout to eye centre 6 ai be So alt, die S Tip of snout to blow-hole ae ae ee SAE 4, Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals See se Bch oa Go) Tip of snout to axilla ... b5¢ 35 am es see) A a Vertical height of dorsal fin... oat ie aE ae ile From notch of flukes to anus... es. - ae sual| ay ©) From notch of flukes to clitoris.. sf se Sele lone © Length of pectorals from head of humerus Be = saa| GO Length of longest whalebone without bristles — ... ar sis 13 Length of dorsal fin 10 Length of orifice of eye 4 Length of iris. ie is Se fk fe: Circumference of body opposite navel... ate Ber Ja|| US. © Length of protuberances on upper -jaw ... 3 Breadth of protuberances on upper-jaw ... 2 BALHNOPTERA MUSCULUs, Linn. Blue Whale. Plate XV. Measurements of a male,and female captured at Durban in June and July, 1914: ? 25th June} July, 1914 1914 feet inches} feet inches Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... scp dah 2 © 9050 Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin... fe _- 69 O Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin ... 553 — 66 0 Tip of snout toeye centre... safe Ae ee — 18 9 Tip of snout to blow-hole ue se ee — lif (8 Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals se Be) eek ie) BY Tip of snout to axilla ae ae i sag. oe ae Tip of snout toear ... sem ae He sai 2430 = Vertical height of dorsal fin... on: es fe fhe ot 1 O From notch of flukes to anus .., se ae al ee AO) ZnO From notch of flukes to root of penis ... 63 eal 2400 = From notch of flukes to clitoris ae ate a — 26 0 From notch of flukes to navel tie =e — 38 6 Length of pectorals from head of humerus ag ah — 13 3 Length of pectorals from posterior insertion — ... a — 8 0 Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes... Fah = ae) Depth of flukes at root ae on — 2S Length of longest whalebone ‘without bristles... a is = Length of dorsal fin ... 33 ae he Ft jeer 3) 0 Length of orifice of the eye... sie Ee He 4 = Length of iris ae ve 13 92 Observations upon Whales Notes regarding female: a few short, white hairs present on lower lips in two rows. Coloration, above dark grey with slate coloured patches, fewer on head ; lower surface coloured like the upper, except for a few white patches near the navel. Mamme protruding and quantities of milk flowing from them. BALENOPTERA BOREALIS, Less. Rudolphi’s Rorqual or Seihval. Plate XVI. Measurements of a male captured at Durban on 20th August, 1914: feet inches Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... a as, 45 0 Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin... ai Kae G32 Tip of snout to anterior inserticn of dorsal fin ... ae Se SO) 4! Tip of snout to eye centre __... ae TEE ne oa Se! Tip of snout to blowhole Me i BE es 8 0 Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals ae wis aah uae Gt Tip of snout to axilla an oe Sa ek Baa IG @ Vertical height of dorsal fin... $3 see ac aus 1S From notch of flukes to anus ... ae Ao a 556 12510 From notch of flukes to root of penis ... ac aa os 150) From notch of flukes to navel.. id i oe ZA Length of pectorals from head of humerus 6910 Length of pectorals from posterior insertion aa me a (0) Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes Gh EPs Ds Depth of flukes at root ib De Length of dorsal fin ... 7 Length of orifice of eye 34 Length of iris 1$ Notes. Coloration, very dark grey with irregular patches of white on various parts of body. Form, very slender. A few short white hairs on point of lower jaw. In view of the fact that in describing Balenoptera bryder,* Mr. Orjan Olsen stated that Balenoptera borealis “had been only known until then as inhabiting the eastern parts of the North Atlantic,” and appeared to infer that all the so-called “seihvals” obtained in South African waters were Balenoptera brydei, I was led to write him on 26th January, 1915, as follows, regarding the above whale: “T am puzzled about the identity of a whale which was captured by the Premier Whaling Company last August and which the whalers said was a “‘Seihval.” You will see from the sample of whalebone I am sending that it is not Balenoptera brydei. It * Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1913, p. 1073. by BE. C. Chubb. 93 appears to me to agree more with Balenoptera borealis. I should be glad to know what species you consider it belongs to. The following are measurements and descriptions of the creature taken by my Assistant on the slipway, and I also give sketch with measurements of the dorsal fin.” To this Mr. Olsen replied as follows : “This whale really seems to be a seihval (balenoptera borealrs ). It is very interesting to find it in the hot Mozambique current outside Durban, and, as far as I know, it is the first 2B. borealis that has been captured so far to the east as there. A single specimen was recognised at Saldanha Bay (on the west coast of Cape Colony) and, if the whalers are right, others have been obtained there since I left South Africa. Outside Portuguese West Africa they are said to be not so rare, but, unfortunately, not a single specimen has been examined, and therefore the occurence of &. borea/is in those waters is somewhat uncertain. Many of them may, perhaps, prove to be B. brydev.” PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS, Linn. Sperm Whale or Cachalot. The following measurements apply to a male captured at Durban on 3rd July, 1914: a feet inches Total length from tip of snout to notch of tail ... ey. ae 54 0 Tip of snout to posterior insertion of dorsal fin.. Oe sae 38 0 Tip of snout to anterior insertion of dorsal fin ... 50 or SO Tip of snout toeye centre... sis 38 ape 76 © Tip of snout to anterior insertion of pectorals a ee ae 243 Tip of snout to axilla ine wi ont ae oo 2258 Tip of snout toear ... ce sn JS: Sls as 19550 From notch of flukes to anus. is Ee sic a7 13510 From notch of flukes to root of penis ... sos an 5h 18 6 From notch of flukes to navel.. ame ae sin 2) 10) Length of pectoral from head of humerus S08 ee a6 a9 0) Depth of caudal peduncle at insertion of flukes. ae so Bs} Semi-circumference of body opposite navel ee ag: ae 14 0 It is of interest to record that a sperm whale obtained at Durban by the South African Whaling Company in January, 1913, was found to contain in its stomach a shark, intact, measuring 10 feet in length. VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey in the Durban Museum, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S. es a paper entitled the ‘‘ Bionomics of South African Insects ” by G. A. K. Marshall, read before the Entomological Society of London and published in the ‘‘ Transactions” of November, 1902, Professor E. B. Poulton gives an instructive tabular statement (p. 232) of the cases up till then recorded of the attacks of Asilide upon insects of various orders. He lays stress upon the necessity of acquiring further data to illustrate the attacks of predaceous insects on other insects and especially on aposematic butterflies. I have much reason to regret not having, at an earlier date, recognised the import- ance of keeping notes of the many occurrences of this nature that have come under my observation in the course of many years devoted to field work. Those tabulated below are principally the result of two season’s collecting and are now in the Durban Museum. In the Natal Coast areas, the most active and voracious enemy of the butterfly is, in my opinion, the Asilus fly ‘“Aleamus perlongus.” So far I have come across no other species of this numerous group of flies which preys on butterflies. I have the recollection of many cases in which the mantis is the aggressor and the butterfly the victim ; but unfortunately, have kept no notes of these occurrences. The last that remains on my memory happened in the summer of 1913. In that case a medium sized green mantis was devouring a Spindasis masilikazi, Wallengr. There were quite a number of Spindasis and a few Dendoria upon the bush and these appeared quite oblivious or unconcerned at the tragedy being enacted in close proximity to them. I have often sought for evidence of dragonflies preying upon butterflies, but so far without success. There is, however, in the Museum a single record of a butterfly, Colias electo, L., taken in the clutches of a dragonfly, Podogomphus preetorius, Selys! In this part of the world the Asilus fly is probably the most active and successful enemy of butterflies, though lizards of various kinds are undoubtedly also responsible for many victims. (94) by C. N. Barker. 95. Predaecous insects and their prey in the Durban Museum. LOCALITY INSECT. PREY. ABS ibcns. COLLECTOR. ASILID. Alcimus perlongus, Walk.|Butterfly : Belenozs gidica,|Durban, 1D, 13, IMEMiE Godt. ¢ les} sth KE As > a Butterfly: Zurytela hiarbas,| Bluff, Durban|C. N. Barker Drury. AML Alig ald) aa an - Butterfly : Belenozs hellice,\ Durban, E. C. Chubb Ibe IL 76%, 7) oe 3 A Butterfly: Zurytela héarbas,| Durban, C. N. Barker Dry. Ad) Vien elid 5) a “ Butterfly : Crenzs bozsdu-\Durban, “ valli, Wallengr. 23 ii. 18 “a a 3 Butterfly: Zurytela hiarbas,|Durban, As Drury. 16 iii. 18 »» > 9 Butterfly : Zeracolus erone,|Durban, a Angas. 4 16 iii, 18 as a 6 Butterfly : AZylothris ag-|Durban, 4 athina, Cr. 20 iv. 18 ? Promachus sp. ... ...|Tachinid fly : Sarcophaga|Bluff, Durban op hemorrhoidalis, Mg. lal Sie alZ/ ? Promachus sp. (same as|Ant-like Spider. Bluff, Durban Ps above) 19 v. 17 ? Promachus sp. (two|Winged Termite. Durban, taken in coitu) il Sighs 7 Praogonistes preceps, Wall.|Sphegid Wasp: Sce/phron| Bluff, Durban i chalybeus. Dye ri = AV Laxenecera nigrocuprea,|Bee: Halictus jucundus, \Durban, a Wik. Sm. Vath enn is) Large Asilid ? ? ...|Beetle : Sphenoptera sp. |Lindi, E. Afr.,J]G,S.Gregory I@) sai) al7/ Dragonfly, Podogomphus|Colzas electo, L. Karkloof, EE. Platt pretorius, Selys Jan, 1918 Wasp, Pompilus ? about|Spider; Caerostrvzs sp. Durban, C. N. Barker to enter its nest in a some NG) ground Bug, immature (Pentato-)Feeding upon pupa _ of|Durban. BE Platt mid) | Acr@a sp. 96 Predaceous Insects and their Prey. Prey of a BemBex Wasp. Illustrative of the remarkable voracity of a species of Bembea wasp, a series of sixteen examples and their prey (Diptera) is of interest and some biological value. They were collected in two days, with the help of two or three natives, by Mr. J. D. Casey at Lit: wandié Drift, Shire River, between Zomba and Fort Johnstone, Nyasaland. Eleven of the victims are Asilide of seven distinct species, gradu- ating in size from large to small. The two largest, a male and female of the same species are as robust and considerably longer than the Bembex. Three are flies of the genus Tabanus, and the two last are Glossina morsitans, Westw. (Tsetse fly) and Sarcophaga hemorr- hoidalis, Mg. (Tachinide). It will be noted that the majority of the prey are Asilide, them- selves the most voracious of flies, many of them even preying on Sphegid wasps or bees (instances being included in the table above). The Bembevidee, unlike the majority of the Sphegide, feed their larvee on fresh food daily, instead of storing up live insects stung into a comatose state upon which to deposit their eggs. Their hunting is, therefore, kept up for a much longer period and the open sand banks in which they nest afford good opportunities for observation. Though not strictly applicable to the subject, the aggressors being web-less spiders, I am adding the two following occurrences as interesting. Many butterflies also fall victims to spiders of the active running types as well as to those that snare their prey in webs. LOCALITY LLECTOR. AND DATE. Co CAPTOR. PREY. White hairless Spider, on|Acridian: Zonocerus elegans| Springvale, |E. E. Platt a sugar-bush. Prey Thunb. nr. Durban, held firmly by head 14 iv. 18 and thorax, dead but quite fresh. Yellow Spider, smaller|Syrphus fly _... ...| Durban, |C. N. Barker than above, but pro- 20 iv. 18 bably of same genus. JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN, Be ULBNGER, ae | Pate oe mT 4 = Fy f + i ‘ (te : 3 4 « ‘ - ih v] } y 4 f ¢ * r - jee ine ee er Additions tbe Fish Benda of N ea ieee on eo ae ye rhs VIL < ne badsioal ne “Whales ap EB Co. Cave: eneitam oe) sa t aii VOL. Il. PART 3. “ANNALS | DURBAN MUSEUM EDITED BY THE CURATOR, : ‘EB. @ CHUBB. Issued 31st March, 1919. “ a _gatenaene é ¥ i fi om. a 4 od i i9]9 . Px , f 4] Musew SDP mittee _ Pmccaccmmacinoere PRICE 5/- NETT. PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE DuRBAN Museum. a ail The Annals of the Durban a ssh Bas ‘of previous iss iss III.—On batter Pelagic Eston 6.8.1 Vol I 1, Part Li Mi Aa agin of Festal Sperm Whale, iy) F Ee Banpan. it P ( VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by. Ry onN Hewrrr, Aas VIL. —Notes on Pelagic aaa Ai G. i: Bray. Vand ‘IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. Rovssenam., , X.—List of ee My F. ag . Bpwanns., a 1 oe mM A Vol. I, ran 3. Published 20th h Apr 1916. Price 5/- a a Aa XIII. ie Hyarg parasitic on Ashes, by Enesr a i Pla Tiel x yi iX.—A Skeleton of the Dodo (DIDUS INEPTUS) by E. C. Chubb, Curator of the Durban Museum. Wirn Puate XVII. HE Durban Museum has recently acquired a practically complete mounted skeleton of Dodo, Didus ineptus, Linn. It was purchased from the heirs of the late Mr. E. Therioux of Mauritius, through the assistance of Mr. Geo. Antelme, who takes an interest in the Museum at Port Louis, Mauritius. In the possession of tail bones, certain bones in the wings, and a rib on the second pelvic vetebra, the Durban Museum skeleton appears to be more complete than any of the others that have been figured or described, and consequently furnishes some additions to our knowledge of the osteology of this most interesting bird. It may be as well to recall that the remains of Dodo preserved in museums consist of four other mounted skeletons, in the British Museum (Natural History), the Cambridge University Museum, the Paris Museum and the Mauritius Museum respectively ; a foot and head in the Oxford Museum (relics of a complete stuffed specimen which, unfortunately, was attacked by insects and” in consequence destroyed in 1755); a foot in the British Museum (Natural History) and a head in the Copenhagen Museum. It is possible that there are also some odd bones in various museums, for the Durban Museum has for about ten years been in possession of an incomplete pelvis and a number of vertebree and leg-bones. Not one of the five existing skeletons is that of an individual bird. They have been reconstructed at different times from bones that have been found on the Island during the last sixty years, the chief source being a certain marsh, the Mare aux Songes. This site has been very thoroughly explored, and it is highly improbable that any considerable number of Dodo bones will in future be obtained there or elsewhere. Although the general attitude of the Durban Museum skeleton | might be improved upon, there is no doubt that it has been very care-/ fully put together, and it is evident that considerable knowledge has \ been brought to bear upon the work. In a paper read before the Zoological Society of London in 1892, and published in the “ Transactions,” vol. xiii, Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow described and figured a skeleton, reconstructed by (97) Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 3, issued 31st March, 1919. Annis 0 nian Insp As 4 wv “A LUN 3 194¢G 98 A Skeleton of Dodo themselves, which is now in the Mauritius Museum. They pointed out that it contained the following bones which were previously unknown, viz., atlas and prepelvic (18th) vertebra, complete pubic bones, and metacarpals ; and they referred to it as doubtless the most complete skeleton in the world. In the skeleton which forms the subject of the present paper, not only are the bones which were described by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow for the first time present, but, as mentioned above, several additional bones are represented. These are referred to below. The atlas vertebra in the Durban Museum skeleton agrees very well with the figure given by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow. In the 13th vertebra the spinous process is more strongly developed than is indicated in their figure, and in this respect it agrees more with that in the British Museum skeleton. The 18th vertebra, which was described by Sir Edward Newton and > Dr. Gadow for the first time, is more complete than that figured by them. There are considerable portions of spinous and transverse processes, indicating that in the complete vertebra these processes are strongly developed. The tail vertebre, which are apparently lacking in both the British Museum skeleton and in that described by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow, are present in the Durban Museum skeleton. They consist of six free caudal vertebra, with an elongated and rather pointed pygostyle, as shewn in text-fig. 1. The arrangement of the ribs in the Durban Museum skeleton differs from the conclusions arrived at by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow, which, being based upon the examination of various normal (not domesticated) pigeons, are, with one exception, no doubt correct. In their opinion, the Dodo possessed short ribs to the 14th and 15th vertebra, sternal ribs to the 16th, 17th, 18th and 19th vertebre and no rib to the 20th vertebra. The Durban Museum skeleton bears a short rib on the 14th vertebra, sternal ribs on the 15th, 16th, 17th and 18th vertebre, an almost sternal rib on the 19th vertebra and a rib on the 20th, the second pelvic vertebra. This rib on the 20th vertebra is lacking on the left-hand side, but the articulating facet is clearly visible, and, moreover, in an odd pelvis which the Durban Museum has possessed for some years these facets, for the articulation of a pair of ribs to the second pelvic vertebra, are also present. In this respect, the Dodo agrees still more closely with Pezophaps, the Solitaire, with which Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow specially compared it. ~ Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Skeleton of DODO, Déidus cineptus. Plate XVII. by FE. C. Chubb. 99 The right wing of the Durban Museum skeleton is slightly more complete than that of the left-hand side, and bears the following elements which do not appear in any of the other skeletons that have been figured or described, viz., a radiale, and a phalanx each to the Ist and 3rd digits. The legs bear patelle. Text-Fig. 1. TAIL BONES OF Dopo. X.—On Some Rare Beetles in the Barker Collection of the Durban Museum, with descriptions of new species, Part I, by C. N. Barker, F.E.S. HIS collection of Coleoptera includes a considerable number of unique specimens which have remained as such after the lapse of many years in spite of every endeavour to obtain further examples. I am fully alive to the inadvisability of describing species from single examples and have long refrained from doing so, but the evident rarity of some of them, which, on account of the opening up of the country and consequent destruction of their favourite haunts, is likely to increase until they are quite lost sight of, has induced me to take the present course. An additional reason for describing these rarities is that other collectors may have the luck to come across specimens of them, the value of which they might be quite oblivious of had they not the descriptions and history to refer to. I have to thank Dr. L. Péringuey for his great kindness in comparing my types with insects in his collection and that of the South African Museum. Indeed, without his help in this respect, I should not have felt justified in making this my first contribution to descriptive classificatory work. My thanks are also due to the Rev. J. O'Neil, 8.J., of Salisbury, Rhodesia, for kindly lending me some valuable unique species from his collection for comparison. As two amongst these prove to be new, I have included descriptions of them below. With these exceptions, all the types are contained in the collection of the Durban Museum. Famity CARABIDA. SuB-FAMILY CARABINA. HiLetus oxyaonus, Chaud. A small, black beetle having the appearance of a Harpalid, but with powerfully developed broad mandibles and geniculate antenne. The two examples in the collection were taken by me in wet alluvium, under river weeds, at the Umblatuzana River, near Malvern, in November, 1900. I have come across no further specimens in the course of many years collecting both at this spot and other fayourable localities, (100) by C. N. Barker. 101 Susp-ramity HARPALIN A. Trine HEXAGONINI. HEXAGONIA NATALENSIS, Chaud. Species of this genus appear to exclusively harbour in the interstices of the leaves of reeds and rushes. Two species, H. preusta, Chaud. and H. terminalis, Gemm. are common; WH. immaculata, Chaud. considerably less so in the coastal areas of Natal. H. natalensis, Chaud. is seemingly rare wherever it is met with, and I have only taken about half a dozen during many years collecting. It is found in association with the three other species, and all are occasionally attracted to light. Trine ODONTOCANTHINI. CASNONIA RUFOPICEA, Chaud. Two examples; one taken flying at dusk at Malvern in September, 1900, the second at light, Mavern, 29th May, 1910. I have quite failed to come across this insect in the natural haunts of species of this genus, i.e., in damp places under herbage, river banks or marshes. STENIDIA ABDOMINALIS, Chaud. and S. AppRoximans, Pér. The habits of these species are the same as in the genus Casnonia, but, with the exception of a single example of the former taken by me at Malvern in 1896, I have only met with them at the electric lights in Durban. 8S. abdominalis was captured at light in December, 1907, and again on 21st April, 1908. The records of capture of S. approximans, Pér. are two examples taken in December, 1907, and a further specimen during the same or following month; all at the electric lights Durban, by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. Trine GALLERITINI. DENDROCELLUS AUSTRALIS, Pér. This appears to be a very rare insect. Though much sought for, I have taken a single example only, in July, 1898, under bark of the ’Ndohni (Waterboom) tree at Malvern, In appearance it is hardly 102 South African Beetles separable from Drypta ru/ficollis, Desj., but its pectinated claws demonstrate its arboreal habits and differentiate it from all the species of Drypta. Eunostus @uENzII, Chaud. This is another rare insect, and I have only obtained it on two occasions, each time at light, viz., at Lower Umkomaas in November, 1898, and at Malvern on 30th December, 1901. Only one other species of this genus, H. Jatreil/ei, Casteln. from Madagascar, has so far been recorded, and nothing I believe is known of its habits beyond what may be surmised from its simple claws, Tring HELLUONINI. MACROCHILUS APPROXIMUS, Pér. and M. porsatis, Klug. These are closely allied species, doubtfully distinct from one another. The example of M/. approximus in my collection is larger than J. dorsalis, agreeing in this respect with the dimensions given by Dr. Péringuey in “Catalogue of Coleoptera of S. Africa” (1896)*, page 167. M. dorsalis, Klug. is there recorded from Cape Town only. In the Munich Catalogue its habitat is given as Jndia orientalis, which Dr. Péringuey considers erroneous. The two examples (one of each species) were taken at Malvern, Natal; JM. dorsalis at light in October, 1913, and J. approximus under stone on 16th October, 1908. Many species of this genus appear to have a wide range, but to the best of my knowledge are infrequently met with. MACROCHILUS VARIANS, Pér., var. ? A single example received from the Rev. J. A. O’Neil, on loan, who captured it at Salisbury, Rhodesia, 22nd December, 1917. It agrees in all essential points of shape and sculpture with Dr. Péringuey’s description, except that no mention is made of the broad medial longitudinal groove to the prothorax, and its very fine central line. In details of coloration the species shows considerable differentiation. Dr. Péringuey mentions having two examples before him “in one of which the elytra are concolorous and in the other there is a yellowish red band beginning near the base and extending, on the fourth and fifth intervals, to a short distance from the median part of the disk.” The * Trans. S, Afr. Phil. Soc. VII, by C. N. Barker. 103 size of the humeral patch can therefore be safely estimated as a very variable factor. In the specimen before me, the shoulder patch extends from the base to below middle, and covers at its widest part the intervals 3 to 7, and is longest on the fifth and sixth intervals. The heid and metasternum are not wholly black. The former is reddish from near vertex to base and the latter is wholly red. It is also fairly densely pubescent; the pubescence of the elytra rather long and decumbent. Length 10} mm., width 33 mm. PLANETES QUADRICOLLIS, Chaud., var. The single example belonging to the collection has been submitted to Dr. Péringuey (September, 1918), who has compared it with typical “‘guadricollis,” and considers it a melanic variety of this species. He adds that the dorsal patch of P. gwadricollis is very evanescent. It was taken at the electric lights, Durban, by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley in the summer of 1907-8. Trine BRACHININI. The Brachinini, though homogeneous as a group, are extremely difficult to determine specifically, on account of the great variability and the evanescent nature of their patterns. The genus Pherosophus is particularly difficult on this account, and with further knowledge many of those at present recognised as species will probably be sunk as synonyms. The examination of the genitalia of large series may afford some guidance later in their determination, though I have no personal evidence as to its reliability in this group. Two of the commonest species of Pherosophus in the Natal coast regions are P. fastidiatus, L. and P. capensis, Chaud. These two species, and varieties graduating from the one to the other, are frequently found together, sometimes quite gregariously, under the same stone or shelter. The elytral markings vary from large to the smallest traces, and the ground colour from yellow to deep red. The sculpture varies but little, and these slight modifications bear no relationship to the colour or pattern of the insects. It is, therefore, with some hesitation that I venture to add yet another species to this difficult genus. There are, however, in the following form some distinctive points that I have not met with in any other species of the genus with which I am conversant. 104 South African Beetles PHEROSOPHUS UBOMBOENSIS, Sp. Nov. Head, prothorax, legs and underneath (except the abdomen which is more or less infuscated) dull yellow. The prothorax is margined with black exactly as in P. bohemani, Chaud. and the knees are infuscated. Elytra black, with a broad marginal band, commencing in a humeral spot and extending to the outer apical angle. The black ground immediately above the apex shades off into brownish ; the tips of the coste pallid. - roe BINDS Hs toe y pace ter are Si, Oe 7 Nr Nei per ten 5 \ . a < ree - SS ail ME wr ue 3 a “ % a A ais veterrene navn arste dO Me oer aay Fethas i x ahs ewe 2 cod Me MACH e 70 2 nttyregacie ll % Neco ccsngpncteOe oe ; ¥ ee 5 ile i 4 ~ r < # wr f 5 % ‘ Xe 4 Pa re J B ys ’ on ont? y f ; ee wp Lone es ea Pins Spare ek y nie vi m f alae cat ee a re. Pa fy we oo U es 7 ¢ s Ny % ee oi S &f ae =e ~ pn, Cate 9) al i “yp - oe it aa Nai Fiat ‘ ee ee ; Oy “ny } aa a se rr en ie ae eae “nang ; 3 ae so a wring, aff Rees x eee aiatrtad yy g Ms eigen John Singleton & Sons lith. T. R. R. Stebbing del, ALPHEUS GRACILIS, Heller, Car, a.s, by T. BR. R. Stebbing. 125 PLATE XIX. Alope australis, Baker. Front of carapace in dorsal aspect, and nearly in profile. Telson in dorsal view. Eye. First antenna. m., m., mx. 1, mxp. 2, mxp. 3. Mandibles, first maxilla, second maxilliped, and apical portion of the third. prp. 1, 2, 2,3. First perzeopod, second pair, dactyl of third (on higher scale), car, ats PLATE XX, Alpheus gracilis, Heller. Carapace in lateral view, and front in dorsal aspect. Dorsal aspect of telson. oc., a.s., a.i. Eye, first and second antennz, the flagella incomplete. m., m., mxp. 3. Mandibles, and (on lower scale) the third maxilliped. prp. 1, 1, 2, 3,4, First pair of perzeopods; one of second, with further magnification of the wrist and chela; and the third and fourth perzeopods, XIII.—A South African Elephant from the Addo Bush, by E. C. Chubb, Curator, Durban Museum. Wirn Puates XXII and XXII. i 1917, the Durban Museum received by exchange with the Port Elizabeth Museum the skin of a male elephant which had been killed a short time previously at the Addo Bush. The mounting of it was completed a few months ago, and it is now on exhibition in the Mammal Room. Elephants have been preserved for some years past at Knysna and Addo Bush in Cape Colony, while South of the Zambesi River they still exist in a wild state in parts of Southern Rhodesia aud Portuguese East Africa, and possibly also in Ovamboland, South West Africa. A solitary male existed in Zululand until February, 1916, when it was shot by a Native. Its skeleton is now to be seen in the Museum at Pietermaritzburg. Considerable interest has been aroused of late in the elephants at the Addo Bush on account of their threatened destruction. Through scarcity of water in the Reserve, the elephants are prone to break out and make their way to the dams on farms in the vicinity, causing damage to property and danger to life. The farmers consequently petitioned the Cape Provincial Council for their extermination, or alternatively, to devise some means of rendering them harmless. A select committee was accordingly appointed, which in due course presented its report to the Provincial Council. It is satisfactory to note that Government is fully alive to the fact that the extermination of these elephants, which constitute but a small survival of the great numbers which less than a century ago roamed over a large part of South Africa, would be viewed as nothing short of a great calamity by zoologists throughout the world. Paragraph 5 of the report reads as follows :—‘*‘ Your Committee is extremely averse to recommending extermination. The South African elephant now apparently restricted to a small remnant in the Knysna forests, and to those in the Addo Bush, while not specifically distinct from the Central Africa elephant, does constitute a distinct variety, the extinction of which would be a loss to the world. The deliberate extermination of these elephants would upon grounds of deeply felt general sentiment, (126) 2 —————E—eee eS by E. C. Chubb. 127 and in the interests of science be received by not only very high and influential circles in South Africa but by the general feeling of the civilised world with condemnation as a step reflecting no credit upon South Africa.” The recommendations of the Committee are summed up in the following words in paragraph 11 :-—“If, as your Committee believes, the preservation of the animals is a national matter, the Union Government should be invited to undertake the task. If it should not see its way to do so, your Committee can only express its conviction, which it does with the most extreme regret, that there is no alternative but extermination.” As far as the writer is aware, no decision has been arrived at yet. In a paper published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London” for 1907, p. 380, Mr. R. Lydekker endeavours to show that the African elephant, Elephas africanus, Blum, may be divided into a number of local races, relying mainly upon the form and size of the ear as a character for their differentiation. He recognises no less than twelve sub-species, three of which are allocated to South Africa viz.: Hlephas a. capensis, Cuv. of Eastern Cape Colony, /. a. toxotis, Lyd. of Western Cape Colony, including the Knysna Forest, and E. a. selousi, Lyd. of Mashonaland. One or two further sub-species have been described since. In the course of the paper referred to, Mr. Lydekker remarks upon the scarcity in museums of complete stuffed specimens or even mounted heads. No excuse, therefore, is needed for the publication of illustra- tions and particulars regarding the recently acquired Durban Museum elephant, and I shall take the opportunity of showing to what extent it agrees with Mr. Lydekker’s contentions. The Addo Bush elephants are referred by Mr. Lydekker to the Eastern Cape race, 2. a capensis, Cuv. (the type locality of which was the Upper Orange River district), on the evidence of photographs of the heads of specimens in the Grahamstown Museum. This race is said to be characterised by the large size of the ears, their somewhat square shape, with rounded corners and a small, distinct, sharply pointed angular lappet in front; also the fact that the forehead falls away towards the temples, so as to appear highly arched. Proportion- ately short fore-legs, the horizontal position of the ventral line of the body, and the presence of a dense coat of hair on many parts of the body, are also said to be characteristic of elephants from the Addo Bush. No dimensions were furnished of the ears of the two elephants from the Addo Bush referred to by Mr. Lydekker, but a photograph of one of them appears on page 383, and he quotes the measurements given by 128 A South African Elephant. Livingstone of the ear of a female standing 8 feet 8 inches, which are 4 feet 5 inches in vertical depth and 4 feet in horizontal depth, and says that ‘“ while indicating the large size of the ears characteristic of South African elephants generally, these dimenstions are suggestive of the Addo Bush type. The Durban Museum specimen although an immature male is said by Mr. F. W. FitzSimons, the Director of the Port Elizabeth Museum, to have been the leader of a herd, and to be the finest elephant obtain- able there. The exposed portions of the tusks measure 3 feet 2 inches in length, and the greatest circumference is 11} inches. The measurements taken immediately after death are as follows: height at shoulders 9 feet 9 inches, girth 14 feet, length from between the eyes to root of tail 9 feet 5 inches, girth of hind-leg at thinnest part 34 inches, girth of fore-leg at thinnest part 40 inches. As will be seen from the photographs on plates xxi and xxii, the ear is by no means square. It measures 3 feet 10 inches in depth as mounted, but there is a flap at the top of 7 inches, hanging down behind, making it 4 feet 5 inches in total vertical depth: the width is 2 feet 7 inches. It will be noted that although the vertical depth agrees exactly with Livingstone’s measurement, the width, or horizontal depth as he calls it, is considerably less. The ventral line of the body is very far from horizontal. The whole skin is scantily covered with short hair, which is thicker under the chin and around the entrance to the ear, where it is also longer. One cannot resist being forced to the conclusion that this splitting of the African elephant into so many local races has been done upon insufficient material. Not only so, but the character chiefly used is to a great extent unreliable in stuffed specimens, for anyone intimately acquainted with the art of taxidermy will understand that, when properly relaxed and thinned down, the skin of a large animal, in the hands of a taxidermist is like clay in the hands of a potter. And the ears of a elephant can be stretched enormously or, on the other hand, allowed to shrink to very much less than their original size, while their ultimate form is not necessarily the natural shape, but what the taxidermist conceives it to be. JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate X XI. MALE ELEPHANT FROM ADDO BUSH. ‘ Annals Durban Museum, Vol II. Plate XXII. EAR OF ADDO BUSH ELEPHANT. Front view. is Era “i Natal Marine Fishes a by: Messrs. Giucurist & ‘Tuompson. tia j / oh ¥; ? va I, Part 2 Published 25th July 1917. Price 5/- nett. XXIL “Malacostraca of uehan n Bay byt. R.R. Srepnixa, (Plates XXII & XXIII). XXII —Melanic Aberrations of Butter flies, ae ¢. N. BARKER. (Plates XXIV. Pee via ee ak XXV). Neri XXIV: — Additions to the Fish 3 Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rucan. k e XXV. —New Records of Natal Bees, by T. Loa CockERELL. Cy _XXVL —New South Meiecy Heterocera, by A. J. T. J ANSE. iy ¥ He Ae u, a is Pai 28th December, 1917. Price 5/- nett. ft I. —Malacostraca of Natal, by T. R. R. STEBBING. (Plates I-V1). i fee — Varieties of Papilio d. cenea, by C. N. Winiugs (Plate VII). “TIL. Ne ew Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. COCKERELL. ) Vol. IH, Part 2. Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett. : ‘ TV.—Some Crustacea of Natali, by T. R. R. Sreppine. (Plates VIII—XII). 4 ‘ ; ae lng SS mivttien Additions, to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Recay. Ds ANG, ove Some apparently undeseribed Beuaann from 8S. Africa, by A. J. T. JANsE. o o , vat —Some Observations upon Whales by E. C, Cuuse. (Plates XITI-XV1I), VIL —Some Reeords Wh Predaceous Insects and Their seh by C. N. Barger. cat es | Obtainable eee any South African bookseller Nike or from Mesers. William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents, Ni Tg Essec Street, Strand, London. Vane ¢ ue} Thy" * 7 hp , ae) * Pye * A Ls BD” va CONTENTS. les XL—A eS Bee a ae atal, by T. ohn pense i y XIL ‘ead Geshe of Natal, ‘by bas Rev. . R. R, ‘Sraparxe. _ (Plates sl tac Fae a fa RRR aL ( \ va XIII, OK South African Hlephant ona the Addo , Bosh, E. C. Cause bea XXI and RAE, can ‘ VOL. Il. DURBAN MUSEUM (ee a EDITED BY THE CURATOR, S a Z EK. C. CHUBB. NY x tt. Chee Y #€2o) mnsod™ Issued 20th October, 1919. PRICE: 5/-: NETT.).> Prinvep BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE DuRBAN Museum. if - Contents of previous issues. eat ih Vol. 1, Part 1. Published 1st June, 1914 Price a net ao Ad —On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. Brapy. (Plates ELV). tent : i ee . sigh Bois Pena MMM Ay, °F TI.—On Bottlenose Porpoises ( Tursiops ‘ by F. W. TRUE. ou) ani a tf a AAS: Se Ne III.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy. ‘(Plates % md VD. ee IV.—Descriptions of South African Birds’ Eggs, PY E, ©. Cuvzs. ee vy, a aise Vol. 1, Part 2. Published 15th May, 1915. Price Ble atatt' gs 4 & Nae V.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate vith, Bee hae VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Joann Hewirr. ; qe: Hak VIT.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. 8. Brapy. (Plates IX-XIV): VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga, by KxLLoaa & FERRIS. (Plates: XV and XVI). 1X.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. Roussetpr! X.—List of Mosquitos, by F. W. Epwarps. : i =e i Vol. I, Part 3. Published 20th April, 1916. Price 5/-mett XI.—Fishes from Natal, collected by Mr. Rowen Rosinsoy, by C. Tare Rucan, XII.—Description of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BoULENGER, Rie is XIIt.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Ernest Warren, | (Plates XVIE-XX),_ XIV.—Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by T. D. A. COCKERELL. - XV.—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by JoHN Hewirv. XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by Sraniey Hirst. Sere Ny XVII.—Mallophaga and Anoplura, with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris. — XVIIT.—Note on Glossina brandoni and Danais petiverana, by E. C. Cause. a i X1X.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs. Gurcurisr & THomPson. N f | f # ay (continued on third page of cover). = “4 Obtainable through any S. African bookseller q i, a ‘ or from Méssrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole European apes te 28 Essex Street, Strand, London. Ba ea ane f r ne XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of the Sperm Whale (PHYSETER MACROCEPHALUS) based upon an examination of two additional Fetus, by Frank E. Beddard, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. With Piuate XXIII. (Ee present communication is a continuation of an earlier Memoir* published in this Journal in 1915. Since then, Mr. Chubb has been so very kind as to entrust to me two feetust, both of which are much smaller than that which I originally described. This has given me the opportunity of adding some further facts to the kngwn natural history of this Cetacean, and I have also taken the chance thus offered of making a more comparative study of the growth of this whale than was possible in my earlier paper, when only one, and that a very much larger foetus, was known to zoologists—in addition of course to that which I myself described. In that earlier paper, however, I did not refer to a short account by Prof. Kiikenthal of a comparatively young foetus, but only to that dealt with} by Messrs. Pouchet & Beauregard. Kiikenthal’s paper§ had not reached my hands until my own notes upon the fostal Cachalot had been despatched to Durban. The foetus dealt with by Kiikenthal was only studied by him with reference to its external characters, and it is represented in his memoir by a considerably reduced, but still large, figure, in which most of the details are indicated ; other figures are included on one of his plates which will be duly referred to in the proper place. The specimen in question was 740 mm. in total length, ie. about thirty inches; it is thus considerably smaller than the feetus originally treated of by myself in this Journal], which has a total length of only twenty inches, * Ann. Durban Mus., Vol. I, pt. 2, 15th May, 1915, p. 107. + Of them the smaller was presented to the Durban Museum by the Premier Whaling Co. and the other by the Union Whaling Co. t Nouv. Arch. Mus. (38), IV, p. 24. The authors of this paper, however, speak of a much smaller fetus (80 em.) of which they give no figures or description—save only of the developing teeth (ib. [3] I, p. 84). § Jen. Zeitschr., LI, 1914, p. 84. This paper deals with a number of fcetal whales including one example of a Cachalot. | loc. cit. (129) Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 4, issued 20th October, 1919, Ore 18) ) 130 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fotus according both to my own measurements and to those of Mr. Chubb (in litt.). This being the case it is remarkable perhaps to note in Prof. Kiikenthal’s figure a more strongly marked likeness to the usual dolphin form as evidenced not only by the proportions of head to trunk but by the form of the head. This likeness is duly noted by the author. One would imagine that likenesses to the more generalised Cetacean shape and proportions would be more apparent in the younger and die away in the older fetus. This resemblance is, however, as I believe, deceptive, and meiely due to the state of preservation of the actual specimen. It will be noted that it les mainly in the form of the head ; there is in Prof. Kiikenthal’s embryo more of a snout as contrasting with the rest of the head than in both of the smaller fcetus described in the present paper, and in the earlier one examined by myself. The line of the head at first rises abruptly as in the three younger fetus but then forms a sloping forehead gradually rising to its greatest altitude. In the two largest foetus in my possession, and even in the youngest to some extent, there is not so marked a slope. The outline is more that of the adult Cachalot. I imagine, however, from my examination of my own feetus that this is simply due to the collapse, by contraction, of the oil containing upper half of the head, more distinct in the older than in the younger specimens. Tue Heap. Of the two foetus which I describe in the present communication figures are given on Plate XXIII which may be compared with that of the older fcetus formerly described by me* and with that of Kiikenthal just referred to.; Several differences in general outline are at once apparent on a comparison of these several figures. The younger fcetus have the head either slightly bent downwards or very markedly so in the youngest of the series. The characteristic form of the adult Cetacean, already arrived at in the feetus measuring 20 inches, and naturally also in the larger one studied by Prof. Kukenthal, is not quite established in the two younger specimens, and least of all in the youngest, where the long axis of the head is at right angles, or nearly so, to the long axis of the trunk. It is important to notice, however, how very early this coincidence of the long axis of the head and trunk is established in this Cetacean. In whales generally the * This Journal, t.c., Pl. VIII, fig. 1. jelOcacite ulate nie by Frank EF. Beddard. 13i likeness to the adult in this particular is soon formed in the course of development. But there are differences in different genera of which I shall not attempt an exhaustive analysis. I may point out, however, that in the Dolphin Lagenorhynchus acutus, Guldberg & Nansen figure* feetus of 110 mm. and 170 mm., in which, respectively, the head was either bent or in the same straight line with the body. Thus in comparing the sizes of this dolphin and Physeter macrocephalus, it becomes clear that the adult form is attained at a considerably earlier age in the Sperm Whale. Salenoptera borealis is another example which agrees with the Dolphin referred to, and not with the Sperm Whale. For a fetus of this whale, which reaches in the adult condition a length of 50 feet or exceptionally} even rather more, the foetus has the head bent down at a length of 15 inches. It does not therefore acquire the adult condition in this respect until a later date than is seen to be the case in Physeter macrocephalus. On the other hand, the remarkable series of MJegaptera embryos described by Kikenthal seem to show that this Cetacean rather resembles Physeter than its nearer allies. So, at any rate, I judge from the figures and measurements of two fetus at, or near, the critical age which demonstrate the change under discussion. For in an embryo? of about 34 inches in length the head was set at quite a right angle to the long axis of the body, while in one of about twice that length the head was very nearly in the same straight line with the body. More detailed comparisons are unnecessary to accentuate this general similarity between the two remotely allied genera in the particular under discussion, which is therefore clearly of but little systematic importance. A second important feature in which the two new feetus may be compared with the older feetus concerns the proportion of the head to the trunk. ‘The actual measurements which I made of the two fetus are as follows : Smaller foetus, total length 114 mm. (= 44 inches about) ; head 32 mm. Larger feetus, total length 241 mm.; length of head 65 mm. * On the Development and Structure of the Whale. Pt.1. On the Develop- ment of the Dolphin, Bergen’s Mus., 1894, Taf. III. figs. 1 and 2. + Monographs of the Pacific Cetacea. II, The Sei Whale (Balxnoptera borealis, Lesson). 1, History, Habits, ete., by R. C. Andrews, and 2, Anatomy of a Fetus of Balenoptera borealis by H. von W. Schulte. t Loe, cit., Taf. 2, fig. 20, showing a young embryo with head bent on body and fig. 21, an older embryo in which the head has nearly—if not quite— straightened out. 132 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus Thus in both cases the head is rather less than one-quarter of the total length of the body, a proportion which is also that of the older foetus which I examined, and furthermore of that examined by Kikenthal. I should mention that the measurements given above of the younger feetus are taken along the long axis of both head and body. The length if taken from snout to tail, without regarding the flexure of the head upon the trunk, is only 97 mm., which agrees with the measurements taken by Mr. Chubb, i.e. 4 inches. These proportions, as I have already pointed out in my earlier paper, are different from those of the adult Cachalot, where the head is about one-third of the total length of the animal. It is noteworthy, however, that although in these younger festus the head is not smaller than in the older foetus, their general aspect is distinctly less like that of the adult Sperm Whale than is the festus of 20 inches. This appears to me to be due to the fact that the top of the head is more sloping in the younger foetus and that the body is rather deeper in proportion to its length than in the older foetus. I shall now proceed to describe in greater detail the several features which characterise the two fetus which form the subject of the present communication. The younger of the two (Pl. XXIII, fig. 1) is seen from the right side and the general appearance can be gathered from the figure referred to. The head is bent down at an angle approaching a right angle. The length of the head is 32 mm. or about 1} inches. The great flexure of the head is shown by the fact that a line between the snout and the base of the flipper is only 22 mm. The side view of the head shows three features particularly worthy of comment. In the first place, the head rises abruptly in a straight line at right angles with the long axis of the head as in the other feetus and in the adult at times.* Secondly, attention may be drawn to the relatively large size of the eye, a feature which has been noted in other feetus of Whales, which seems to argue their descent from the more usual type of terrestrial mammal. Thirdly, the blow- hole and adjacent area is extremely obvious. EYE. With reference to the eye, its large size is seen to be due to the fact that the actual eye itself is more conspicuous than in the older feetus. * I have already commented upon the form of the head in the foetus and adult in my earlier paper and need not again enter into the matter. by Frank E. Beddard. 133 The pigment is to some extent visible through the not yet pigmented skin. And the size of the bulb is striking. In the other feetus no such view of the eye is to be obtained and only the slit between the lids is visible. The length of this slit is, in the small fcetus under discussion, 2°55 mm. ‘This length, although appearing to be minute, is really not so when we compare its proportions with that of the adult Cachalot. Hentschel* gives 9 cm. as this length and sees no reasons for distinguishing as to size between the right and left eye opening. The proportions are therefore in the large adult which Hentschel examined, 9 cm. to 1,740 cm., total length of the animal, i.e. very nearly one-two hundredth. In the feetus before me, the proportions are (after “straightening” the head) 2°5 to 114 mm., i.e. about one-fortyfifth. The difference is enormous, the foetus possessing what may be fairly termed a very large eye as compared with the adult. In the rather larger feetus, the eye slit remains at about the same proportionate size. Its length is 241 mm., and the length of the eye slit 5 mm., Le. one-fortyeighth. I may take this opportunity of mentioning that in the largest foetus of all those which are known to me through my own examination, the one recently described by me in this Journal, the eye has distinctly commenced to be proportionately reduced in size. In that foetal whale the total length is 500 mm. and the eye slit only 7 mm., which is therefore but one-seventy-first of the total lensth of the animal. JI may also take this opportunity of referring to the alleged asymmetry in the eyes of this Cetacean, which Hentschel denies in the adult, but which has been affirmed. — In the largest foetus, where the considerable length of the eye slit renders measurements easier, and thus more reliable for minute comparison, I found that both right and left eye slits were exactly 7 mm. in length. It may be perhaps permissible to refer to another difference between the two eyes of this the oldest foetus, which may have a hearing upon the questions just dealt with. On the left side only, the eye slit was continued anteriorly by a much shallower groove upon the skin. Whether this can be looked upon as a trace of a formerly larger eye or not there is no other evidence to prove or disprove. ‘here is no doubt, however, about the fact thus briefly described. It should be noted, however, that furrows in the skin of an alcohol preserved animal with a smooth skin like this foetus, as might be expected, occur elsewhere and are thus not impossibilities in a giyen situation quite apart from any meaning to be attached to their occurrence. * Zool. Anz. Bd. XXXVI, 1910, p. 417. 134 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus BLoWHOLE. The obvious character of the blowhole of the smallest foetus, as shown in Pl. XXIII, fig. 1, is by no means shared by the two older specimens. In the former, the tissues surrounding the orifice project considerably from the level of the general body surface, just at the angle which the straight “forehead” makes with the upper surface of the head. ‘This is quite well shown on Plate XXIII, and almost suggests the snout of a dog or other terrestrial animal. ‘The accom- panying text-figures (figs. 1-4) represent this region of the head in more magnified views. When examined thus more closely, there is a distinct nasal projection to be seen raised above the general surface. The bulk of this is seen (text-figs. 3, 4) to lie on the right side. When viewed from the upper surface this projection is seen also to be more conspicuous on the right side of the head. It is here to be noted that it projects further forward. In neither of the two remaining foetus have I been able to observe any corresponding elevation of the skin. It isa point, perhaps, which requires settlement by observations upon the fresh foetus before preservation. In my earlier paper I have described and figured the apparent rudiment of a right blowhole forming a more or less continuous furrow with the more obvious and only permanent blowhole of the adult. This state of affairs is also to be seen in the young foetus now under description. The outline of the furrow is also much the same. The deep left blowhole shallows suddenly but is still, though very faintly,* directed forward gradually altering its direction until it passes in a more backward direction, where it again becomes deeper, the entire groove having ‘thus much the shape that it has in the feetus already described by me. Figs. 1, 2, show the two sides of the head; the nostril on the right is distinctly shorter and straighter than the crescentic left nostril. It will be noted that the concavity of the entire blowhole furrow is directed as in the Rorquals, and not forwards as in the Delphinide and Mesoplodon. It is important to note that the convexity is also directed anteriorly in the ally of Physeter, Cogia (Huphysetes). In the latter whale the blowhole has lately been figured by Prof. Benham ; * So faintly indeed that the median region may be regarded as partly defective. + Proc. Zool. Soc.. 1901, p. 109, pl. VIII, figs. 1,2, v. Haast, in the same species, according to some—though others agree with this author in his description of it as new (Proc. Zool. Soe., 1874, p. 260) under the name of Euphysetes pottsi, states that the single blowhole measures two inches, of which half inch is on the right side and the much larger half on the left side of the median line of the head. ‘There is thus, as it would appear, a closer likeness to the embryo Physeter. by Frank E. Beddard. 135 TrExt-Figs. 1—4. L YOUNGER Fearus. Right side of head. The right half of the blowhole is to be noted and the prominent area upon which this is placed. Left side of head. The left region of the blowhole is seen to stop short just before the median line of the snout. It is really continued into the right half by a very shallow funnel in the median area of the snout. Head viewed from the dorsal aspect showing the sharp narrowing into the snout and the projection of the lower jaw beyond the upper, The two halves of the blowhole are seen upon the nasal prominence; they are separated by a short and very shallow furrow. The curved left half as compared with the straighter right half of the blowhole is also to be noted. Front view of head. BL. = blowhole (in this figure and in 3). 136 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fotus and in his figure it is to be seen that, although the blowhole lies upon the left side of the head and is thus asymmetrical, as in the adult Physeter, the line of the furrow just crosses over the median line of the head, and, furthermore, there is a division in the actual orifice between a larger left and a minute right aperture. Both these, however, occur in the same continuous furrow and there is no hint of two completely separated blowholes. It must be remembered, however, that in other toothed whales the single orifice, although originally double, are very early fused into a single opening. — It is, therefore, perhaps not to be expected that an actual separation of the two halves of the blowhole could be found in so comparatively old a foetus as even the youngest of those which I have examined. But although there is no separation, it seemed to me that the furrow representing the future blowhole, admittedly deeper on the left side than in the median region of the “nose,” where it was continuous over to the right side, again became deeper on the right side. ‘This matter, however, must be left until the blowhole in all three foetus have been compared. In the intermediate foetus, measuring ten inches or so in length, the blowhole is extremely conspicuous and easy to study. It appears indeed to have been partly everted since the dorsal and ventral lips are quite wide apart. The general direction of the cleft is almost at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the head and is much at the same angle as in the youngest feetus. On the other hand, in the foetus of 20 inches, as I have already described, the left blowhole has moved so as to be much more parallel to the long axis of the head. The change of position is very marked; and in the oldest feetus it has nearly, if not quite, gained the relations which it shows in the adult. The form of this slit-like orifice in both these feetus has certainly acquired the characteristic / shape of the adult Physeter macrocephalus. The proportionate length is more nearly acquired in the feetus of 20 inches than in that of 10 inches. In the adult Physeter, according to measurements of Hentschel*, the blowhole is 50 em., while the length of the whale itself is 1,740 cm., the proportions being thus 1:35. In the older fcetus at my disposal the blowhole measured 15 mm. in a straight line not allowing for the curves, giving therefore a proportion of 1:33, while in the smaller foetus of ten inches the length of the blowhole was 11 mm., giving the proportions of only 1:22. In my already quoted paper upon the older foetus IT have given the length of the left blowhole as 17 mm. but this allowed (I presume) for the curvature of the same. So much then for * Zool. Anz. t. cit. by Frank E. Beddard. 137 the shape, size, and proportions of the left complete blowhole in the two older foetus. We now come to the evidence of the original double character of both. While the small foetus shows clear evidence of a double (right as well as left) blowhole, there is very slight evidence of this in the middle sized foetus. The single blowhole in fact reaches but a a short way on to the right side. It is to be noted, therefore, that the peculiar ,/ shape of the left blowhole in the older feetus and in the adult indicate, by the anterior curve of the slit, the former presence of a second blowhole; it is precisely this lower region of the blowhole which appears to be really a vestige of the otherwise missing right slit. There is, however, in the foetus of ten inches nothing further to be observed in the way of a prolongation on to the right side. On again scrutinizing carefully the blowhole in the largest foetus, which I have figured on p. 113 of the memoir already quoted, I can find no fault with the drawing which was made under my supervision. But on showing the actual fcetus to a colleague, it was suggested that the alleged right blowhole of that figure was merely a crack in the skin such as un- doubtedly occur in this foetus and to which reference has already been made in the case of the eye. This may be the case with this other organ too; but the matter is difficult to decide. In favour of this suggestion is the certain absence of a conspicuous right blowhole in the intermediate sized foetus. Against it, the undoubted presence of a similar furrow in the youngest embryo whose skin was nowhere furrowed accidentally. Indeed, I think that no one will hesitate to allow that in this youngest foetus there is plain evidence of two separate or nearly separate nostrils which are inequisized, the right being actually the longer, and which are only slightly connected in front by a very shallow furrow. However the matter is to be looked at, there are evidently missing stages in the development of the nostrils culminating in the,/ shaped organ of the adult animal. ‘There are, as I think, two possible views which are now to be considered. As already mentioned, the, as it would appear, decidedly single blowhole of the individual of ten inches in length has the form of that of the adult whale. When it is closely examined and the two lips of the slit divaricated, a kind of septum or projecting pad is seen to divide it into two fairly equal parts. I take this projection to be the septum described and figured by Prof. Benham in the Pygmy Sperm Whale Euphysetes.* The same structure is also figured by Dr. Muriety * Proc. Zool. Soc., 1901, Pl. VIII, figs. 1, 2. + On the Organisation of the Caaing Whale, Globicephalus melas, Trans, Zool. Soc, VII, Pl. XXXII, fig, 27, Sp. 138 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus in the Caaing Whale. If this identification is correct there would appear to be no vestige in this foetus of a separate right nostril. There is here but one orifice, which is, without question, on the left side. It is a further conclusion that in an older fetus still (that of 20 inches) there is still less reason for the persistence of a right TExtT-Fies. 5-7. OLDER Ferus. 5. Left side of head. The conspicuousness of the eye is somewhat exaggerated. 6. Head viewed fromabove. The folds of the partly collapsed upper surface are to be noted, 7. Front view of anterior region of head showing the blowhole. The latter appears to be in the middle, but the whole region is slightly pressed over to the right. by Frank E. Beddard. 139 blowhole, so that the alleged rudiment of the right orifice in that feetus is without such significance and a mere skin furrow of no meaning. On this view there is but one external orifice, divided from the very first by a septum. I believe, however, that this is incorrect. The right blowhole of the youngest feetus cannot be ignored. In this foetus the right blowhole is already smaller on the right side of the head (figs. 1, 2) than that of the left side on the left, and it is also in the form of a straight line, while the left blowhole is crescentic, the concavity being downwards. Obliterate still further the right hand section of the entire area of the formation of the blowholes, leaving the median portion attached to the anterior extremity of the left blowhole, which would naturally curve to the right and later on upwards, and the / shaped left blowhole of the adult is acquired. The median septum would then represent the shallow furrow of the youngest foetus connecting the two nostrils. But, as already mentioned, I have no stages to show that this course has been taken. We might therefore regard the apparent right blowhole of the oldest foetus as an exceptional remainder; and it will be noted that it is straight in direction in contrast with the curved left blowhole. ‘This is what we find also in the youngest feetus. Lower JAW AND SOME OTHER FEATURES OF THE Heap. Another feature characteristic of the smallest foetus, which is, however, very transitory, is evident in fig. 1 of Plate XXIII. This is the extension of the lower jaw beyond the upper, and the fact that it is rather bent down at the free extremity. There is no trace of such extension in the next oldest fctus, the lower jaw of which is roughly equal in length to the upper jaw. It might appear possible to make some comparison of this fact with the conditions obtaining in the adult Lerardius, and others of the Ziphiid whales, where the prominent lower jaw is figured, for instance, by True*, especially when the projecting lower jaw of Megapteray is seen to be plainly indicated in the young fetus. I may also remark that in this fetus and the older ones the line of the mouth is faintly prolonged by a shallow furrow on the skin some way beyond, and of course below, the * An Account of the Beaked Whales of the Family Ziphiidz, etc., Smiths. Inst. U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull., 78, Pl. 42, fig. 3; and of Ziphius, Pl. 41, fig. 4. + Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), British Antarctic Exped., 1910, Nat. Hist. Rep. Zoology, Vol. I, no. 3. Cetacea by D. G. Lillie, Pl. I and Pl. IV, fig. 4. This character, however, is hardly or not at all shown in the figures of Kiikenthal (loe. cit.), 140 Anatomy of Sperm Whale. Fetus eye. This character has been noted by Schulte in the embryo of a rorqual, who points out its ‘‘remote and specious resemblance to that of the sauropside embryo.” It is at any rate not without interest to find that this character is to be found in two whales so far apart, as are Physeter and Balcenoptera, in the scheme of the Cetacea. The Plate shows this continuing line in the two youngest embryos, but it is not so pronounced as the figures given by Schulte*. | Hentschel? has given an elaborate mapping of no less than seven throat grooves in the adult Cachalot. Of these, two are especially pronounced, and have been described as the only ones by other observers. I have already mentioned that I can find no such throat furrows in the older feetus reported upon by myself in this Journal. I have carefully inspected the two new feetus dealt with in the present communication and can find in them no trace of any such grooves. It seems clear, therefore, that this character is one of late appearance. A final point with reference to the head is the general shape of the same when seen from above. I have described and figured that of the oldest of the three foetus in my former memoir in this Journal. I have now to point out that the ten-inch feetus of the present communication shows no differences from the older one. In the smallest fetus, however, the head, when seen from above, as is represented in the accompanying illustration (fig. 3), is rather different. I have already dealt with the nasal prominence to be seen on that aspect and to the line of the nasal furrows. There is, furthermore, a great contrast between the head generally and the fore-part of the same. It suddenly narrows a little way in front of the nasal prominence to form what looks like a beak in this aspect. The contours, when seen from above, are much like those of a sharp beaked dolphin, and the diameter of the beak is only some 4 mm., as contrasted with 10 mm. or so at the middle of the head. It is thus a stage lower than the two more mature foetus which are themselves intermediate between the smallest feetus and the adult whale, where the diminution in breadth of the head anteriorly is quite gradual, as shown, for instance, in Hentschel’s figure of the same. } The upper surface of the head of this small embryo is smooth and rounded, suggesting a bird’s head. The older feetus on the other hand is much folded longitudinally into a few thick folds (see fig. 6), which seem to be responsible for the slope of the head upwards * loc. cit., figs. 1, 2. p. 400. + Zool, Anz., Bd. XXXVI, 1910, p. 422, fi t Zool. Anz., t. cit., p. 418, fig. 1. iz oh By by Frank E. Beddard. 141 posteriorly, a feature not shown in the older foetus which, as I have figured it, is almost straight on the upper surface. I believe this to be due merely to collapse of the soft spermaceti containing head. I have little doubt that the same state of affairs accounts for the shape of the head in the feetus examined by Kiikenthal which, being older, should be straight on the surface like my oldest fcetus. THe Trunk. We shall now proceed to consider and compare the trunk of the two feetus. ‘The following measurements apply to the two fetus described in the present paper. (1) Foetus of 44 inches. (2) Foetus of 94 inches. Tip of lower jaw to front edge of umbilicus (in a straight line) - 47 mm. 115 mm. Front edge of umbilicus to end of tail 57 mm. 123 mm. Front edge of umbilicus to anus = 22 mm. D4 mm. Anus to end of tail - = = 35 mm. 75 mm Tt will be noticed that the above measurements are not always exactly and collectively equal to the total measurements of the feetus given above. It is difficult to be exact; but it will be seen that there are no great discrepancies. These measurements bring out the ies TRxT-FIG. Youncer Farus. Lateral view of posterior part of body. U.C. = umbilicus (cut off in the specimen, but restored to emphasise its position with reference to other parts). P: = penis, *A’ = anus. 142 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus fact that there are no great disproportions between the two fcetus The umbilicus is fairly exactly in the middle of the body. The length of the tail region is a little less than one-third of the total length of the animal. But the tail is proportionately rather shorter in the older foetus. The interest of this fact is that in the adult Cachalot, according to the measurements of Hentschel* (total length of whale 1,740 cm., anus to tail end 512 cm.), the proportionate length of the tail region is still less. This is doubtless due to the great increase in the size of the head in passing from foetal to adult life upon which we have already commented. The navel of the adult is also pretty nearly exactly in the middle of the length of the body (measured along the ventral side). TExT-FIG. 9, OupeEeR Fearus. Side view of posterior part of body. D.F. = dorsal fin, + = notch of unknown significance. M.G = mammary groove. Other letters as in fig. 8. I think that a comparison of the two figures on Plate XXIII with fig. 1 on Plate VIII of my memoir upon the older fetus shows that the two younger—and especially the youngest—fotus may be said to possess a distinct “neck,” which has disappeared in the oldest of the three. The existence of a neck in other whale foetus has been remarked upon, and it occasionally persists in the adult (for example Mesoplodon mirum). * Zool, Anz. loc. cit., p. 420. by Frank E. Beddard. 143 DorsaL Fin. In the fetus described by me in an earlier number of this journal, I found it difficult to differentiate the dorsal fin. This structure, however, is quite conspicuous in the two younger individuals whose characters I have more recently examined. It is very obvious in the larger of these two as a sharpish ridge 32 mm. in length, which begins and ends quite distinctly and hardly fades away into the general line of the back. It ends some way between the root of the penis and the umbilicus, nearer to the umbilicus, as can be ascertained on a lateral view, and as is just to be made out in the photograph on Plate X XII, Text-Fig. 10. YOUNGER Fatus. Tail showing dorsal surface. fig. 2 and (more clearly) in text-fig. 9, D.F. There is a slightly marked ridge, both in front and behind, which is smoother, not so sharp-edged to the touch and not so elevated. In the small fcetus the fin is also quite obvious, but not so clearly defined posteriorly. Its end is plain enough anteriorly and is seen to be at a point corresponding to about the middle of the penis on the ventral side; posteriorly it emerges into a sharp line which forms the back in this region and which suggests the conditions obtaining in other whales in the tail region. The fin itself and the back ridge near to it is crossed by a series of furrows quite narrow and at right angles 144 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus to it, thus dividing it into a series of ‘‘segments.” The ridge of the back in this youngest feetus runs to the very end of the body between . the flaps of the tail. And on the ventral surface there is in the posterior region of the body a sharp edge which similarly runs to the end of the tail. In the older fcetus, the ventral ridge alone reaches the very end of the tail; the dorsal ridge terminates about half way between the two flukes. As to the latter, the youngest foetus shows an embryonic condition of the tail flukes, indicating its youth, which has been noted in other whale fetus. It is represented in the accompanying figure (fig. 10). In the older fcetus the flukes (fig. 11) TeExt-FIG. 11. Oxuper Ferus. Tail fin. A, from ventral surface. B, from dorsal. have not yet attained to the proportions of the adult. As was the case with Hentschel, I could find no asymmetry in these flaps which has been asserted to exist. ANAL FIN. There are two remaining features about the tail which require mention. I think that it will be admitted from an inspection of Plate X XITI, fig. 1, and a comparison of that fignre with the corresponding one of by Frank E. Beddard. 145 the older fcetus upon the same plate and with my earlier illustration of a still older foetus, that the tail is more distinctly marked off from the body in the very young fcetus, thus emphasising the mammalian character, and not nearly so well marked in the older feetus, whence The second matter concerns an anal fin, the existence of which Kiikenthal they agree with the adult in possessing a fish-like symmetry. asserts and figures in the genus Megaptera*, quoting other authorities. Whether the ventral ridge which I have referred to above in the youngest foetus of the Cachalot is to be placed in this category or not I do not know. It might also be held that the “continuation ” of the dorsal fin which I have also referred to in that small foetus presents evidence of a former more extensive dorsal fin. | And in considering this possibility it must be borne in mind that in Delphinapterus, where the dorsal fin is absent in the adult whale, there is a distinct ridge in the festus which later in development disappears. GENITAL REGION. The fcetus described in my earlier paper is a female; the two dealt within the present communication are both males. In the larger of these latter the penis (see text-fig. 12) is directed backwards and lies with in the ventral gutter which terminates posteriorly with the anus. This is most suggestive of a cloaca. The length of the cloacal gutter is 6 mm. and the penis is a trifle shorter, not quite occupying the whole of the space available. The two mammary grooves are plainly visible, lying quite parallel to the gutter, rather nearer to the anterior end of the same, but extending back to the middle. These grooves measure, each of them, 2 mm. ‘They are thus one-third of the length of the cloacal groove. In the youngest feetus the arrangement of these various parts (see text-fig. 8) was different owing to the eversion of the gutter which was thus apparently a part of the penis, which latter is directed forwards and not backwards as in the older feetus. I could find here no mammary grooves; the distension of the genital region has perhaps temporarily obliterated them. In the larger female foetus formerly described by me the cloacal or vulvo-anal groove was 18 mm. in length; and it is noteworthy that the mammary grooves—in spite of the fact that the animal is a female—are 6 mm. in length and thus no longer proportionately than in the younger male animal. In both cases the * Jen. Zeitshr, Bd. LI. 146 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus length is one-third of the cloacal groove. Here, too, the mammary grooves are parallel with the cloacal groove. I lay stress upon this position since Kiikenthal represents the mammary grooves in his female foetus as lying at an oblique angle with the median genital groove. As, however, the adjacent areas are rather contorted in appearance in his figure, it is possible that this contortion—the result perhaps of contraction during preservation——has affected the mammary grooves. They are only 4 mm. long in this fetus and have thus a different proportion to those seen by myself. Text-Fig. 12. M.G, ee OLDER Farus. Ventral surface of cloacal region. M.G. = mammary groove of one side. 2 = pans, 25 = as, PECTORAL FINS. The position and general shape of the fore limbs can be understood from an inspection of Plate XXIII. The lower anterior border of the limb is longer than the upper ; it is also straighter—the upper border is a curve of nearly one-quarter of a circle. The two fins of the adult whale are stated by Hentschel to be strongly asymmetrical in shape and both are incidentally figured by him in illustration of this difference.* Furthermore, there is ascertainable from the measure- * loc. cit., figs. 1 and 8. by Frank E. Beddard. 147 ments given by that authority an asymmetry between the lengths of the fins of each side. I could detect no marked difference in form between the two fins of the younger of the two embryos studied by myself; but I find (see text-fig. 13) that the left fin of the larger feetus has a straighter lower border than the right fin. I also agree with Hentschel in finding some difference in size. As the matter depends upon very minute differences I obtained through the kindness of Miss TExtT-FIG. 13. 1S. OLDER Fartus. Right (B) and left (A) pectoral fins. This shows the slight asymmetry of the two. The outline of the digits, with the exception of the small pollex, are seen. The fifth longitudinal fold near the edge 6 does not represent a digit. Kathleen Lander, M.Se., Lond,. Acting Prosector of the Zoological Society, additional measurements to check those made by myself. In the youngest fetus I found the greatest length of the free region of the fore limb to be 12 mm. in the case of the right limb and 11 in the 148 Anatomy of Sperm Whale Fetus. case of the left. The corresponding measurements made by Miss Lander give 12 mm. for the right limb and 11:9 for the left. There is thus an agreement as to the fact that the right limb is rather, but very slightly, the larger. In the larger foetus the greatest length is 28-5 to 29-2 mm. and there is a cifference of only -7 mm. between the two sets of measurements. This only just affords a basis for differ- entiating the two limbs by their length. Indeed, the entire question does not seem to be capable of settlement by the facts at my disposal, especially when it is considered that, by an exact reliance upon the measurements, the older fcetus shows a faintly greater length of the lower margin of the fin as compared with the upper margin (measured in a straight line) as compared with the smaller feetus. The pro- portions of the paddle to the body length bear out what I mentioned in my earlier paper, viz., that while in the adult the fin is only one-tenth of the body length, the feetus has a relatively larger fin. I find that in the larger of the two described here the length is as much as 84 of the total length, much as in the older feetus first described by me. But in the youngest the fin is shorter, being 94. A longer series is clearly desirable. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. I. Plate XXIII. E C. Chubb, photo Butterworth PHYSETER MACKOCERHALUS Fig. 1. Foetus 435 in, in length. Fig. 2. Foetus 10in. in length. Plate XXIV to follow. bohg a e oe’ Slagle 2d y ; i? pepe 2 ye? i { aj ale - 5 “ , Tice a ¥ f ti Y ; a A p ’ xe Ne » A, \ ~ pi aye ; ' ee i * ie * a ‘ ‘ My ; 7 aa ‘ ft ’ > - iA * 4 y 1 n v , . f Lamy J ft j 4 i 7 4 bd ' pe ) iN ; { " j ; XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniide and their Larva, by Rev. J. A. O'Neil, S.J., F.E.S. Wirn Pratt XXIV. i no part of South Africa is the Family Saturniide more richly represented than in Southern Rhodesia. In the immediate neighbourhood of Salisbury alone, no fewer than twenty-eight different species have been found or bred from their larve, and I know of eleven others that have been captured in the Bulawayo, Gwelo, Hartley and Melsetter districts. Several of those that I have taken or bred at Salisbury are considered great rarities outside the territory, and the following notes on them and their larvee may prove of interest to collectors. I have included in the notes a crude and merely provisional description of three species that are probably new, and have pointed out in what respects the male (hitherto unknown) of the beautiful Nudaurelia carnegiei, described by Janse in these Annals last year,* differs from the female. With the exception of Lobobunea sp. nov. ?, Nudaurelia carnegiet and WV. arabella sub-sp. jacksont, all the Salisbury Saturniide are represented in the collection of the Durban Museum. IMBRASIA EPIMETHEA, Drury, sub-sp. ERTLI, Rebel. This is an abundant moth round Salisbury and on the Chilimanzi Reserve between Umvuma and Victoria; and I have seen numbers of the larve on their food-plant at Umtali. These caterpillars, which are gregarious, are known to the Mashonas as ‘‘ madora,” and are highly esteemed by them as an article of diet. They are found on two leguminous trees, Brachystegia randii and brachystegia sp. as many as two to three hundred being sometimes seen on a single tree. They are much parasitised by ichneumon flies and a great many fall victims to ants and other enemies when they leave the tree to go to earth, * Supra p. 78, (149) 150 Rhodesian Moths The moth is also common about Victoria (Fort Victoria, not Victoria Falls) and the Makaranga of the Victoria district call the caterpillar ‘“arati.” They eat it with as much avidity as the Mashonas about Salisbury do. Unlike all other large moths of the family Saturniide, this species rests with both wings erect and folded together. The caterpillar in the last two instars is black, very soft, and rather thickly covered with long white downy hairs. It usually pupates in March or April, and the moth as a rule emerges in November. I have known one or two instances in which the imago did not leave the pupa-case until the middle of February. The male of this Saturniid varies much in both size and colour. Small examples have a wing expanse of only 95 mm. or thereabouts, while large specimens expand as much as 135 mm. The ground- colour of both wings may be light greyish-buff, grey with a pink flush, tawny, or ochreous-red. The light markings of the fore-wing are white in the buff and grey specimens, light pink in the reddish examples. The female is much less variable in colour, the ground-colour of the fore-wing and very broad hind-marginal band of the hind-wing being nearly always chocolate-brown or reddish-chocolate. The white bands of both wings and white sub-apical patch of the fore-wing are much larger and better defined than in the male: the wing expanse ranges from 130 mm. to 145 mm. BUNA ALCINOE, Stoll. This widespread moth is extremely abundant in the Salisbury district, its conspicuous larve often completely denuding a tree (Cussonia spicata) with very large leaves. In this district both males and females are markedly variable in colour, some of the former being beautifully tinted with pink or lilac. The Mashonas call the cater- pillars “‘mashondjgwa” and devour them in great numbers. These caterpillars feed rapidly and are easy to rear, and bred specimens of the moth are usually as large as those that have fed in the open, expanding from 160 mm. to 175 mm. across the wings. A dwarf male, the pupa of which I kept in a hot, dry place, has a wing expanse of only 104 mm. and is of exceedingly light colour. Bunx#A HEROUM, Oberth. This very large and beautiful Buna is by no means uncommon around Salisbury, and I have heard of its occurrence at Victoria. by J. A. O'Neil. 15) Both sexes, the male especially, show great variability in the amount of white scaling on the wings. As the moth is little known in South Africa, a short description of the wing upper-side may be useful. Fore-wing. ” g Cape Town. 13 Pr me 3 race vivida, Boh. 9 Delagoa Bay. 14 » » 55 variety ¢ Cape Town, 15 55 ae A 35 2 Stellenbosch, Cape Province, 16 a ee a transitional to race clathrata, Déj. 9 Bechuanaland, Cape Province, PLATE XXVI. 1 Cicindela brevicollis, Wiedm., race clathrata, Dé}. ¢ Blue Cliff, Cape Prov. 2 aA An 3 a b Q Bothaville, O.F.S. 3 oF 3 an race vivida, Boh. ¢ Delagoa Bay, P.E.A. 4 a a », trace neglecta, Déj. ¢ Estcourt, Natal. 5 » ” a6 aS 33 3S Weenen, Natal. 6 9 9 39 AO a Q Pretoria, Transvaal. i ” » 39 50 39 ¢ Lydenburg, Transvaal. 8 56 56 >» race intermedia, Klug. ¢ Pinetown, Natal. 9 % 9 a3 50 a 2 ‘Mbogotwini River, 10 3 bertolontt, Horn. ¢ Inhambani, Lorenzo Marques. 11 9 59 see Beira. Lorenzo Marques. 12 bs a8 5,5 race fasciculicornis, Mihi. ¢ Gilletts, Natal. 13 9 » 50 39 a 5 fe) Johannesburg. 14 39 a5 “9 3 55 se dS Pinetown, Natal. 15 ” » AB Ph 3 4 Q Durban, Natal. 16 0 20 A a - = fe) Durban, Natal, Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XXV. Beetles of the Crczndela brevicollis group. Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate X XVI. Beetles of the Cictndela brevicollis group. a Smeets Sot ot) Bt t : . A i es Feil faith 4 = a A + ey fi = XVII.—Natal Bees by T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado. MorGANIA CHUBBI, Sp. nov. 2. Length about 6°5 mm., expanse 13:5 mm.;_ black, including legs, mandibles, antenne and tegule, except that the fourth antennal joint is red on outer side ; wings long, dusky hyaline, the apex broadly infuscated, stigma and nervures black; face with appressed silver- white hair; antennal basin depressed ; front strongly punctured, but shining between the punctures ; mesothorax shining, very strongly but not very densely punctured; scutellum elevated, bigibbous, strongly punctured ; metathorax bare in middle, but laterally clothed with white hair ; pleura with a very broad transverse band of silvery hair, prolonged downward anteriorly and posteriorly ; tegule large; tibie and tarsi with silvery hair; spurs ferruginous ; abdomen sub-globose, shining, the first segment impunctate ; a patch of silvery hair on each side of first segment, and hind-margins of second to fourth with bands of silvery hair, that on second broadly interrupted in middle ; pygidial plate coarsely punctured and irregularly longitudinally ridged. Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919, “ visiting hole in vertical bank on side of road” (E. C. Chubb). MorGANIA BARKERI, Sp. nov. _ 9. Length about 7°5 mm.; black, with the apical half of mandibles dark reddish. Similar to J. chubbi, but differing thus: face narrower; antennz somewhat longer, entirely black, the joints very distinct ; mesothorax more finely and closely punctured; meta- thorax hairy almost to middle; pleura thinly hairy, but without a distinct transverse band ; tarsi longer; spurs black ; wings uniformly fuliginous ; second recurrent nervure joining second sub-marginal cell some distance before end (meeting second transversocubital in J. chubbi) ; abdomen rather narrower. Durban, Natal, 9th March, 1918 (C. N. Barker). The species of Morgania are described by Friese under Omachtes, but F. Smith’s generic name Morgania has priority. The species now described differ from the majority by the black abdomen and legs, (189) 190 Natal Bees M. gabonensis (Vachal) is a somewhat similar insect, nearest to M. chubbi by the colour of the wings and the venation. It has the anterior legs and the base of the venter more or less dilute reddish. Unfortunately, Vachal’s unique type was without a head. The species of Morgania at present known, all African, are as follows : M. dichroa (Spinola). M. graenicherr jenseni, Friese. syn. carnifex, Gerstaecker. M. appletoni, Cockerell. . M. gerstaeckeri (Schulz). M. capicola (Strand). syn. dichroa, Smith. M. nigrithorax, Strand. M. gabonensis (Vachal). M. nigripes (Friese). M. histrio (Gerstaecker). M. capensis (Friese). M. villosa (Friese). M. abessinica (Friese). M. graenicheri (Brauns). M. rufipes (Friese). M. graenicheri is a comparatively large species, 12 mm. long. All these insects are parasitic, but so far as I know, their biology has not been elucidated. ANTHOPHORA BIPARTITA, Smith. Females collected by A. L. Bevis, 6th and 20th June, 1916, at Durban. The pale stripe on the clypeus may be reduced to a spot just above the margin. There is a little white or pale hair on each side near the end of the abdomen. ‘The species was described from Natal. CoutueteEs, Latr. Nine specimens of South African Colletes before me belong to five different species, none of which agree with any published descriptions. One species was sent to me by Dr. H. Brauns as C. martini, Vachal, but I cannot discover that Vachal published it, and it is not mentioned in Friese’s great work on African bees. The species may be separated thus : Hair of mesothorax white or whitish, contrasting with the orange- fulvous of scutellum . . . . martinc. Hair of mesothorax ( 2 ) pale ochraceous mixed with fuscous, that of the scutellum similar; first abdominal segment strongly punctured . . . . fusconotus. Hair of mesothorax and scutellum (@ ) ferruginous mixed with fuscous ; first abdominal segment polished and feebly punctured - » seminitens, by T. D. A. Cockerell. 191 Hair of mesothorax and scutellum ferruginous (¢); first abdom- inal segment strongly punctured .... 1. 1. Basal area of metathorax with a strong transverse keel .. . . marley. Basal area of metathorax without such a keel .... durbanensis. CoLLETES MARTINI, Sp. NOv. ¢ (type). Length about 9 mm.; black, the mandibles at apex, last joint of tarsi, and base of hind basitarsi red; head and thorax with abundant long pure white hair, except that on scutellum and post-scutellum it is clear orange-ferruginous ; head very broad, facial quadrangle broader than long; antenne black, the flagellum dark coffee-brown beneath, flagellar joints much longer than broad ; malar space conspicuously longer than broad ; mesothorax closely and rather finely punctured, the surface hard to see because of the hair ; scutellaum anteriorly bare, polished and impunctate ; area of metathorax with extremely short basal plice, followed by a rugose area, but the apical part smooth and polished; tegule testaceous; wings clear hyaline, stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous, second submarginal cell very broad ; legs with white hair on outer side, anterior tibize and all the tarsi with pale golden on inner; abdomen with the first two segments closely and finely punctured ; first segment thickly covered with long ochreous-tinted hair, the apical band pale reddish, white at sides; segments 2 to 5 with very dense broad white hair- bands. ?. Length about 11 mm. ; the general appearance like the male ; middle joints of flagellum a little broader than long; malar space large, slightly broader than long ; vertex with pale fuscous hair; hair of mesothorax slightly yellowish, mixed with very pale fuscous, but still contrasting with the orange-fulvous of scutellum ; hind legs mainly red, and the other legs with red stains; first abdominal segment with dense creamy-white hair, the apical band narrow ; second segment with similar but much shorter hair; segments 2 to 5 with broad white apical bands; segments 4 and 5 with scattered black hairs before the bands. Willowmore, Cape Colony (Dr. H. Brauns). Male, 15th March, 1903; female, 15th October, 1899. Apparently nearest to C. schultzei, Friese, but smaller, and with very conspicuous abdominal hands. C. fasciatus, Smith has orange abdominal bands, 192 Natal Bees COoLLETES FUSCONOTUS, Sp. NOV, 2. Length about 9°5 mm.; black, robust, mandibles obscurely reddened in middle, hind tarsi stained with red ; hair of head and thorax greyish-white, dorsally pale ochreous, strongly mixed with fuscous on vertex, mesothorax and scutellum; clypeus densely rugosopunctate all over; labrum smooth and polished, the median pit very small; malar space very short, much more than twice as broad as long ; flagellum short, dark reddish beneath ; sides of vertex shining, but deeply excavated by the broad fovezx ; mesothorax densely punctured, except the posterior middle ; area of metathorax coarsely reticulate, the apical part polished ; tegule rufotestaceous ; wings brownish-hyaline, stigma ferruginous, nervures fuscous ; middle femora produced to a sub-basal triangular tooth beneath; first four abdominal segments with broad greyish-white hair-bands ; first segment hairy at base and sides, shining strongly and rather closely punctured ; second segment minutely and densely punctured ; hind margins of segments reddish. Winklespruit, Natal, 3lst December, 1918, two (C. N. Barker). Known by the black legs, colour of hair on thorax, and short malar space. It runs out at 3 in Friese’s table. C. negligendus (Dalla Torre), from Natal, has testaceous nervures and black stigma. CoLLETES DURBANENSIS, Sp. nov. ¢. Length, 85-9 mm.; black, only the mandibles and tarsi red apically ; head and thorax above with clear orange-fulvous or ferruginous hair, otherwise with pale ochreous tinted hair, white on cheeks ; antenne black ; malar space short, about twice as broad as long ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, the latter with a shining line in middle; area of metathorax coarsely reticulate, without a transverse keel ; tegule ferruginous ; wings hyaline, faintly dusky, nervures fuscous ; legs with pale ochreous-tinted hair; spurs pale reddish ; first abominal segment very distinctly punctured, with thin long pale ochreous hair ail over; second segment with fine but distinct punctures ; segments 1 to 5 with dense light ochreous apical hair-bands ; apical segment broadly rounded. Durban, Natal, 11th March, 1917, and Ist April, 1917 (HE. C. Chubb). Distinguished from C’. malma (Cameron) by the ochreous hair-bands and the almost entirely black tarsi, by T. D. A. Cockerell. 193 COLLETES MARLEYI, sp. nov. 3. So similar to C. durbanensis that I at first thought it identical, but readily distinguished by the very strong transverse keel on the metathoracic enclosure, the clearer (yellower) hair of thorax above, and the broader abdominal hair-bands. The ventral abdominal segments are fringed with very abundant and long hair, whereas in C’. durbanensis they have dense short even fringes. Krantz Kloof, 4th April, 1917 (H. W. Bell Marley). COLLETES SEMINITENS, sp. Nov. 2. Length about 9 mm.; black, mandibles with a red band, tarsi red only at apex ; hair of head and thorax pale ochreous, dorsally ferruginous mixed with fuscous ; clypeus densely punctured ; labrum smooth, without ridges; malar space very short, at least twice as broad as long; flagellum faintly reddish beneath, the last joint distinctly so; mesothorax and scutellum dull, the latter with a smooth median line; area of metathorax above reticulate, below smooth, with a moderate transverse keel; tegule rufous; wings brownish-hyaline, nervures fuscous ; middle femora with a prominent sub-basal tooth beneath ; legs with pale ochreous hair, middle and hind basitarsi with a brilliant copper-red apical brush ; abdomen thinly hairy, with pale hair-bands ; first segment polished, with very minute inconspicuous punctures, more distinct at the sides ; second segment extremely finely and densely punctured. Durban, Natal, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb). Possibly the female of C. durbanensis, but the base of metathorax differs, and the first abdominal segment is remarkably smooth and feebly punctured in the middle. For the present they must be regarded as distinct. SPHECODES AFRICANUS, Friese. Females, Stella Bush, Durban, 31st December, 1916, 2nd January, 1917. Both collected by C. N. Barker. Durban, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb). Lower Umkomaas, 18th December, 1914 (I. Bevis). Male, Durban, 31st March, 1913 (W. Haygarth). 194 Natal Bees S. africanus was described by Friese in 1908 from a single female from Ukami in Usambara. In 1911 Strand recorded a female from Delagoa Bay, and as it differed somewhat from Friese’s type, he called it var. delagow, Strand. The two forms were separated thus : . Tegule black or nearly so, with a yellow spot anteriorly ; thorax black ; antenne black. . . . africanus, Friese. Tegule pale yellowish anteriorly and brownish-yellow posteriorly, only the inner side posteriorly blackish ; lateral margins of mesothorax, prothorax and tubercles red ; scape and under- side of flagellum reddish . . . . delagoc, Strand. The Natal females have reddish tegule, with a pale area in front. The antenne are black. Only one, that marked ‘‘ Lower Umkomaas,” has the tubercles and upper part of prothorax bright ferruginous, and the lateral areas of metathorax suffusedly dark reddish. The male, not before known, is about 9 mm. long; wings fuliginous, but paler than in the female ; mandibles red, simple (with an inner tooth in female) ; face with long white hair, but lower half of the densely punctured clypeus bare ; first abdominal segment black, with the posterior margin very broadly red ; second red; third red, with a large black stain in middle ; remaining segments black, but apical plate red; legs black, the knees red and the anterior tibiz red in front. The antennz are black, the flagellum moniliform. This is considerably larger than the male of S. capensis, Cameron, and also differs by the darkened wings and greater amount of red on abdomen. The thorax shining between the punctures and the darkened wings separate it from S. punctatus, Sichel. The Natal specimens are not precisely typical africanus, nor are they typical delagoe. Possibly a third race is indicated ; but since the forms previously described are known from single specimens, and our material shows the insect to be variable, it is impossible at present to be sure that we are dealing with races rather than individual variations. Superficially, these insects resemble those species of Momia in which the abdomen is red. XYLOCOPA CARINATA FULVOPILOSA, Friese. ¢. Bluff, Durban, 8th November (C. N. Barker). by T. D. A. Cockerell. 195 XYLOCOPA RUFITARSIS, Lepeletier. 9. Impendhle, January, 1916 (E.C. Chubb). The mandibles have a tubercle on the upper-side toward the base, and the fourth abdominal segment has a black opaque mark on each side basally. ‘The wings are somewhat more pointed than in X. carinata, and the punctures of the mesothorax are smaller. The flagellum is black. MEsorTrRicHiA BEVISI, Cockerell. The type has only two sub-marginal cells, but two males now before me, collected by Mr. Bevis, at Umbilo, have three sub-marginals. Evidently the insect varies in this respect, but the other characters amply distinguish it. Crocisa CALCEATA, Vachal. 2. Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919 (KE. C. Chubb). CROCISA CYANESCENS, Sp. nov. 2? (type). Length about 12 mm.; markings very pale blue ; scutellum deeply incised, but sides of incision flexuose ; long white hair projecting from beneath incision ; disc of secutellum with black hair, but no light spots ; axilla with spots of light hair ; hind femora not toothed ; hair-markings on each side of first abdominal segment U-like; bands on each side of second segment thick, a little longer than the interval between them, and with no lateral anterior lobe ; hind tibiz with less than basal half white-haired ; hind basitarsi white-haired posteriorly ; ventral surface of thorax with white hair. General appearance and markings as in C. calceata, but larger, with the marginal cell distinctly longer, scutellum more deeply incised. 3. Length about 12 mm.; axillar spots very small ; rather more than basal half of hind tibiz light-haired ; end of abdomen with two prominent, widely separated teeth, much better developed than those of C. calceata. Scutellum and mesothorax shining. Type from Malvern, Natal, 16th January (Barker). Male from Umbilo, 22nd March, 1913 (A. L. Bevis). This looks just lke the Indian C. ramakrishne, Ckll., the only obvious superficial difference being that the wings are not so dark. 196 Natal Bees. It is not quite certain that the male belongs to the same species, but without more material it seems hazardous to separate it. The character which especially suggests doubt as to identity is the smooth shining scutellum, that of the female being conspicuously black haired. If the male is separable, it must represent another new species. CROcCISA CANDIDA, sp. nov. @. Length 10-12 mm.; markings pure white; margin of - scutellum ——-like ; long white hair from behind notch; disc of scutellum with short black hair, but no light spots; axille with white hair on margin next to scutellum ; anterior wings very dark ; hind femora not toothed ; hind tibiz with white hair on basal two- thirds ; hind basitarsi with thin white hair on outer side; marks at sides of first abdominal segment C-like, the interval between the apical bands at least as great as length of bands ; bands of second segment very broad, broadest laterally, where the anterior margin is obtusely more or less angular ; sternum not hairy, but small tufts of white hair on the cox. In Friese’s table runs near C. meripes, Vachal, and C. calceata, Vachal, from which it is easily separated by the pure white hair. There is a strong general resemblance to C. braunsiana, Friese, but the interval between the abdominal bands is greater, and the scutellum is not spotted. It is also related to C. alfkeni, Brauns, from Willowmore, but with darker wings. It is possibly a local race of C. alfkeni, the 2 of C. alfkeni is 7 to 10 mm. long. Bellair, Natal, 13th January, 1919 (EK. C. Chubb). Two specimens. PROSOPIS BRAUNSI, Alfken. Dr. Brauns (litt., 1918) now states that P. brawnsi is a valid species. He adds that it varies in the red on base of abdomen; the red may even be absent. The colour of the legs also varies. Dr. Brauns saw the type of P. rubriplagiata, Cameron, and found it to be P. heraldica, Smith. PROSOPIS HERALDICA, Smith. 9. Umbilo, February, 1917 (L. Bevis) ; Durban, 31st July, 1916 (C. N. Barker). XVIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, collected by Messrs. H. W. Bell Marley and Romer Robinson, by C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S. (Published with the permission of the Trustees of the British Museum), ee of fishes from Durban received in 1918 include examples of seven new species and of sixteen others not previously recorded from Natal. Family CLUPEID A. Engraulis holodon, Bouleng. Family MURAENID A. Gymnomurena xanthoptera, Bleek. Family SYNGN ATHIDAL. Syngnathus spicifer, Riipp. Family HOLOCENTRIDA. Holocentrum diadema, Lacép. Holocentrum sammara, Jorshk. Family SERRANID. Epinephelus ceruleopunctatus, Bloch. Epinephelus fuscoguttatus, Riipp. Family CHILODIPTERID &. Apogon bifasciatus, Piipp. Apogon polylepis, sp. nov. Depth of body 22 to 2% in the length, length of head 22 to 3. 5 Snout as long as diameter of eye, which is 32 to 4 in length of head ; ] interorbital width 34 to 3} in length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly ; (197) 198 Natal Fishes maxillary extending to below posterior } of eye. Praeopercular margin finely serrated; ridge entire. 13 or 14 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 36 to 38 scales in a longitudinal series, 4 or 5 between middle of spinous dorsal and lateral line. Dorsal VII-VIII, I 9-10; first spine minute, third and fourth longest, 7 length of head; eighth spine small or absent ; longest soft rays more than } length of head ; margin of soft fin convex. Anal II 8-9. Pectoral 2 length of head. Caudal emarginate with rounded lobes. Caudal peduncle 1} as long as deep. Dark longitudinal stripes on body at the edges of the series of scales; spinous dorsal blackish; a dark spot at base of pectoral. Text-Fic. 1. APOGON POLYLEPISs. A specimen of 190 mm. from Durban, collected by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley, and another of 120 mm. from Kurrachee. The latter had been determined as A. noordziekt, Bleek., a species that is distinguished by having only three series of scales between lateral line and spinous dorsal, the third dorsal spine longer than the fourth, no dark spot at base of pectoral, ete. Family CARANGID 8. Scombroides lysan, Forsk. by C. Tate Regan. 199 Family POMADASID &. Diagramma griseum, Cuv. & Val. A specimen with the coloration of D. reticulatum, Giinth., which is a synonym of D. grisewm. Diagramma chubbi, sp. nov. Depth of body 22 in the length, length of head 34. Diameter of eye 3 in length of head, a little longer than snout or interobital width ; maxillary barely reaching vertical from anterior margin of eye. 22 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. 110 scales in a longitudinal TExtT-FIG. 2. DIAGRAMMA CHUBBI. series, 15 between spinous dorsal and lateral line; 60 pierced scales in lateral line. Dorsal XI 16; fourth to sixth spines longest, = length of head, a little shorter than longest soft rays; margin of soft fin convex. Anal III 8; second spine a little longer than third, nearly 4 length of head. Pectoral 3 length of head; pelvics reaching vent. Caudal truncate. Caudal peduncle longer than deep. Greyish; a series of dark spots along middle of soft dorsal. A single specimen, 123 mm. in total length; collected by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. Named in honour of Mr. E. C. Chubb, Curator of the Durban Museum. 200 Natal Fishes Family MULLID. Upeneoides tragula, Richards. Family SIGANIDA. Siganus albopunctatus, Schleg. Family GOBIID AE. Gobius albopunctatus, Cwv. & Val. Gobiosoma diadematum, Riipp. Family ATHERINIDA. Iso natalensis, sp. nov. Depth of body 31 in the length, length of head 42. Snout shorter than diameter of eye, which is as long as postorbital part of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye; lower jaw shorter than upper. Dorsal IV, 116. Anal I 22. A broad bluish-silvery lateral band, margined above with a blackish stripe. TEXT-FIG. 3. Iso NATALENSIS. A single specimen, 52 mm. in total length, collected by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. The genus Zso was established for the Japanese Iso flos-maris, Jord. & Starks,* which has the depth of body 5 in the length, but is very similar in other characters to the species here described. The occur- rence of a second species of this curious specialized genus on the coast of Natal is of interest. * Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. XXIV, 1901, p. 205, fig. by C. Tate Regan. 201 Family CALLIONYMIDA. Callionymus marleyi, sp. nov. Length of head, to gill-opening, 34 to 4 in length of fish. Eyes narrowly separated; diameter 3} to 4 in length of head. Mouth small; premaxillary band of teeth with lateral horns diverging slightly backwards and nearly equal in length to the transverse anterior portion of the band. Preopercular spine straight, with curved tip, with 3 to 5 tooth-like processes on inner edge and with an antrorse process at base externally. Gill-openings small, superior. Lateral line single. Dorsal IV, 9; male with spinous dorsal rather elevated, with the tips of the spines only slightly projecting beyond the membrane, and the first and last spines longest, a little shorter than head; female with first and second spines longest, } length of head, last ray of soft dorsal produced, but not reaching caudal. Anal 9. Caudal not longer than head. Head and body with scattered Trext-Fic. 4. CALLIONYMUS MARLEYI. dark dots and pale spots enclosed in dark rings; a lateral series of dark spots; spinous dorsal, in male, with linear markings, in female blackish ; soft dorsal with longitudinal lines or series of small spots ; caudal spotted. Previously, I identified a female of this species, 85 mm. long, as Callionymus coopert, Regan.* Examination of a male of 95 mm. * Annals Durban Museum, Vol, II, pt. 2, p. 77. 9202 Natal Fishes collected by Mr. Bell Marley shows that this was incorrect, as males of C. cooperi, have the first three dorsal spines produced into very long filaments. Careful comparison of the two species reveals another difference, C. coopert having a somewhat wider mouth, with the premaxillary band of teeth evenly curved and not produced backwards at the sides. Family BLENNID/X. Blennius cornutus, Linn. Family SCORP ANID Ai. Amblyapistus marleyi, sp. nov. Depth of body 2% in the length, length of head 3°. Diameter of eye 3 in length of head; maxillary extending to below anterior | of eye ; anterior profile of head nearly vertical, slightly concave; przorbital and preopercular spines strong; when laid back the former reaches to below the posterior edge of the eye and the latter to the opercular margin. Dorsal XV 8; first spine short, above anterior margin of eye; second and third longest; 4 the length of the fish (without caudal) and twice as long as the sixth and seventh, which are the shortest and about } as long as the last. Anal III 6. Pectorals 12-rayed, extending a little beyond origin of anal. Brownish, spotted and marbled with blackish. TEXT-FIG. 5. AMBLYAPISTUS MARLEYI. by C. Tate Regan. 203 A single specimen, 130 mm. in total length, collected by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. The long preorbital and preopercular spines distinguish this species from its nearest allies, A. tenianotus, Cuv. & Val. and A, crista-galli, Ginth. Family BALISTIDA. Monacanthus melanocephalus, leek. Family TETRODONTID &. Tetrodon pleurospilus, sp. nov. Length of head 34 in length of fish. Lower teeth 3 as broad as upper. Nasal tentacle bilobed, apparently formed as in 7’. palembang- ensis. Eyes above level of mouth. Diameter of eye nearly 4, interorbital width a little more than } length of head. Body smooth except for a patch of spines on abdomen, extending from below the eyes to within a short distance of the vent. Dorsal with 9 rays, anal with 7, pectoral with 15. Caudal subtruncate, its posterior margin slightly convex. Back brownish, abdomen white; sides with dark spots forming about three irregular longitudinal series, the spots of the lowest series confluent anteriorly to form a stripe from mouth to lower end of base of pectoral. A single specimen, 200 mm. in total length, from Durban, collected by Mr. H. W. Bell Marley. Family DIODONTID A. Diodon orbicularis, loch. Family CYNOGLOSSID A. Plagusia robinsoni, sp. nov. Depth of body 34 in the length, length of head 3°. Snout obtusely pointed, nearly 4 length of head. Eyes one diameter apart; 3 of upper in advance of lower; diameter 14 in length of head. Angle 204 Natal Fishes. of mouth below middle of lower eye; rostral hook extending to vertical from middle of upper eye. Scales ctenoid ; two lateral lines on eyed side, with 17 rows of scales between them ; no lateral line on blind side. Dorsal fin with 107 rays, anal with 82. Greyish. A single specimen, 240 mm. in total length, collected by Mr. Romer Robinson. P. africana, Gilchrist, differs in the rounded snout, the longer rostral hook, and the cleft of the mouth extending further back. TrxtT-Fic. 6. Wry PLAGUSIA ROBINSONI. JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, PRINTERS, DURBAN, - lA " ve het bat Why fs ae, Nit Hy . ‘ ae t) ape of previous Issues one). ah /o yi 1, Par 4 ae MKT), new Bat if Otomops icarus ), je EK. C. CuuBE, oe Vol Ti Paes.) | Published 25 fuly 1917 °,. Price 5/ nett “XXII. Ee aes of Durban Bay by T. R. R. Srepsine. (Plates XXII & XXITI). i. | XXIII —Melanic Aberrations of Butterflies, ay C. N. Barker. (Plates XXIV t Pe wand: RAV) os i } ie XXIV. — Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rea@an. u " a XXV. —_New Records of Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CocKERELL. Th. XX VI.—New South African Heter ocera, by A. J.T. Janse. if i te 4 —Malacostraca of Natal, by i R. R. Sressinc. (Plates I-V1). ee IL. — Varieties of Papilio d, cenea, by C. N. Barker. (Plate VII). ing oy TL. aN. ew Reds of Natal Bees, by ©: D. A. CocKERELL. ey Lys Part Dt Published 30th July, 1918. Price 5/- nett. eee : Iv. —Some eee of Natal, by. T. R. R. SrEBpINa. (Plates VIII-XII). ON —Further Additions to the Fish Fauna of Natal, by C. Tare Rzaan. See VI. —Some apparently undescribed Heterocera from 8. Africa, by A. J.T. Janse. ve a VII.—Some Observations upon Whales by E. C. Coup. (Plates XII-X V1). a VIII.—Some Records of Predaceous Insects and Their Prey, by C. N. BarKEr. Nol. I, Part 3. Published 31st March, 1919. — Price 5/- nett. #3 ae 19.4 og Skeleton of ine Dodo (Didus ineptus), by E. C. Cuuss. (Plate XVII). oh ‘ Xx. —On Some Hare South African Beetles (Part I), by C. N. Barker. i a yes! ny, new Bee from Natal, by T, D. A, Cockerex. ee XIT.—Some Crustacea of Natal, by T: R. R. Sreppive. (Plates XVILI-XX). . i ‘XII. —A South African Elephant, Py EK. C. Cure. re XXI and XXII). ’ ri: ' ; : Ny 3 i Me ek ‘Obteiiable peroughe any South African bookseller , i or from Pica William Wesley & Son, Sole European Agents, He de 88 Hesew Street, Strand, London. ¥ CONTENTS. XIV.—Further Contributions to the Anatomy of. the Sperm Whale (Physeter macrocephalus) based upon an examination a ad of two additional Foetus, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate XXIII) 129 a | 4 XV.—Notes on some Rhodesian Moths of the family Saturniide | and their Larve, by J. A. O’Nem. (Plate XXIV)- - 49> XVI.—Cicindela bertolonit, Horn, and the South African mem- bers of the brevicollis group, by C. N. Barker. (Plates a + XXV and XXVI) - - - = - - 169 XVII.—Natal Bees, by T. D. A. CockERELL - - - 189 X VIII.—Fishes from Durban, Natal, collected by Messrs. H. W. Bett MAriry and Romer Rosinson, by C. Tare Recan - 197 } “ Heed DURBAN MUSEUM EDITED BY THE CURATOR, Oe CH UBR yh gu ge A ~ t s, Segnen et fi On ™ f ny \ , | / JUN 22 1920 i Issued 25th March, 1920. PRICE 5/- NETT. PRINTED BY JOHN SINGLETON & SONS, DURBAN, FOR THE DursAN MusEuUM. The Annals of the Durban Museum is devoted principally to South Apri Zoology and is issued from time to time as circumstances permit. Contents of previous issues. ; Bh Vol. I, Part 1. Published Ist June, 1914. Price 5/- pets ; I.—On Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy.. (Plates I-IV). II.—On Bottlenose Porpoises (7Z'wrsiops), by F. W. TRuE. IIT.—On further Pelagic Entomostraca, by G. S. Brapy. (Plates V and VI). IV.—Descriptions of South African Birds’ Eggs, by E. C. Causs. (Plate VII). Vol. I, Part 2. Published 15th May, 1915. Price 5/- nett. V.—Anatomy of Fetal Sperm Whale, by F. E. Bepparp. (Plate VITI). VI.—Notes on Four-lunged Spiders, by Jonn Hewirr. - ie VII.—Notes on Pelagic Entomostraca, by G.S. Brapy. (Plates IX—-XIV). — VIII.—Anoplura and Mallophaga, by Krtioee & Ferris. (Plates XV and XVI). IX.—Rotifera from Natal, by C. F. RoussEer. X.—List of Mosquitos, by F. W. Epwarps. Vol. I, Part 3. | Published 20th April, 1916. Price 5/- nett. XI.—Fishes from Natal, collected by Mr. Romer Rosinson, by C. Tare Regan. XII.—Description of a new Fish from Zululand, by G. A. BouLENGER. XIII.—A Hydroid parasitic on fishes, by Ernest WARREN. (Plates X VIJT—-XX). XIV.—Report on Bees, chiefly from Natal, by T. D. A. CocKERELL. ‘ X V.—Descriptions of several species of Arachnida, by Joun Hewirv. ir XVI.—A new species of Solpuga from Zululand, by SranLey Hirst. XVII.—Mallophaga and Anoplura, with mammalian host-list, by G. F. Ferris. XVIII.—Note on Glossina brandoni and Danais petiverana, by E. C. Coup. _ i X1IX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (1), by Messrs. Gitcurist & THompson. Vol. I, Part 4. Published 21st May, 1917. Price 5/- nett. i XIX.—Catalogue of Natal Marine Fishes (2), by Messrs. Gitcurist & THompPson. 4 XX.—A new Silurid Fish from Natal, by G. A. BouLENGER. i XXI.—A new Bat (Otomops icarus), by E. C. Couss, (Plate XX1I). } (continued on third page of cover). Obtainable through any South African bookseller or from Messrs. William Wesley & Son, Sole Kuropean Agents, 28 Essex Street, Strand, London. XIX.—A Revision of the Flat-fishes (HETEROSOMATA) of Natal, by C. Tate Regan, M.A., F.R.S. (Published with the permission of the Trustees of the British Museum), HE Flat-fishes differ from all other fishes in having both eyes on the same side of the head. ‘The scheme of classification given below differs slightly from mine of 1910 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [8], VI, pp. 484-496) in the recognition of the Pleuronectoidea and Soleoidea as equal in rank to the Psettodoidea and in making Paralichthodes the type of a new family. Specimens of this interesting genus now received from Durban have enabled me to examine its structure and it proves to be unique amongst dextral Pleuronectoidea in the structure of the nasal organ, which is like that of the sinistral Pleuronectoidea and of Psettodes and the Soles. Orver HETEROSOMATA. Susp-orpER 1. PSETTODOIDEA. Psettodes. W. Africa; Indo-Pacific. SuB-oRDER 2. PLEURONECTOIDEA. Family 1. Boruipa. Sub-family 1. ParaxicutHins&. ‘Tropical and Temperate Seas. * 2. Bornine. Tropical and Temperate Seas. 3. Pservine®. N. Atlantic. Family 2. ParaLicHTHoDID&®. Paralichthodes. S. Africa. (205) Annals of the Durban Museum, Vol. II, part 5, issued 25th March, 1920. 206 Flat Fishes of Natal Family 3. PLEURONECTID#. Sub-family 1. PLeuronectin®. Northern Seas, with three genera from the Indo-Pacific. nA 2. Samarin#. Indo-Pacific. 3. -RuomBOSOLEINH. South Australia ; New Zealand ; Patagonia. Sup-orperR 3. SOLEOIDEA. Family 1. Sonerpm. Tropical and Temperate Seas. Family 2. CynoGiossip®. Tropical and Temperate Seas. The Paralichthine, Bothine, Paralichthodide, Soleide and Cyno- glosside are represented on the coast of Natal. Orperk HETEROSOMATA. Sup-orpErR PLEURONECTOIDEA. Dorsal fin extending forward on head. Mouth terminal; lower jaw prominent. Preeoperculum with free margin. Family 1. Bornips. Eyes on the left side. In all five genera represented in Natal waters the mouth is nearly symmetrical, and the lateral line has a strong curve anteriorly. by C. Tate Regan. 207 Synopsis of Genera. I. Pelvic fins equal, short-based. (PARALICHTHIN#). Mouth moderate or large ; eyes separated by a ridge ; lateral line developed on both sides. Pelvic fins symmetrical ; teeth universal. 1. PsEUDORHOMBUS. Left pelvic fin median, right lateral; teeth pluri- SEMA etc suc dae oe eee testo 2. PARACITHARUS. II. Left pelvic fin median, with base much longer than that of right. (Boruin2). Mouth rather small; interorbital region concave; lateral line on left side only ; teeth equal, uni- or bi-serial. Gill-opening extending upwards to lateral line; Seales lancer a: ehctee isan .ce x. 3. ENGYPROSOPON, Gill-opening ending a short distance above pectoral fin; scaling of head and body continuous below lateral line; scales large....4. CrossonHoMBUS. Gill-opening ending a short distance above pectoral fin; membrane connecting operculum with shoulder scaleless ; scales small..... 5; Boraus. 1. PsEUDORHOMBUS. Pseudorhombus, Bleek., C.R. Acad. Amsterdam, XIIT, 1862, Pleuron. Dp. o: Eyes on the left side, separated by a ridge. Mouth moderate or rather large; teeth in jaws conical, pointed, uniserial ; palate tooth- less. Gill membranes united. Dorsal fin originating above posterior nostril of blind side. Pelvic fins short-based, symmetrical. Scales small or of moderate size, ctenoid on left side. Lateral line developed on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly and with an accessory branch running upwards to or towards the eighth to eleventh ray of dorsal fin. Several species from the Indo-Pacific ; two known from Natal. 208 Flat Fishes of Natal 1. PsrEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLI. Pseudorhombus russellii (Gray), Giinth, Cat. Fish. IV, p. 424 (1862) ; Bleek., Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 6, Pleuron. pl. ii, fig. 2 (1866). Pseudorhombus arsius (Ham. Buch.) Day, Fish. Ind., p. 423, pl. xei, fig. 5 (1878). Pseudorhombus andersoni, Gilchr., Mar. Inv. 8. Afr., IIT, 1905, p. 9, Die xxv Depth of body 1} to 2 in the length, length of head 3) to 3f. Diameter of eye 4 (young) to 5} in length of head. Maxillary extending to below middle (young) or posterior part of eye. On each TExt-FiG. |. PSEUDORHOMBUS RUSSELLI. side 2 or 3 strong anterior teeth in upper jaw and a series of 5 or more enlarged teeth in lower. Dorsal 70-81. Anal 54-61. Scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right, 74 to 85 in a longitudinal series. Accessory branch of lateral line reaching base of eighth to eleventh ray of dorsal fin. Body usually with spots and rings; often a conspicuous dark spot surrounded by a ring of white dots at beginning of straight part of lateral line; fins spotted. Total length 250 mm. E. Africa to the Pacific. by C. Tate Regan. 209 P. andersoni, is evidently based on an ambicolorate example of this species. Complete ambicoloration in Flat-fishes is usually correlated with other variations towards symmetry, such as the delayed or arrested migration of the eye, which interrupts the extension forward of the dorsal fin, and the similar structure of the scales on both sides of the fish. 2. PsEUDORHOMBUS NATALENSIS. Pseudorhombus natalensis, Gilchr., Mar. Inv. S. Afr., IIT, 1905, p: 8; pl. xxv. Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 3%. Diameter of eye 35 in length of head. Maxillary extending to below anterior + of eye. Teeth small, forming a close set series in the jaws. Dorsal 70. Anal 52. Scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right, 60 in a longitudinal series. Accessory branch of lateral line extending only a little more than half way to dorsal fin. Large dark ring-shaped spots symmetri- cally arranged on body ; a series of conspicuous spots along dorsal and anal fins. Natal. Here described from a specimen of 135 mm. from off Cape Natal, 54 fathoms (Gilchrist). 2. PARACITHARUS, gen. nov. (type ARNOGLOSSUS MACROLEPIS, Gilchr.). Eyes on the left side, separated by a ridge. Mouth wide; teeth small, pointed, in bands in the jaws; no canines; palate toothless. Gill-membranes separate. Dorsal fin originating immediately behind right posterior nostril, which is large and is covered by a valve that extends forward nearly to the mouth. Pelvic fins short-based ; left median in position. Scales of moderate size, ctenoid on left side, eycloid on the right; lateral line developed on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly ; tubules forked, Y- or T-shaped. Citharus, Bleek., with a single species from the Mediterranean, differs from Paracitharus especially in the dentition ; the teeth in the jaws are uniserial except anteriorly, canines are well developed and the vomer is toothed. Also in Crtharus the dorsal originates below the posterior nostril and the lateral line tubules are simple. 210 Flat Fishes of Natal PARACITHARUS MACROLEPIS. Arnoglossus macrolepis, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. S. Afr. ITT, 1905, p. 12, ple xx, Depth 22 in length, length of head 34. Diameter of eye 45 in length of head. Lower jaw prominent ; maxillary extending a little beyond middle of eye. 43 (47) scales in lateral line, to base of caudal. Dorsal 69 (72). Anal 47 (50). Left pectoral a little more, right a little less than } length of head. Caudal rounded or doubly truncate. A blackish spot at base of last dorsal rays ; a similar one at end of anal. Natal. Here described from a specimen of 195 mm. taken 22 miles N. of the mouth of the Tugela at a depth of 63-73 fathoms. TEXT-FIG. 2. TAI PARACITHARUS MACROLEPIS. 3. ENGyprosopon, Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 431 (1862). Scaeops, Jord. and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. XXII, p. 627 (1904). Eyes on the left side ; interorbital region concave. Mouth small ; teeth in jaws small, pointed, uni- or bi-serial ; palate toothless. Gill- = by C. Tate Regan. 211 membranes united ; gill-opening extending upwards to lateral line. Dorsal fin originating in advance of eye. Left pelvic fin median, with long base; right lateral, base shorter. Scales large, rather weakly ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right. Lateral line with a strong curve anteriorly. Several species from the Indo-Pacific; one from Natal. ENGYPROSOPON NATALENSIS, Sp. Nov. Depth of body 2 in the length, length of head 37. Diameter of eye 34 in length of head and 3 times interorbital width. Maxillary extending to below anterior | of eye; lower jaw } length of head. Teeth uniserial. 6 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsa] 85. Anal 64. Left pectoral * right = length of head. 40 scales in a longitudinal series. Traces of small dark spots on the fins. Described from a female 76 mm. in total length ; a male of 55 mm. has a spine on the snout, interorbital width 5 diameter of eye, pectoral fins as in the female. Natal, off mouth of Amatikulu River; depth 26 to 27 fathoms. E. latifrons, Regan, (Trans. Linn. Sec. XII, 1908, p. 233 pl. xxv, fig. 3) from the Indian Ocean, is very near H. natalensis, but has the interorbital region broader (3 diameter of eye in a female of 75 mm.). There are other closely related species, including the Japanese #£. grandisquama, Schleg., under which name this species has been recorded from Natal. 4. CROSSORHOMBUS, gen. nov. (type PLAropHRys pimoRPHUS, Gilchr.). Eyes on the left side ; interorbital region concave. Mouth small ; teeth small, pointed, uniserial in the jaws; palate toothless. Gill- membranes united ; upper angle of gill-opening a short distance above pectoral fin ; scaling of head and body continuous below lateral line. Dorsal fin originating in advance of eye. Left pelvic fin median, with long base ; right lateral, base shorter. Scales large, strongly ciliated on left side, weakly ciliated or cycloid on right. Lateral line developed on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly. One species from Natal. Scaeops kobensis, Jord. and Starks, from Japan, and Engyprosopon xenandrus, Gilbert, from Hawaii, belong to this genus. 212 Flat Fishes of Natal CROSSORHOMBUS DIMORPHUS. Platophrys dimorphus, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. ITT, 1905, p. 10, pl. XXVil. Depth of body 1} to 2 in length, length of head 4. | Diameter of eye 3} in length of head, less (male) or greater (female) than inter- orbital width. Snout short ; mouth small; maxillary not or barely reaching vertical from anterior edge of eye. Male with a spine on the snout and with spines on the orbital margins. Dorsal 85-88. Anal 68-72. Upper pectoral ray produced in adult male. 50 scales in a longitudinal series. Greyish, spotted with darker. Natal ; off mouth of Umhlanga River; depth 22-26 fathoms. Two specimens examined, 110 and 120 mm. in total length. 5. Boruus. Bothus (Rafinesque, 1810), Kyle, Rep. Danish Ocean. Exped. IT, A. LV U913)5 p50 4 Platophrys, Swainson, Nat. Hist. I1, p. 302 (1839). Rhomboidichthys, Bleek. Act. Soc. Sci. Ned. Ind. I, 1856, Manado and Macassar, p. 67. This genus differs from Crossorhombus only in the smaller scales and in having the membrane joining the operculum to the pectoral] arch scaleless. Mediterranean, Tropical Atlantic and Indo-Pacific. One species from Natal. Boruus PANTHERINUS. Rhomboidichthys pantherinus (Riipp. 1828), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 436 (1862). Platophrys pantherinus, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VII, p. 11, pl. cexxxin, fig. 3 (1866); Day, Fish. India, p. 425, pl. xcii, figs. 3, 4 (1878). Depth of body 1} to 2 in the length, length of head 34-4. Inter- orbital width nearly equal to diameter of eye (adult male), or less ; eye 34 to 4 in length of head. | Anterior profile of head convex. Maxillary extending to below anterior } of eye. Males with rostral and supraocular spines. Dorsal 85-93. Anal 65-70. Pectoral, in by C, Tate Regan. 213 adult male, with the upper rays prolonged, even reaching the caudal fin. About 90 scales in a longitudinal series. Body with spots and rings ; often a large dark spot on lateral line. Total length 200 mm. East Africa to the Pacific. 9 TEXT-FIG. 3. (\ AZ > aa <—_ OOA]!AXWw \) = \ — ek he oe, eZ oe ———— S a << ff tee BorHus PANTHERINUS. 6. Family 2. PARALICHTHODID. Eyes on the right side ; olfactory lamine arranged transversely to or radiating from a central rachis. The absence of spinous fin-rays, the extension forward of the dorsal fin on the head, the emarginate urohyal, the absence of a supra- maxillary and of palatine teeth, show that Para/ichthodes is a true Pleuronectoid ; but it differs from the Bothidae in having the eyes on the right side and from the Pleuronectidae in the arrangement of the olfactory laminze. PARALICHTHODES. Paralichthodes, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IT, 1904, p. 108. Eyes on the right side. Mouth rather large, nearly symmetrical ; teeth small, pointed, in 2 or 3 series in the jaws ; palate toothless. 214 Flat Fishes of Natal Gill-membranes separate. Dorsal fin extending forward on snout above nostrils of blind side. Pelvic fins short-based, symmetrical, the right nearly median and further forward than left. Scales small, eycloid. Lateral line developed on both sides, with a strong curve anteriorly. Left pelvic bone running upwards to cleithrum behind right ; pectoral radials present ; lower part of hypocoracoid slender. Vertebre 31 (10421); last five precaudals with parapophyses, of which the last pair are connected by a bridge ; caudal vertebr with- out transverse apophyses. A single species. PARALICHTHODES ALGOENSIS. Paralichthodes algoensis, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8S. Afr. IT, 1904, p. 108, pl. vii. Depth about 24 in the length, length of head 4 te 44. | Diameter of eye 45 to 5 in length of head; interorbital width less than } diameter of eye. Lower jaw strongly projecting ; maxillary extending to below middle or posterior part of eye. Dorsal 72-74 ; anterior rays much branched. Anal 51-54. Right pectoral @, left 7 length of head. Brownish or grayish, with small darker spots. South Africa (Durban, Algoa Bay). Three specimens, 180 to 250 mm. in total length. SuBp-ORDER SOLEOIDEA. Dorsal fin extending forward on head. Preopercular margin not free. Mouth small: lower jaw not prominent ; jaws of the blind side toothed, curved, jaws of the eyed side not or but feebly toothed. Family 1. SoLers. Eyes on the right side. eH eee eee ee —— by C. Tate Regan. Dill Ot Synopsis of the Genera. OLE Fata clea ONT IMB a are Shan co oiaieiear os «ac cod hha eet © natant meee eS OLE AG Il. Vertical fins continuous. A. Both pectoral fins well developed, unconnected with opercular membrane. Lower lip strongly fringed; anterior nostril of blind side surrounded by a fringed flap. 2. SYNAPTURA. Lower lip not fringed ; nostrils simple. 3. AUSTROGLOSSUS. B. Pectoral fins small, especially on blind side; opercular membrane joined to upper edge of pectoral fin. Scales ctenoid ; first dorsal ray not enlarged. 4. ZEBRIAS. Neales cycloid ; first dorsal ray enlarged, free. 5. AuSoPIA. Il, SOI DVA. Solea (part.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 462 (1862). Form oval or elongate. Scales small, ctenoid ; lateral line straight, single. Dorsal and anal fins free from the caudal ; pectorals well developed ; pelvic fins equal, short-based. Nostrils of blind side not dilated. Eastern Atlantic and Indian Ocean ; one species from Natal. SOLEA TURBYNEI. Solea turbynei, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. III, 1905, p. 10, pl. xxvii. Depth of body 2! to 2 in length, length of head 4 to 44. Eyes small, separated by a scaly interspace. Angle of mouth below middle of lower eye. Dorsal 62-67. | Anal 49-53. Right pectoral } to =, 216 Flat Fishes of Natal left = length of head. 100 to 110 scales in a logitudinal series. Grayish, with numerous small dark spots; a black spot on right pectoral. S. Africa. Two specimens, 100 and 135 mm. in total length from Mossel Bay and Durban ; the latter had been recorded by me as So/ea bleekert. 2. SyYNAPTURA. Synaptura, Cantor, Cat. Malay Fish. p. 222. Form oval or elongate. Scales small, ectenoid on right side, cycloid or feebly ctenoid on left. Dorsal and anal fins continuous with the raudal; pectorals well developed. Lower lip fringed. Anterior nostril of eyed side at end of a tube which folds backwards ; posterior nostril covered by a flap. Anterior nostril of blind side surrounded by a fringed flap, much developed behind and covering a naked groove. Indian Ocean ; one species from Natal. SYNAPTURA MARGINATA. Synaptura maryginata, Bouleng. Mar. Iny. 8S. Afr. I, 1902, p. 11, pls. ii and ii, fig. 1, Synaptura ciliata, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IIT, 1905, p. 14, pl. xxxiv. ~ Depth of body 2} to 22 in the length, length of head 5. Eyes small, separated by a scaly interspace ; upper in advance of lower ; angle of mouth below middle of lower eye. Dorsal 71-76. Anal 57-60. Pectorals equal, or the right a little longer, } to > length of head. Small filaments scattered on body. 100 to 110 scales in a longitudinal series. Grayish or brownish, uniform or with small dark spots ; fins with a white edge. S. Africa. Here described from the type of the species from Algoa Bay, an example of S. ciliata (Durban, Gilchrist) and two more from Durban, 165 and 225 mm. long. I have compared this species with S. commersoniana, Cant. the type species of the genus and I regard them as strictly congeneric. It has been stated that in S. commersoniana the right posterior nostril is tubular, but the so-called tube has no aperture and the nostril opens at its base on the under side. by C. Tate Regan. 217 3. AUSTROGLOSSUS, gen. nov. (type SYNAPTURA PECTORALIS, Kaup). Form elongate, tapering posteriorly. Scales very small, ctenoid. Dorsal and anal fins continuous with the caudal; pectorals well developed. Lips not fringed; mouth strongly curved on blind side. Anterior nostril of eyed side tubular ; posterior patent, between the eyes. Anterior nostril of blind side in a short tube, not surrounded by a flap. South Africa ; one species from Natal. Synaptura microlepsis, Bleek. from the Cape also belongs to this genus. AUSTROGLOSSUS PECTORALIS. Synaptura pectoralis, Kaup, Arch. f. Nat. 1858, p. 96; Boulenger, Mar. Inv. 8. Afr: I, 1902, p. 3. TEXT-PIG. 4. Sh Sree Bae & Y ad EZ. «y= en o—= AA AUSTROGLOSSUS PECTORALIS, 218 Flat Fishes of Natal Depth of body 3} to 34 in length, length of bead 53 to7. Hyes small, separated by a scaly interspace ; angle of mouth below middle of lower eye. Dorsal 95-110. Anal 80-95. Right pectoral much longer than head, about 3 times as long as left. 150 to 175 scales in a longitudinal series. Brownish, with or without small darker spots ; right pectoral blackish. S. Africa. Several examples up to 470 mm. including two from Durban. 4. ZEBRIAS. Zebrias, Jord. and Synder, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. XX XT, 190%, p. 232. Form oval. Scales small, ctenoid. Dorsal and anal fins continuous with the caudal. Pectoral small, especially the left; opercular membrane joined to upper edge of pectoral fin. Mouth moderately curved ; lips not fringed. Anterior nostril of eyed side a short tube ; posterior in front of lower eye; nostrils of blind side inconspicuous. India to Japan ; one species from Natal. ZEBRIAS REGANI. Synaptura regani, Gilchr. Mar. Inv, 8. Afr. IV, 1908, p. 160, pl. xlv. Depth of body 24 to 23 in the length, length of head 5}. Eyes contiguous ; angle of mouth below anterior part of lower eye. Dorsal 68-70. Anal 56-59. Right pectoral about as long as eye. 82 to 88 scales in a longitudinal series. Grayish, with 13 pairs of dark brown cross bands extending to edge of fins; caudal blackish posteriorly, with oblong white spots. Natal, off mouth of Umhlanga River, 22-26 fathoms. A specimen of 125 mm. examined. 5, AMsopia. _Esopia (Kaup), Ginth, Cat. Fish. TV, p. 487 (1862). Similar to Zebrias, but scales cycloid and first dorsal ray free, swollen, papillose, produced. A single species. ZESOPIA CORNUTA. _Esopia cornuta, Kaup, Arch. f. Nat, 1858, p. 95. Synaptura cornuta, Day, Fish. India, p. 430, pl. xciv, fig. 4, by C. Tate Regan. 219 Very similar to 7. regani in form and coloration. Dorsal 69-79. Anal 61-66. 90 to 100 scales in a longitudinal series. S. Africa to Japan. Total length 150 mm. Family 2. CyNnoGLossip&. Eyes on the left side. Vertical fins confluent; no pectoral fins ; pelvic fin of blind side present, 4-rayed, median. The two genera represented on the coast of Natal may be distinguished as follows : Tips rim gedh sect case teense te cs 1, PARAPLAGUSIA. hips not fringed... stysc-s. cs. ee 2. CyNnocG ossus. 1. PARAPLAGUSIA. Paraplagusia, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 26 (1866). Form elongate, ovate. Snout hooked; lips fringed. Scales small ; 2 or 3 lateral lines on left side. 1. PARAPLAGUSIA MARMORATA. Plagusia marmorata (Bleek.), Ginth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 491 (1862) ; Day, Fish. India, p. 431, pl. xev, fig. 1 (1878). Paraplagusia marmorata, Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 28, Pleuron. pl. xv, fig. 5 (1866). Plagusia marmorata, var. africana, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IV, 1908, p. 163, pl. xlvir. Depth of body 3} to 4 in the length, length of head 4 to 45. Snout rounded, as long as head behind lower eye; rostral hook rather long, its posterior edge about equal to length of snout ; interorbital width equal to or less than diameter of eye ; eyes small, upper in advance of lower; angle of mouth below posterior part of lower eye. Dorsal 99-106. Anal 75-86. Scales ctenoid, about 100 to 110 in a longi- tudinal series; two lateral lines on left side, separated by 16 to 19 series of scales; no distinct lateral line on right side. | Brownish, spotted and marbled with darker. Indian Ocean and Archipelago. Total length 250 mm. 220 Flat Fishes of Natal 9. PARAPLAGUSIA ROBINSONI. ~Plagusia robinsoni, Regan, Ann. Durban Mus. vol. ii, 1919; p. 203, fig. 6. Closely related to P. marmorata, but snout pointed, as long as head behind upper eye, and rostral hook shorter, its inner edge much less than length of snout. Dorsal 109-110. Anal 82-83. Durban. Total length 240 mm. A second specimen of 165 mm. is essentially similar to the type. 2. CYNOGLOSSUS. Cynoglossus (Ham. Buch.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 492 (1862). Form elongate, ovate. Snout hooked; lips not fringed. Scales small: 2 or 3 lateral lines on left side. West Africa; Indo-Pacific. Synopsis of the Species. I. Two lateral lines on both sides ; scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right. Angle of mouth nearer to gill-opening than to end of snout; eyes separated by an interspace. D. 118. A. 92. Scales 84-88, 12 between lateral lines............. l. attenuatus. II. Two lateral lines on left side only ; scales ctenoid on both sides. A. Angle of mouth nearer to gill-opening than to end of snout; eyes separated by an interspace. D. 102-110. A. 82-86. Scales 85-90, 13 or 14 between lateral lines. 2. lida. B. Angle of mouth nearer to end of snout than to gill- opening ; eyes contiguous. Depth 4 to 45 in length. D. 105-107. A. 82-84. 14 scales between lateral lines...... 3. gichristi, Depth 3 in length. D. 102. A. 85. 10 scales between lateral lines................ 4. ecaudatus, by C. Tate Regan. 221 1. CyYNOGLOSSUS ATTENUATUS. Cynoglossus attenuatus, Gilchr. Mar. Iny. 8. Afr. IIT, 1905, pela pl. xxix. Depth of body 4 in length, length of head 5. Snout ; length of head ; interocular width less than diameter of eye, which is 10 in length of head; angle of mouth below posterior edge of lower eye, nearer to gill-opening than to end of snout. Posterior nostril between eyes.. Dorsal 118 (103). Anal 92 (90). Scales ctenoid on left side, cycloid on right, 84 to 88 ina longitudinal series. ‘I'wo lateral lines on both sides, 12 series of scales between them. Natal. Here described from a specimen 225 mm. in total length from off the mouth of the Tugela ; depth 24 fathoms. 2. CYNOGLOSSUS LIDA. Cynoglossus lida (Bleek.), Giinth. Cat. Fish. IV, p. 498 (1862) Bleek. Atl. Ichth. VI, p. 36, Pleuron. pl. xii, fig. 2 (1866) ; Day, Fish. Ind. p. 436, pl. xevii, fig. 3 (1878). Trxt-Fic. 5. eee ¢ \ rf ea se cowe eco seen Sees eesaer= / ‘ ect tt nnn. Gs t -- oo? . \u----" : e ' OQ. ‘ ee A ; 4 ») ‘ ¢ UTV CYNOGLOSSUS LIDA. 229 Flat Fishes of Natal. Depth of body 4 to 43 in length, length of head 43 to 5. Snout ° length of head or more; interocular width less than diameter of eye, which is about 10 in length of head; angle of mouth below posterior edge of lower eye, nearer gill-opening than end of snout. Posterior nostril between eyes. Dorsal 102-110. Anal 82-86. Scales ctenoid on both sides ; 85 to 90 in a longitudinal series. T'wo lateral lines on left side; 13 or 14 series of scales between them; no distinct lateral line on right side. Grayish or brownish. ‘Total length 180 mm. Coasts of India and Malay Archipelago ; two specimens from Durban are the first recorded from Natal. 3. CYNOGLOSSUS GILCHRISTI, nom. nov. Cynoglossus brachycephalus (non Bleek.), Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. TP 905, 4p. Ua plex xx. Depth of body 4 to 43 in the length, length of head 5}. Snout less than } length of head; eyes contiguous, diameter 6 to 64 in length of head; angle of mouth below middle of lower eye, nearer end of snout than gill-opening. Dorsal 105-107. Anal 82-84. Scales ctenoid on both sides, 76 in a longitudinal series. ‘l'wo lateral lines on left side; 14 series of scales between them ; no lateral line on right side. Pale brown, spotted and marbled with darker; fins with a series of large black spots. Natal; off mouth of Umhlanga R., 22-26 fathoms. Here described from a specimen of 145 mm. 4, CYNOGLOSSUS ECAUDATUS. Cynoglossus acaudatus, Gilchr. Mar. Inv. 8. Afr. IV, 1908, p. 162, pl. xlvi. tesembles C. gilchristi in the short snout and contiguous eyes, but is less elongate. Depth 3 in length. Dorsal 102. Anal 85. 63 to 65 scales in a longitudinal series, 10 between lateral lines. Upper lateral line not developed on posterior third of body. Natal. In the types (three specimens) a rayless membrane connected the last rays of dorsal and anal. XX.—The White Rhinoceros, with special reference to its habits in Zululand, by F, Vaughan-Kirby, F.Z.S., Game Conseryator for Zululand, Wirn Puare XXVILI. LTHOUGH this article deals mainly with the white rhinoceros of Zululand, here and there reference to the species generally and to its habits, ete., in other parts of the Continent are unavoidable, and indeed are necessary if it is to be at all complete. Where my conclusions differ from those put forward by others, they must not necessarily be taken as contradictory, seeing that all wild creatures are likely to modify or even entirely change certain of their habits in accordance with their immediate surroundings. My remarks at least claim the virtue of accuracy, and the conclusions arrived at in respect of the animal specially dealt with, i.e., the white rhinoceros of Zululand, are based upon most careful personal observation, I regret extremely that owing to an unfortunate accident which occurred during a recent expedition for securing specimens for the Durban and Maritzburg Museums, my preparations for illustrating this article with photographs were non-productive of results. I had an excellent equipment, including a complete tele-photographic outfit, but in a weak moment early in the trip it was left in the bush one evening near a dead rhinoceros, in order that assistance might be given to the natives who had to carry the hide. During the night every- thing was dragged out of the bush by hyznas, and although there were three or four tons of meat wherewith these wretched creatures - could have satisfied their appetites, they evinced a preference for ash- wood, hickory, brass plates and screws, with the result that the whole outfit was chewed into fragments, and completely destroyed. I shall have oceasion frequently to refer to a valuable article by Mr. Edmund Heller entitled ‘‘The White Rhinoceros,” published in the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 61, 1913, which I have had an opportunity of consulting. bo bo TSG The White Rhinoceros in Zululand Geographical Distribution. At the present time Zululand is the only portion of the Sub-continent in which the white rhinoceros, is known to exist, as I understand it is now entirely extinct in Rhodesia, its one time favourite haunt. Prior to 1900 it was not known with certainty to occur anywhere north of the Zambezi River, but in that year Major A. H. Gibbons found a skull in the Lado Enclave, on the west bank of the Nile, where he consequently procured a complete specimen. Other sports- men have shot it there since, although there is insufficient evidence that its range in that portion of the Continent is other than very restricted. It appears to be confined to a comparatively narrow tract along the left bank of the Upper Nile, in the Bahr-el-Ghazal province. In this area and in Zululand are to be found the only living specimens in the world of this gigantic quadruped. It may be pointed out that, on account of a slight difference in the dorsal outline of the skull and somewhat smaller teeth, the Nile representatives have been separated as a sub-species from the typical southern form, under the name Rhinoceros simus cottoni, Lydekker. At one time the species ranged over a vast tract of country in South Africa, from the Vaal River to the Zambesi, and there is not wanting evidence that it once ranged far south of even the Vaal River, while to the west it extended into Damaraland. On the east coast it occurred from Zululand up to the Zambesi, above where the Shire River enters the latter from the north, and in 1904 the writer found two incomplete skulls near that spot, in the Mwanza Bush. In the north the species appears to be very local in distribution, and there is little doubt that this was also the case in South Africa, even in the days when it was plentiful. More remarkable, however, is the discontinuity in its distribution, as shown by the fact that no trace of the animal has ever been found between the Zambesi River and its present range in the Nile region, a distance of well over one thousand miles. Heller has pointed out that the separation between the two forms has doubtless taken place “fairly recently,” because sufficient time has not elapsed ‘for the development of specific differences in the individuals inhabiting such widely separated localities.” But how or when such separation happened, and the vast tract of country lying between the Zambesi and the Blue Nile lost its white rhinoceroses, there is no evidence to show. It seems probable that one may be misled by the absence of specific differences into supposing that the separation took place by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 225 much more recently than has actually been the case, because there is no doubt that long periods of time are necessary to bring about important changes in old and fixed types, such as rhinoceroses are. In Zululand, at the present day, the white rhinoceros is to be found only in the Mfolozi Game Reserve, which is situated between the two Mfolozi Rivers, the White on the south, and the Black on the north, and in a narrow strip of country along the south bank of the former river. ‘The area included within the Reserve is about 75,000 acres, and that to the south of the White Mfolozi about another 15,000 acres. From time to time evidence has been adduced which indicates that there may be a few of these animals, probably not exceeding five or six in number, in the dense bush at the north end of False Bay, but I have never yet been able to confirm this. Owing to the indiscriminate manner in which the natives apply the term “’mkombo ” (actually the White Rhinoceros) alike to the white species and to any large full- grown bull of the black, a great deal of misunderstanding at one time existed as to the actual localities in which the former was to be found. When I first came to Zululand I was informed not only by the Provincial Administration officials but by the Magistrate of the Division concerned, and by the native Game-guards, that the *‘’mkombo” was plentiful in the Hluhluwe Game Reserve, situated to the north of the Mfolozi Reserve. Personal observation during an extended patrol in the former convincingly proved that the white rhinoceros did not exist there at all, aud the error was explained when, upon one occasion a large black rhinoceros bull was encountered at very close quarters, and my Game-guards at once said “ there you are, there’s an ’mkombo.” The fact is that none of those particular men who were with me at the time had ever seen a white rhinoceros, but had fallen into the habit of applying the word, which really signifies the white species, to large bulls of the black. When subsequently they were shown, first the different nature of the dung, and afterwards the animals themselves, they realised the extent to which their previous reports had been misleading. Mr. Edmund Heller when describing the geographical range of this species falls into an error. He writes: “In the south there are a few (some ten individuals) strictly preserved on an estate in Zuzuland (sic) where they live under fairly normal conditions.” He may rest assured that he has not over-estimated the number of white rhinoceroses on this little “estate,” and that the animals are living under conditions which are practically as normal as those which obtain on the Nile. The White Rhinoceros in Zululand i) to lor) Preservation. It has already been shown that at one time the white rhinoceros ranged over an enormons tract of country in South and South Central Africa, wherever extensive grass-lands were to be found to supply its natural food in sufticient abundance. 3ut writing as far back as 1894, before its existence was ascertained in the Nile region, Mr. R. T. Coryndon, when recording that the subject of the extinction of this species had a ‘melancholy interest” for him, gave it as his opinion that ‘long before the close of this (the 19th century) the white rhinoceros will have vanished from the face of the earth.”* There can be no question that but for the discovery of its existence in the north, and the wise forethought of successive Natal Governments in prohibit- ing its slaughter in the south, these fears would have been confirmed. No praise therefore can be too great to accord to former Natal Governments, and since Union, the Provincial Administrations, for their action in saving this interesting creature from destruction ; and all true lovers of Nature owe them a vast debt of gratitude for the fact that so far as this little corner of South Africa is concerned, Mr. Coryndon’s melancholy prophecy failed of fulfilment. General Description and External Characteristics. Rhinoceros sumus, the species under consideration, has had no less than five different names applied to it, viz.: Burchell’s, the Square- lipped, the Square-mouthed, the Square-nosed, and the White Rhinoceros. The first of these is for many reasons unsatisfactory, and though either one of the next three is the most accurately descriptive, yet the terms are clumsy to a degree, and the writer has therefore adopted the inaccurate, but far better known appellation of White Rhinoceros. It is the largest of the group, and is well differentiated from the other African species—the Black Rhinoceros, Rhinoceros bicornis—in the structure of the mouth, the upper lip of the former being square and bluntly truncated, whereas in dicornis the upper lip is more or less pointed, elongated, and highly prehensile. The head of the white rhinoceros is immense ; its great length being due to the remarkable occipital projection of the skull. The eye is placed behind the posterior horn, while in the black species it is immediately below it. * Proceedings of the Zoological Society, London, 1894, p. 329, by I. Vaughan- Kirby. 227 Again the shape of the ear-conches is markedly different in the two species, being much rounded in the black, and having their outer edges very hairy, whereas in the white the very large ear-conches are much elongated and pointed, with a few bristly, stiff, and somewhat curly hairs at the extreme tips. In the latter species also the lower edges of the conches meet to form a sort of tube. Other external characters which at once attract the attention of the observer, in addition to the length of the head and the shape of the muzzle, are the huge muscular hump on the nape of the neck, and the comparative paucity of hide folds on the body, which are far less conspicuous than in the black species. There is a fold behind the elbow, less conspicuous in some positions of the body than in others, and one at the back of the thigh, below the buttock. A heavy fold passes transversely over the elbow joint, and completely encircles the outside of the fore-limb ; it is well-marked in any position assumed by the animal, and as much so in calves as in adults. A short but heavy transverse fold passes over the nape of the neck, and a longer, but less heavy one encircles the throat. |The conspicuousness or otherwise of these two folds depends upon the position in which the animal carries its head. | When this is raised in alert watchfulness the neck fold is well-marked, while that under the throat is less so, but when the head is lowered in the manner so characteristic of the animal, the former becomes much flattened out, and the latter correspondingly increased in size. Yet another character which the white rhinoceros shares in common with all other living species is the flattened, compressed ridge of hide which stands out along the front edge of the thigh, and is of considerable thickness. The circumference of the spoors of three white rhinoceros bulls taken in damp hard sand were 31, 33 and 35 inches respectively, that of the black species under similar conditions is about 26 or 27 inches. — In both species the spoor of the hind-foot, is smaller and more oval in shape than that of the fore-foot, but there is considerably less difference between the relative sizes of fore- and hind-foot spoors in the case of the white than in that of the black. Upon the question of size, both actual and relative, it may be said that great differences of opinion exist, but at the same time it is quite clear that this ought to be a matter of fact and not opinion. If care- ful measurements were always taken, in a uniform manner, and absolute accuracy aimed at, there would be no room left for mere expressions of opinion, but, unfortunately, there has always been a remarkable lack of uniformity in the methods employed for measuring 998 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand animals, and it is to be feared that the necessity for absolute accuracy has not always been borne in mind. Although I have met with innumerable instances of this, IT would perhaps have hesitated to call into question the accuracy of measurements recorded by other fine sportsmen, but for the fact that since this article was roughly drafted T have had an opportunity of perusing Mr. Edmund Heller’s work upon the white rhinoceros of the Nile region. And I find that the conclusions arrived at by that obviously careful naturalist so exactly correspond with my own upon the subject of the size of the white rhinoceros, that I have no longer any hesitation in putting forward ascertained facts, in order that some of the present misunderstanding may be swept aside. Much stress has been laid upon the alleged statement that the white rhinoceros is, after the elephant, the largest of living terrestrial mammals, having been said to attain a height at the shoulder of 6 ft. 9 in., ie., only 2 ft. 9 in., less than a fair average-sized elephant. Now the writer is fully prepared to admit that with its huge bulk, its greatly elongated head, and enormous muscular development of the fore-arm, it appears when seen in the veld, incomparably larger than the black rhinoceros. But it will surprise many to learn that after all the average height of a white rhinoceros bull exceeds an average specimen of the black species by less than a foot. Mr. Heller writes of the former, “In size this species (/. simus) exceeds but slightly, if at all, the great Indian single-horned species (RK. unicornis) and but little the black African species.” And again ‘The superiority in size of the white rhinoceros over the other living species, however, is not at all well established.” Now to proceed to data. We find that in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 1881, page 726, the late Mr. F. C. Selous gives the standing height of the white rhinoceros as 6 ft. 6 in. ; Corn- wallis Harris gives from 6 ft. 6 in. to 6 ft. 8in., and R. T. Coryndon states that the two bulls which he shot in Mashonaland, one for the British Mtseum and the other for the Tring Museum, measured 6 ft. 6in. and 6 ft. 9in. respectively. It will be admitted that a mounted specimen will show at least a height equal to that of the animal in the flesh, and usually something over, and yet the last two specimens above-mentioned measured by Mr. Heller when they were mounted, give heights of 5 ft. 10 in. and 6 ft. 2in., a difference of 8 in. less in the one case, and 7 in. less in the other between the flesh measurements as given and those of the mounted specimens. In addition to these two, Mr. Heller measured by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 229 seven other mounted specimens, the largest of which gave a standing height of 5 ft. 8in., while the largest ske/eton measured by him gave a height of 5 ft. 9 in. The two animals secured by me recently for the Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, and the Durban Museum measured, in the case of the bull, 5 ft. 103in., and of the cow, 5ft. 92 in., the girth of the former being 115} inches, and of the latter 112} inches. The bull, mounted, gives a standing height of 6 ft. and the cow, 5 ft. 10 inches. Now these were picked specimens, and as far as I was able to judge, were two or three inches over the average, this certainly was so in respect of the cow, while as to the bull, eleven large ones were examined at quite close quarters, before one was met with which was considered larger than those previously seen. I am therefore in complete accord with Mr. Heller, who sums up his conclusions in the following words :—‘It is extremely doubtful if the square-nosed rhinoceroses ever exceed a standing height at the withers of 6 feet.” Referring to the comparison which has been made between L. simus and FR. unicornis, the Indian species, there can be little doubt as to the superiority in size of the latter. Rowland Ward, in his third edition of Records of Big Game, 1899, gives the measurements (presumably averages) of the Indian species as 5ft. 8in. to at least 6 ft. at the shoulder and girth 105 inches. But he also gives measurements of three mounted specimens shot by H. H. the Maharajah of Kuch Behar, which are as follows :— Shoulder height...... 6ft. 44in......... Obi. lame. s25- 6ft. Osin. Gimche eee eee co scene Nab The ies Baers es Pita «gee: — The colour of a normal individual of the ‘‘ white” species is really very little lighter than that of the so-called ‘black rhinoceros,” and it is fairly well-known at this time that neither is black and neither white. The shade designated “light mouse grey” in Ridgway’s “Colour standards and Nomenclature ” appears to me to best describe the normal colour of the white rhinoceros, darker individuals amongst them corresponding in shade with the “‘mouse grey” of the same authority. But, on the other hand, individuals may be met with in Zululand which by the same colour standards might be described as ranging from ‘‘drab” to ‘‘ cinnamon drab.” When standing on a ridge exposed to the slanting rays of the morning sun they look absolutely white, and as these animals would have been first encountered by the early Dutch hunters on the open grass downs of the Vaal and Orange Rivers, and would thus be frequently seen under such conditions, it is possible that its present familiar, though inappropriate, name thus arose. 230 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand Character and Habits. All species of rhinoceroses have certain characteristics which they share in common, these being sluggishness, a low order of intelligence and, generally, timidly of disposition, though the black African species often becomes extremely savage when attacked. The white species is a very stolid, phlegmatic creature, nervous to a degree, without the truculent aggressiveness of the black, and but a fraction of the latter’s curiosity. I consider the white rhinoceros a far less intelligent creature than the black species: curiosity surely denotes a certain amount of intelligence, but it, has always appeared to me that the former never displays the slightest curiosity, he takes things as they come, and does not seem to worry about anything, being too lazy to permit himself to be worried. The question whether certain animals will attack, and under what circumstances they will do so, is one which has aroused considerable interest and not a little difference of opinion. It will probably be conceded that only the testimony of those who have had a wide experience of the animals they write of is of any real value in deciding the question. For instance, a man who has shot perhaps two or three lions in his time, neither of which showed fight, is apt to look upon Felis leo as being a pusillanimous creature, while he who has only bagged one, and was charged by it, would probably give it a very different character. Morever, it is dithcult to judge by the behaviour of an animal under one set of circumstances what another of the species might do under similar or other circumstances. Although I have had wide expience in various parts of Africa with elephant, lion, buffalo, and black rhinoceros, I do not consider that the fact of having shot half-a-dozen white rhinoceroses qualifies me to speak with any authority upon the proneness or otherwise of the latter to attack. I have stated that I do not consider my experience of the white rhinoceros when wounded to have been sufficient to warrant an expression of opinion as to their aggresiveness or otherwise under such conditions, but I have seen a great deal of them in their wild state, when not attacked, and at close quarters, and I assert without fear of contradiction, that with but very few exceptions, they are amongst the most inoffensive of beasts. Of the six which I have shot, only one ever made the slightest attempt to charge, and that was the by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 231 bull secured in the Reserve last winter for the Natal Museum. He was certainly a most savage dispositioned creature, for he made a very vicious attack when unwounded. In a more or less sweeping manner, the statement has been made, and thoroughly believed, that the black rhinoceros is an exceedingly savage beast, a perfect “devil incarnate” in fact, that charges upon little or no provocation, while the white species is harmless and inoffensive. I do not at all agree with this sweeping denunciation of the black rhinoceros, and, while admitting that it frequently acts in an uncontrollably savage manner when wounded, and even when un- wounded will charge most viciously if surprised at close quarters, I am certain that a large percentage of cases recorded of the animal charging, when itself unwounded, and not interfered with, are either much exaggerated or have been misunderstood. The exaggeration is not in- tentional perhaps, but is indulged in by those who believe they have related the circumstances accurately, and have only erred from want of wider experience of the creature’s habits. | Nervousness, lack of intelligence, and extreme curiosity (in both sexes) have a great deal more to do with the apparent truculence of the animal than natural aggressiveness. It is well-known that a black rhinoceros will invariably advance towards a person or object that he is not able to make out properly, sometimes coming to very close quarters. This, in the writer’s experience, the white rhinoceros never does. The white rhinoceros is apparently of a far more sociable disposition than the black species, as it is frequently to be met with in parties of five or six in number, but if these are disturbed, it will be noticed that they usually separate and go off in different directions, two or three together, indicating that their being together was a more or less fortuitous circumstance, perhaps due to the discovery of some mutually satisfactory bit of grazing. It is, however, more usual to meet with a pair, or a family party of three or four. The latter would include an adult bull and a cow, a large calf, probably three parts grown, and a young animal six or eight months old. The writer has never met with two adult animals of one sex together, as he has frequently seen in the case of the black species, but a cow and calf without the bull are often seen together, and there are two or three bulls, solitary creatures, in the Reserve. White rhinoceroses in Zululand (the following remarks will be un- derstood to refer to this animal in Zululand, unless otherwise indicated) prefer a mud bath to bathing in clear water, though whether that is 232 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand due to the “‘ brak ” nature of all the water in the Reserve is not clear. But no mud-hole in the vicinity of their haunts will ever be found in which signs of recent wallowing by these huge creatures will not be obvious. On the other hand, their drinking places at clear streams very seldom bear any trace of their having bathed there. They may, however, be frequently seen without any mud at all on any part of their bodies, so it is quite certain that the wallowing in mud is not a regular part of their toilet. When mud covered they are weird-looking objects, as the colour of the mud differs in various localities, and as it only adheres in places, broad dark cracks are visible over the surface, and large irregular-shaped patches from which the mud has fallen off when dry, or been scraped off by the bushes. On my recent collecting trip a young animal of perhaps six years old was found wallowing in a particularly glutinous and odoriferous mud-hole. Our attention was drawn to the spot by occasional low grunting sounds proceeding therefrom, sounds best described by saying that they exactly resembled the low grunts emitted by an old male baboon, and at first we believed they were so made. Stalking in cautiously up wind we came upon this young “’mkombo” in the act of rising from the mud, his hind quarters. at the moment being sub- merged, while he rested upon his fore-quarters, and a more ludicrous object it would be difficult to imagine. As we were able to approach to a distance of not more than 10 yards the chance of getting a photograph was unique, but unfortunately the writer’s photographic outfit was out of action. Upon emerging from his wallow, the animal ascended a low bank where it stood for some three or four minutes, occasionally turning its head to one side or the other, then it disappeared behind a thick screen of bush. It had been absolutely unconscious of my presence and that of my five native attendants, notwithstanding that I was several times on the point of exploding with laughter at the comical figure, and it seemed that the efforts to suppress it must have been audible to the animal, and doubtless would have been but for the mud in its ears. We afterwards crept round the lower side of the mud-hole and through the bush screen and found that the animal had not gone more than 20 yards, and was standing under a large fig-tree. Once or twice it looked directly at us, but evidently without making us out, and after about quarter-of-an-hour it lay down and we left it in peace. The white rhinoceros usually drinks between midnight and 6 a.m., though I have seen them drinking at various times between 8 and 10 a.m., and it never appeared that the weather conditions had anything by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 233 to do with it. In the late afternoon they feed their way down to their drinking places, which, except in very dry seasons, when only one or two water-holes are available, are very seldom visited by the same animal on two successive occasions. If the water-holes are in narrow stream-beds the animals will wonder up and down such places in the damp sand for an hour or more, for no object that the writer could ever fathom, but if they drink at one of the large rivers, such as the Black or White Mfolozi, they go straight to the water’s edge, drink, and move direct back again to the bush. ‘The reason for this is obvious, the smaller streams such as the Ugcoye, Nobiya, Mpafa, and others run between narrow, steep banks, and the animals can wander there at will, completely hidden by the high banks from the sight of possible enemies. But in the case of the larger rivers the bush seldom comes down to the water’s edge, there being a broad strip of open sandy ground between it and the river, upon which, if the animal were to loiter, it would be in full view from either side of the river if there were any light whatever. On one occasion I watched at one of the Ugeoye water-holes upon a night when there was a young moon, but the latter had set before a rhinoceros came down to drink, and it was then quite dark, and although an examination of the spoor in the morning proved that the animal had been but twelve yards from me, it was impossible to make out any shape whatever, it merely loomed as a dark formless object. Seen in good moonlight, it may be mentioned, the white rhinoceros appears really white, more so than in strong sunlight. The above- mentioned animal drank quietly but very deliberately for, it was judged, eight or ten minutes ; and before leaving, the water was heard to be violently agitated, though whether by the act of pawing or a movement of the head could not be determined. After drinking they make off in the direction of their feeding grounds which are usually at a great distance, they sometimes indulge in a few mouthfuls of food if there is any by the drinking-holes, but they then travel straight away, seldom grazing on the way till they have covered at least three or four miles. White rhinoceroses feed up against the wind, moving slowly, and swinging their great heads from side to side as they mow down the grass, and where the latter is short the marks where the chin has rubbed along are plainly discernible, and occasionally those of the horn. As the hours pass on towards daylight, they draw nearer to the spot where they intend to lie up for the day, but if the weather is warin they seldom feed much after about 9 a.m., when they move to a 934 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand shady tree or patch of bush, and there they will stand for an hour or two, with their heads lowered and scarcely any sign of movement, save the constant flicking of the long ears, round which the biting flies, which worry them incessantly, congregate. ‘They may then move off again for a short distance, seldom more than a few yards, or lie down on the spot where they have been standing. Sometimes they lie down on their sides, at others they sit up with their legs doubled under them. They will also rest and sleep when standing, and in either position are absurdly easy animals to approach, though particularly so when lying down; in fact, with the exception of the elephant no other species of wild game can be so easily approached. As to choice of place and surroundings, they appear to have none, and I have seen them lying during the scorching midday heat on open shadeless flats, in low scrubby bush scarcely 2ft. high, with the blazing sun pouring down upon them: and I have found them far in the darkest recesses of the thorn jungles, into which it is difficult to make one’s way. They are never found at rest on rocky kopjes however, nor can an instance be recalled of finding them sleeping on high open ridges ; the former can be understood, as they are not partial to rough ground as are their back congeners, but the high ridges, open to the wind and dotted with fine shade trees would seem to be ideal spots in which to seek refuge from the ever annoying flies. A single animal almost invariably lies down with its head to the wind, and if two or three are together, one of them assumes such position: during last winter we found four of them one day lying in the sun, in long grass, on the sheltered side of a long valley, and right on the edge of a thorn jungle. The positions adopted by them were most singular, as they lay in the form of a cross, all with tails in and heads outwards, and when we put them up they literally tumbled over one another in their efforts to get away from danger, the direction of which was not at all clear to them. In rolling country, such as forms the greater portion of the Game Reserve, they seem to always choose the side sheltered from the wind, and in the majority of cases in which such a spot is selected for their noonday rest, there will be found an extent of dense bush close at hand. Tt has always appeared to me that the white rhinoceros of Zululand is a more decidedly bush loving animal than it is elsewhere ; some of the streams are fringed with stretches of very dense bush, inside of which the ground is always moist and the air cool, and while it seems quite the correct thing to find buffalo congregating there, and any number of bushbuck, it appears altogether incongruous to meet with by PF. Vaughan-Kirby. 235 white rhinoceroses in such places. Nevertheless these animals pass a very great deal of their time in these localities, and very often lie up for the day in them. There are large tracts in the Mfolozi Game Reserve covered with a particularly wicked form of vegetation known to the natives as “ihlehle” thorn : it is a species of cactus, armed with cruel spikes, and as the growth is of a very brittle nature, large pieces are con- stantly knocked off by passing game, and by those which actually feed upon it, such as kudu, bushbuck, baboons, ete. Thus the narrow game- paths through these jungles become strewn with the spikes, and bare- footed natives suffer severely in consequence. Wherever these jungle tracts are found, it is certain that the majority of the white rhinoceroses in the vicinity will be met with during the day sleeping far inside them, in the darkest and most inaccessible parts, to which silent approach is almost an impossibility even when the creatures’ guardian angels, the ‘“ Rhinoceros birds” (Buphagus erythrorhynchus: Red- billed Oxpecker) are not in evidence. It is well-known that there is considerable difference between the dung of the black and that of the white rhinoceros, and also in the manner in which it is deposited. That of the former species is always placed in large heaps, and after depositing it the animals scrape and scatter it about either with their horns or hind-feet. As they feed upon twigs, bark, and the green shoots of thorn-trees the dung is reddish-brown in colour, and is thus easily distinguishable from that of the larger species, consisting as this does entirely of grass, and being of a greenish colour when fresh, similar to that of zebras. Although the white rhinoceros does not systematically deposit its dung in heaps, and never afterwards disturbs or scatters it, I have remarked that as often as not this animal does visit one spot over and over again for the purpose, and though in some cases I have obtained proof that these heaps have been made by one animal, I am not prepared to state that one such place is not visited by a number of different animals. An unusual fact, or one that does not appear to have been recorded from elsewhere, has been noticed in connection with such deposits in the Game Reserve. At one spot, not 50 yards from one of my camps, in the middle of an opening in the bush, there was a very large ‘dumping ground” consisting of a hollow scooped out in the sandy soil, roughly oval in shape, and about 11 feet in length by 7 feet in width. Whether the hole had been made by the animal itself or by some other creature it was impossible to determine, but at all events the hole was there, and was about 2 feet deep, and init had been deposited 236 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand the droppings of one or more animals during a period of probably two or three months, in fact a white rhinoceros had visited the spot the morning of the day upon which we pitched camp there. In another place on a hog-backed ridge running off from the Imbulungu Hills, four similar, though shallower, basins had been scooped out, roughly about 8 yards equidistant from each other, but in distinctly harder soil, and these had been visited many times by white rhineceroses. During the week we spent at a camp near by, only one of these holes was used, and on each occasion by but one animal, the only one in the immediate vicinity, a solitary bull. On the other hand, their droppings may be found in all manner of different places, on ridges, in valleys, in dense bush, where no hole has been made or previously made hole used, and where the places have not been re-visited. On a high open ridge running south from the Amantiyane Hills an area of ground some 20 or 30 yards square was covered at quite close intervals with heaps of white rhinoceros dung. Although never able to detect anything but grass in their droppings, I have wondered whether perhaps these animals sometimes eat the ‘‘ihlehle” cactus leaves, because they undoubtedly do assimilate a certain quantity of leaves of low-growing ground plants which they take in their mouths along with the grass. The black species eats the ihlehle greedily, as also do buffalo, kudu, bushbuck, and bushpigs. White rhinoceroses, like all other game animals are very partial to the young grass which springs up after the old grass has been burnt off. Although their spoor was frequently met with on freshly burnt ground, yet I never saw any indication of their having rolled in the ash, as the black species delights to do. Their powers of sight are extremely limited, so much so that at 100 yards it is very questionable whether a slowly moving object can be seen by them, and this feebleness of sight is quite apart from a certain amount of obstruction of vision due to the position of the anterior horn. At 50 yards even they are unable definitely to make out a slow moving object, such as, for instance, a person stalking towards them, stooping when in the open and occasionally hidden behind bushes. Stationary objects must be between 25 and 30 yards distant before the animal can plainly distinguish them, but with ordinary care, and provided that the animal has not recently been disturbed, it is really a very simple matter to approach them to even less than 20 yards. by I. Vaughan-Kirby. 237 To compensate them for this defective power of sight they possess a wonderfully acute sense of smell, and under favourable conditions can wind a person at a distance of fully half-a-mile. And it is entirely to this acute sense that the animal trusts to warn it of enemies, and when annoyed and irritated by the suspected presence of danger from below wind, as for instance when its feeble vision detects objects close at hand, but its sense of smell fails, owing to the direction of the wind, to confirm its suspicions, the animal becomes utterly bemused and nervous. Presumably it fears to bolt off, lest there may be danger elsewhere than at the spot at which its weak eyesight has led it to suspect it, yet one would imagine that it would rely entirely under such circumstances upon its sense of smell, and move off at once up wind, A black rhinoceros thus situated would at once advance towards the object of its suspicion, but not so the white, which shuffles it feet about, alternately raises and lowers its head, twists and untwists its tail, gazes from one side to the other, while all the time its ears are energetically worked about, and generally displays the upmost nervousness. At last these nervous actions cease, the head is raised, and for a few seconds the animal stares hard in the direction of the suspected danger, then wheeling round it trots off at a sharp pace. The sense of hearing, while considerably less acute than that of scent, is greater than their powers of vision. On my recent collecting trip I was approaching a single rhinoceros, and was accompanied by four natives. |My object was to secure a photograph, but as I only had a Vest-Pocket Camera, with an excellent, but short focus and very wide-angle lens, it was necessary to approach the animal to at least a distance of 20 yards. When still fully 60 yards from the animal, I withdrew the camera from its case, handing the latter together with my rifle to one of the natives, who in receiving them, stupidly dropped the leather case, which fell with a hollow sound on to an emerged tree-root. Glancing at the rhinoceros, I saw it raise its head instantly, turn half round, and face the party, the sound having been clearly heard by it, in fact its suspicions had been so aroused, that before we had covered another ten yards, the animal made off, followed by three others which had previously been hidden by a thick grove of trees. At a distance of about 25 yards a white rhinoceros bull most obviously detected the sound of the opening and closing of a camera shutter, because the animal, which had previously been standing broadside on, at once, at the click of the shutter, swung round and stared hard in my direction. 238 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand When one is following them through thick bush there is no doubt that they distinctly hear the sounds of breaking sticks, and the scraping of bushes on one’s clothes, and yet with only ordinary caution they can be closely approached under these conditions. This is probably because such movements and sounds are of common occurrence in these places, where other creatures than themselves are on the move. It has always appeared to me that they, in common with other wild game, are able to differentiate between natural, or usual, sounds and those which are unusual. For instance, if one is following them up as above described and sticks are unavoidably broken under-foot, or bushes noisily displaced, the animal when met with will be more or less alert, its ears cocking at different angles and seldom still for five seconds together, but if no unusual sound reaches him he will not decamp. You may tread on sticks or scrape past bushes in quite noisy fashion without causing the animal to become other than mildly alert, but if you are so careless as to carry a knife slung at belt and to let it come in contact with your rifle, or to allow a twig to jerk back and rattle against your camera-case well, /. simws will await no further developments, but move off, and you can then sit down and smoke, the while you reflect upon the paradoxical intelligence of the unintelligent rhinoceros. ‘Supposing such unusual sounds are above indicated occur when you have already approached so closely in the thick bush that the animal has become dimly aware of your presence, he will not bolt at once, but, if facing away from you, he swings round actively enough, staring hard in your direction, in which position, unless you are armed with some very differently constructed camera to that which I use, with its complexity of movements, there is very little hope of making an exposure. It is supposed that you are perhaps 20 feet distant from the animal (at any further distance he would not be visible in the surrounding bush) that is, close enough for your every movement to be clearly discernible, thus precluding all possibility of manipulating the camera, in addition to which the chances are that although the great beast is almost at arm’s length from you, all you will see will be two or three patches of grey, a flicking ear and a dark mass which looks like a tree stem, but which you know is the anterior horn, the whole harmonising so completely with the surrounding grey shade, that even these are most difficult to make out. by I. Vaughan-Nirby. 239 The white rhinoceros shares with the elephant a perfectly marvellous adaptibility for getting away, even in the densest cover, with almost uncanny silence. The writer recollects upon one occasion getting up to about 20 yards from the nearest of a little troop of a dozen or 15 elephants in thick cover. They stood with uplifted trunks “feeling for the wind,” three or four of them offering quite easy shots if only it had been possible to see their tusks. Having already secured three from the main herd to which this little troop had belonged it was desired to kill only the best animal of these, but all the creeping and dodging about failed to discover the one which was wanted. Chancing to take my eyes off them for an instant, upon looking up again they had vanished, gone like morning mists, and as silently, all those huge creatures had passed out of sight without the slightest sound. And the white rhinoceros is equally adept at performing this vanishing trick. When approached from below wind in more open country, it will probably be found standing with lowered head, its nose almost resting on the ground, but occasionally it will be raised, and turned un- certainly from side to side, not with the nervous jerky action peculiar to the black species, but in a poncerously deliberate manner. | When satisfied that danger threatens, the animal wheels round and makes off at a swinging trot, its tail screwed tightly above its back. It usually goes a couple of hundred yards or so up wind, twisting and turning in and out amongst the bushes very smartly, and then generally pulls up, standing with its head in the direction previously taken, and, if followed up, will repeat the performance, till finally when his dull senses assure him that he is being persistently followed, he will break away at a sharp gallop for a hundred yards, then slowing down to its normal trot, will not halt again until it has put many a mile between itself and the object of its alarm. The white rhinoceros is very much less active than the black, and more deliberate and heavy in every movement, the only action which it appears to perform smartly is that of getting on its feet from a lying down position, and it is really wonderful how quickly that is done. The writer has never met with these animals high up on rocky hills, such as the black loves to clamber about upon, nevertheless, when put to it, they can negotiate uncommonly steep and rocky places with agility. They travel about amongst the foot-hills, however, here and there ploughing up long furrows with their horn as they walk along. The habitats of the two species do not overlap, or at least not to any extent. In one spot only have I met with the dung of the black species within the range of the white’s habitat, and upon another 240 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand occasion when passing through the latter about midnight, I and the party of natives accompanying me were held up by an aggressive black rhinoceros. The two species, however, seemed to have mingled together in former days in their old haunts in Rhodesia, but it is noted that Heller remarks that in the Nile regions neither encroaches upon the habitat of the other. They are frequently accompanied by the “ 'Tick-birds” (Buphagus erythrorhynchus) and sometimes by the Buffbacked and the Little Egrets (Bubulcus ibis and Herodias garzetta). The former scramble about all over the huge animals, exactly as they do upon cattle, and as they are particularly wide-awake birds it is very difficult to approach their host when they are present, as they invariably set up a loud screeching, and in that way and by running rapidly about over its head, sound a warning of which even this dull-witted pachyderm never fails to avail itself. The egrets sedately follow up the rhinoceroses as they move, and may frequently be seen taking ticks from under the animal’s belly. In reward for these services they get many a joy-ride on his back. Burning stretches of grass within the range of their habitat in the Game Reserve appears to cause them some annoyance, and they usually repair to some other locality for a couple of days, after which they return and wander about over the burnt ground without any sign of alarm. Usually they are not alarmed at grass-fires, but it is possible that in Zululand, the knowledge that their range is comparatively restricted, may account for the fact that these fires cause them considerable temporary annoyance. The late Mr. Selous states in one or other of his most interesting works that he has never met with a case of an adult rhinoceros perspiring, although the young calves do so most freely. I have, how- ever, met with cases of the adults perspiring quite as freely, the black more so than the white, and mainly about the neck and flanks. After the statement made by the above authority I would hesitate to record otherwise, but for the fact that I am so certain about this. The black rhinoceros cow, for instance, which was shot in the Hluhluwe Game Reserve last winter for the purpose of securing the calf, was covered with perspiration about the neck and flanks, and this was noted by the writer and his friends who accompanied him. The only sounds which I have ever actually seen a white rhinoceros in the act of making are a loud snort or sniff, made when the animal comes upon some object the nature of which is foreign to him, and by F. Vaughan-Kirby. 241 loud grunting squeals made by a dying animal. The former has been heard upon several occasions when white rhinoceroses have come close to my camps, from below wind, in the night, and the latter I have heard made by wounded animals. Reference has already been made to grunting sounds proceeding from a spot where an immature rhinoceros was wallowing, and that although upon our approaching closely and watching it, it was not seen to make any sound, yet both I and the natives who were with me believed that those we had heard so distinctly proceeded from that particular animal. At the same time, it must be admitted that there are large numbers of baboons in that part of the country, and it is just possible that a solitary male of that species might have been down at the mud-hole, and uttered the grunts as it moved off, and it will be noted that at the time, and before sighting the rhinoceros, we believed it was a baboon. The white rhinoceros is an easily killed beast, as indeed is the black, and succumbs quickly to a shot through the upper portion of the heart or through both lungs. In the latter case it is essential that the bullet shall penetrate the two lungs, otherwise if only one is touched the wounded animal will travel for ever, and it is very little use trying to follow one so hit. We have very little reliable information concerning the breeding habits of the white rhinoceros, and such as we do possess has caused considerable divergence of conclusions. The generally expressed opinion is that it breeds very slowly, but Heller, basing his conclusions upon the evidence gathered on the Smithsonian Nile Expedition, opines that the reverse is the case, and it would seem that he had strong reasons for so thinking. In Zulu- land there is no doubt that this animal breeds very slowly, and this opinion was held by the late Mr. Selous in respect of the animals in Rhodesia. Heller points out that in the Nile region “the adult female is seldom found without a calf.” This condition also obtains in Zululand. But as in the latter case these calves are invariably animals of fully four years old, and there is no younger animal running with the parent, it may be assumed that a period of at least four years elapses between the birth of one calf and that of the next. And this appears to be borne out by the conditions under which I have occasionally seen two calves with the mother, the elder of the two being an animal, as I should judge, of between four and six years old, and the younger less than a year. 249 The White Rhinoceros in Zululand, I am disposed to think that the native report to the effect that the female rhinoceros of this species hides its young in dense cover for some time after birth may be true. Certainly I have never seen a very young calf, that is to say less than two to three months old. Careful observations lead to the conclusion that the young may be born at any time of the year, and that there is no particular calving season. It has always appeared to me that the female white rhinoceros evinces very little concern for its young after the latter is three months old or so, the concern seems mainly to be exercised by the young animal itself, and when danger has been located and the adult animals make a bolt for it, the ungainly youngster very promptly places itself in front of its mother, a position it retains, guided by the latter’s horn against its flank, no matter how intricate the twists and turns through the bush or how variously the pace may be accelerated or reduced. A brief reference to the native nomenclature of this rhinoceros may not be out of place. I have elsewhere shown that the word in general use in S.E. Africa for this creature is “‘ Umkombo” (or as pronounced, ‘“’mkombo”) but that large adult males of the black species are frequently referred to by the same name. I have, however, been recently informed by Mr. Oswald Fynney, Resident Magistrate for the Ndwandwe Division of Zululand, a very clever native linguist, that when natives who know the white rhinoceros wish to refer to it ina manner which shall leave no doubt in the listener’s mind as to which species is indicated, they use the word ‘‘ Umkava,” usually abbreviated _ to “’mkava.” Personally, I have never heard this word used, even by the game-guards who have been in charge of the Mfolozi Reserve for years, but it is interesting to know that, if my memory serves me, the Matabili people call the animal ‘“’mkofo,” which bears distinct resemblance to ‘’mkava,” if it be taken into consideration that the relative pronunciations of the “f” and “v” are often difficult to determine. in the Bantu language Annals Durban Museum, Vol. II. Plate XX VII. Block lent by “Natal Mercury.” White Rhineceros (female) from Zululand, presented to the Durban Museum by William A, Campbell, Esq. The horn measures 28} inches along the curve, XXI.—On the Genus ICTIDOPSIS, by S. H. Haughton, B.A,, F.G.S., Assistant Director, South African Museum, Capetown. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the South African Museum). WO skulls belonging to this genus in the collection of the Durban Museum enable me to give a fuller account of the form than has hitherto appeared. The skulls are almost exactly similar. The larger one has been almost fully developed and shows most of the features. Two species of the genus Jctidopsis have been described, both very briefly :—Jctidopsis elegans from Harrismith, described by Broom (Proc. Zoo]. Soc. 1912, p. 872) and LZ. formosa, also from Harrismith, described by van Hoepen (Ann. Transvaal Mus. V, 3. Suppl. 2, 1916). The latter is said to be “larger than the type species, and its inter- orbital space is relatively broader. The hinder end of the nasal is only slightly broader than the front end.” Comparative measurements are as follows :— Durban Mus. I. elegans I. formosa specimen Greatest length ... ... 63mm, 8lmm. 72mm. Greatest width ... ... 42mm. 55mm. 44mm. Interorbital width wee) 2mm 18mm. 15°5mm. Six molars occupy a space of 13mm. 17mm. 16mm. This form comes, therefore, nearer to J. formosa than to J. elegans ; but it is possible that the differences between the two species may be due to individual variation. All the known specimens come from the Middle Beaufort Beds of Harrismith. The two skulls belonging to the Durban Museum, although obviously of the same species, show slight differences in size and relations due to crushing. The premaxilla carries four pointed incisors, which are bent back- wards. The fourth and smallest has a rounded anterior edge but is flattened posteriorly. The others are apparently nearly round in cross- section. The maxilla extends forward outside the premaxilla to the fourth incisor and forms the lower border of the foramen lying exterior to the nostril. It is highest above the canine and extends back below the orbit as a splint underlying the jugal. In addition to the canine it carries six molars. All the molars are cusped with a large pointed median cusp and a small anterior and posterior cusp, as in Nythosaurus. The first molar is small and the subsidiary cusps rudimentary. The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th are large teeth. The 5th and 6th somewhat smaller ; but all have the cusps well marked. (243) 244 Genus Ictidopsis The septomaxilla forms only a small part of the face. It lies between the nostril and the external foramen. Behind this it lies within the maxilla, its upper edge only appearing on the face. Anteriorly it lies on the floor of the nostril just overlapping on to the premaxilla. The nasals are very broad between the points where they meet the lachrymals and maxille. Anterior to this they narrow rapidly and then broaden to the nostril ; while they also narrow between the prefrontals. The jugal sends forward a process to lie between the maxilla and lachrymal. The latter is larger than the prefrontal. | The frontal is small and excluded from the orbital margin and articulates with the parietal along the intertemporal bar some distance in advance of the pineal foramen. TExtT-Fic. 1. Icripopsis FORMOSA, v. Hoep. Skull and lower jaw, from above. (Slightly larger than natural saze ). The posterior part of the palate and the side wall of the brain-case have been cleared, and are here described for the first time. The occipital condyle is double. The ventral surface of the basi- occipital is short and broad, forming the inner border at least of the foramen jugulare, which is large and looks wholly downwards. The ventral surface of the basioccipital is pitted with two or three small pits. The posterior portion of the basisphenoid forms an equilateral triangular area whose base is the articulation with the basioccipital and whose sides are slightly ridged only near the apex. As in Diademodon and other forms the bony fenestra ovalis is bounded by the basisphenoid, basioccipital, and prootic. Anterior to the apex of the by S. H. Haughton. 245 triangular area the basisphenoid is continued as a narrow vertical plate whose lower surface passes forwards and upwards. Near the bottom, either side of this plate has a groove, which is separated from its neighbour by a free-ending short tongue of the basisphenoid. Each groove leads forward into the interpterygoid vacuity whose hinder margin is formed by the basisphenoid. In cross-section the basi- sphenoid is seen to lie above the interpterygoid vacuity and anterior to the vacuity the bone is again seen as a tongue lying between the pterygoids at the top of the arch whose side-walls are pterygoidal. The side-walls of the interpterygoid vacuity are formed by the pterygoids which pass back to lie outside the basisphenoid. The latter has a very short basipterygoid process which meets the pterygoid and is separated by a thin splint of that bone from the large epipterygoid. In front of the anterior tongue of basisphenoid the pterygoids are in contact with one another. Here for a short distance there is a median groove, but at the level of the transverse processes of the pterygoids the palate becomes suddenly vaulted ; and no development has been done anterior to this point. The side-wall of the brain-case is similar to that of Cynosuchus and Diademodon. ‘The sinus canal separates the epipterygoid and _prootic from the parietal and passes back to the post-temporal opening. The foramen for the exit of branches 2 and 3 of the Vth nerve lies in the suture between the prootic and epipterygoid, the former forming only its posterior border. The epipterygoid has a suture with, and lies external to, the pterygoid anteriorly ; but the pterygoid dies out post- eriorly whilst the epipterygoid passes back to meet the quadrate. The quadrate is small and fixes on to the squamosal by means of two processes which fit loosely into two deep grooves on the under surface of the squamosal as in Diademodon. The external auditory meatus lies just mesial to the inner of these two grooves. It is deep, but does not pass on to the top of the skull. The lower jaw is typically Cynodont in structure, with a long shallow dentary provided with a large coronoid process, and a small postdentary portion. The notch in the lower border of the angular is almost covered by the dentary ; and the outer face of the bone is provided with a channel facing backwards and downwards and passing upwards and backwards from the notch, its outer wall formed by a reflected lamina of the angular. The splenial meets its neighbour at the symphysis, lying along the inside of the dentary. In general features this skull is a Cynodont ; but in the possession of an interpterygoid vacuity it differs from all the hitherto-described 246 Genus Ictidopsis. Cynodonts, from the Gorgonopsia, and from Cynosuchus. An inter- pterygoid vacuity is a feature of the Therocephalia which differs from Ictidopsis, however, in many respects—as do the Bauridae. I have shown elsewhere that in the development of Whaztsia the loss of the interpterygoid vacuity probably took place at a late stage, as a little skull possibly ancestral to Whaztsia and from a slightly lower horizon differs from the latter type chiefly in the possession of a single molar and an interpterygoid vacuity. Jctidopsis is from the Middle Beaufort Beds found associated with the zone fossil Lystrosaurus. Nythosawrus possibly also first appears near the top of the Middle Beaufort Beds but extends through to the Upper Beaufort Beds of Aliwal North. By the gradual closing together of the pterygoid plates and the consequent elimination of the interpterygoid vacuity Jctidopsis TExtT-FIG. 2. IcTipopsis FORMOSA, v. Hoep. Skull and lower jaw, side view. (Slightly larger than natural size ). could conceivably become a typical Nythosaurid; but if this be the line of evolution, then we must look for the ancestors of at least some of the Cynodonts among forms with an interpterygoid vacuity which is divided above by an anterior prolongation of the basisphenoid. Such features are seen in the Scalopusauride of the Cistecephalus zone and some of the Therocephalia of the Hndothiodon and Tapinocephalus zones. In these, however, a suborbital vacuity is persistent ; but the ancestors of /ctidopsis and of Nythosaurus may have arisen from a Therocephalian in whose descendants the suborbital vacuity gradually became obliterated and a secondary palate formed. It has been suggested that the Gorgonopsia are further from the line of descent of Cynodonts such as Diademodon than has usually been suspected ; and the features of Jctadopsis seem to bear out this contention. XXII.—On South African Bees, chiefly collected in Natal, by : T. D. A. Cockerell, University of Colorado, CERATINA, Latrielle. CERATINA VIRIDIS, Guérin. 2. Doonside, 20th December, 1916 (L. Bevis). Umbilo, 18th February, 1917 (lL. Bevis). C. viridis was described from Senegal, and I have specimens from Benguela. I am quite unable to separate those from Natal, though the wide range is surprising. The abdomen in Natal specimensevaries from blue to green. CERATINA BRAUNSIANA, Friese. 2. Krantz Kloof, 2nd October, 1916 (Marley). Agrees with specimens from Algoa Bay, received from Dr. Brauns. CERATINA MIMULA, Sp. nov. @. Length 7°5 mm.; black, with fuliginous wings; clypeus normal, with a broad pale yellowish band; anterior femora with a short yellow line in front, and their tibiz with a similar line at base ; hind tibie with abundant long hair on inner side; abdomen densely punctured, the segments at sides fringed with widely spaced yellowish spine-like bristles; third ventral segment with a very conspicuous transverse patch of white tomentum. Krantz Kloof, 30th October, 1916 (Marley). Very close to C. geigerie, Ckll., but differing by the entirely black tubercles and darker, more violaceous wings. C. geigerie is from Benguela. The clypeus has a feeble median sulcus, not distinct and conspicuous as in C. sulcata, Friese. CERATINA SPECULIFRONS, sp. nov. 2. Length 10-105 mm.; black, with fuliginous wings; no pale markings on head, thorax or abdomen; no abdominal hair-bands ; anterior tibie with an ivory-white stripe on outer side, extending from base to a little beyond middle ; hind tibie angulate externally beyond (247) 248 Natal Bees middle, and just before the angle coarsely senate with four teeth ; clypeus abbreviated, snout-like, with a large semi-circular concave smooth polished space, surrounded above and at sides by a salient rim; on the upper surface, above the rim, is a broad wedge-shaped depression. Labrum very large, shallowly sulcate in middle; cheeks broad and rounded, very densely punctured ; front and vertex densely and coarsely punctured; mesothorax polished, with sparse strong punctures ; scutellum densely punctured; abdomen punctured all over; ventral segments with short silvery-white hair. Variety A. Length 85-9 mm.; the depression on upper-side of clypeus with a longitudinal yellow mark. The depressed shining basin of clypeus is quite small in the smallest specimen. Type from Eshowe, 8th January, 1916 (Marley). Co-type the same, but 7th January, 1916. Variety a, Umbilo, 7th February, 1917 (L. Bevis) and Umbilo, 1916 (1. Bevis). Nearest to C. nagriceps, Friese, but larger, with pale marks on anterior legs. CERATINA FIMBRIATULA, Sp. Nov. 9 (Type). Length about 7 mm.; black, with dusky wings; no pale marks on thorax or abdomen ; abdomen with narrow hair-fringes, only at sides on first two segments; hind tibiz with a single large sharp tooth on middle of outer side; anterior tibiz with a variable pale line; clypeus with a depressed polished triangular basin, rounded above and produced at sides, the part above broadly yellow, the yellow extending on each side of the basin as a curved stripe, the whole yellow mark like a very broad reversed V with a very large base ; sides of face with very coarse punctures; upper part of labrum with a triangular dull area; cheeks coarsely punctured all over; meso- thorax very coarsely punctured, but a large space in middle with only a few punctures ; scutellum densely and very coarsely punctured. ¢. Length about 6mm.; clypeus ordinary, bright chrome-yellow, with a slender median sulcus; labrum yellow; anterior tibize and basitarsi with a slender yellow line along their whole length ; apex of abdomen broad, with a’small dentiform apical angle ; hind tibiz with a broad pencil of very long hairs on inner side. Type 2 from Malvern, Natal, March, 1916 (Barker). Co-type ?, Durban, 11th March, 1917 (E. C. Chubb). Male, Umbilo, 25th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Related to C. dunata, Friese, but smaller, with the yellow face-mark of female differently shaped (crescent-like in /unata), and the male with black tubercles. by 7. De AS Cockerell, 949 CdiLIOXYS, Latr. C@LIOXYS LORICULA, Smith. Durban, 2 9, 12th October, 1918, and 18th October, 1918 (C. N. Barker). C@LIOXYS PENETATRIX, Smith. Bluff, Durban, 1 2, 25th November, 1916 (C. N. Barker). Camioxys (LIorHyRAPIS) PACHYURA, sp. nov. 2. Length 14-5 mm.; with an abundance of white hair; tibie and tarsi red. I had taken this for C. verticalis, Sm., until I saw the true verticalis from Natal. It differs from verticalis by the much clearer wings (fuliginous in verticalis), hair of face pure white (mixed with brown in verticalis), and last ventral segment of abdomen conspicuously broader. Willowmore, 8. Africa, Ist December, 1904 (Dr. H. Brauns). Sent as C’. decipiens, Spinola. It is undoubtedly the C. decipiens, var. rufipes, Friese, but the name cannot be used, as there is an earlier C. rufipes from Cuba. According to Vachal’s description, it is very close to C. lanuginea, Vachal, from the Gabun (French Congo), but differs by the red tibiz and tarsi and the distinctly punctured under surface of abdomen. Possibly lanwginea and pachyura are races of a single species. Ca:tioxys (LIOTHYRAPIS) VERTICALIS, Smith. The male, not before described, resembles the female in appearance, but the hair on the face is yellowish. The fifth abdominal segment has no lateral spines; the sixth has six spines, the upper terminal ones directed outward. In Friese’s table of males it runs to C. sexspinosa, Friese, a form with clear wings resembling C. afra. @. Durban, 1915 (H. W. Bell Marley). 4, Malvern, 22nd December, 1915 (C. N. Barker). Ca@Lioxys CHUBBI, sp. nov. @. Length about 15 mm.; black, with the patches of hair pure white; eyes dark brown, with short hair; clypeus dull, granular, with sparse punctures, not keeled, the surface not hidden by the very 250 Natal Bees fine pruinose pubescence, the apical margin rather broadly covered with pale ochreous tomentum; mandibles black; cheeks anteriorly (next to orbits) covered with dense white hair, but posteriorly with thinner hair; posterior ocelli unusually close together, the distance between them about equal to the diameter of one; mesothorax bare, shining, very strongly and densely punctured, the punctures mostly in longitudinal grooves; scutellum rugose, slightly emarginate apically, base with two short transverse stripes of white pubescence; axillar teeth long and pointed, strongly punctured; tegule black; wings fuliginous, with strong violaceous tints, hyaline basally ; legs (with spurs) black ; abdomen shining, not densely punctured, segments with narrow pure white hair-bands, enlarged at sides; last dorsal segment delicately keeled throughout its length, the apex pointed ; last ventral extending some distance beyond last dorsal lanceolate, not notched at sides; penultimate ventral segment dull and finely granular except at base. Type; Bluff, Durban, 6th April, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Co-type, with abdominal bands spoiled. Durban, 22nd April, 1916 (E. C. Chubb). The apex of the abdomen is formed much as in C, brevis, Eversm., but the last, ventral is broader, and not nearly so long. Superficially, C. chubbi resembles C. durbanensis, Ckll., but the end of the abdomen is entirely different. C@LIOxys BARKERI, Sp. Nov. 2 (Type). Length 10-10°5 mm.; black, with white pubescence, very scanty and slightly ochreous-tinted on thorax above; mandibles and legs dark red; tegule piceous; wings smoky-hyaline, darkest apically. Eyes dark grey, with very short hair; face densely covered with snow-white hair; cheeks densely white-hairy ; distance between posterior ocelli much greater than the width of one; mesothorax and scutellum with very coarse large punctures; anterior border of mesothorax with scale-like white hairs, not covering the surface ; scutellum very short, posteriorly truncate ; axillar spines rather short; spurs cream-colour; abdomen shining, strongly but not densely punctured, with linear pure white hair-bands, greatly enlarged at sides ; last dorsal segment broad but pointed, keeled throughout ; last ventral shaped much as last dorsal, but broader, and extending very little beyond the dorsal; venter with broad bands of white hair ; penultimate ventral segment without distinct punctures. ¢d. Length 7-9 mm.; similar to the female. Anterior coxe with stout red divergent spines ; fifth abdominal segment with small lateral by T. D. A. Cockerell. 251 teeth ; sixth with six teeth; lateral ones sharp and slender; median sulcus broad and deep; apex of sixth segment reddish, the lower apical teeth very sharp, longer than the upper; seen from above the apical teeth bound a rather high semi-circle. Type 9. Umgeni, Durban, 4th December, 1918 (C. N. Barker) ; co-type ?, Bluff, Durban, 20th March, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Males: Bluff, Durban, 20th March, 1917 (two) and 28th January, 1917 (C. N. Barker). In the male, this closely resembles C. dolichacantha, and especially C. Joricula and penetatrix. These males may be separated by the following key : Axillar spines long and sharp, so that of total length of axilla more than half is spine; legs black....... dolichacantha, Ckll. Axiilar spines relatively short and Obtuse. 7.2 .. 252 s..0.06-...0e. «i Als 1. Legs bright ferruginous; eyes green......... penetatrix, Smith. Legs black or dark red, in the latter case eyes not green.....2. 2. Face broader, with white hair; cheeks broader...barkert, Ckll. Face narrower, with yellow hair; cheeks narrower..../oricula, Smith. Ca@LIoxys NATALENSIS, Sp. NOV. 9 (Type). Length 11-13 mm.; black, with white pubescence ; legs and antenne black, mandibles reddish apically ; eyes dark grey, the hair short; face coverd with white hair, dense and snow-white at sides, clypeus with an apical fringe of long pale creamy hair ; ocelli rather large; mesothorax and scutellum closely and _ strongly punctured ; scutellum broadly and gently rounded behind; axillar spines rather long, gently curved; tegule piceous with a dark rufous spot; wings dilute fuliginous except at base; spurs cream-colour ; abdomen shining, distinctly but not very densely punctured, and with linear pure white hair-bands, enlarging at sides ; last dorsal segment rather weakly keeled, its end broad lanceolate; last ventral similar, going a little beyond last dorsal; penultimate ventral segment very distinetly punctured. ¢. Length about 9 mm.; face densely covered with pure white hair; anterior coxe with rudimentary spines; wings with only the broad apical margin fuliginous ; fifth abdominal segment without spines ; sixth with six spines, median sulcus narrow but deep, lateral spines slender, apical spines short, the upper broad, the lower stout. Type: Bluff, Durban, 28th January, 1917 (C. N. Barker). Co-type 9. Stella, Durban, 16th November, 1918 (C. N. Barker). Male, Bluff, Durban, 23rd February, 1917 (C. N. Barker). 252, Natal Bees Ca@LIoxYs BEVISI, sp. nov. ¢. Length 9-10 mm.; black, wings dark fuliginous except basally, legs dark but very distinct red; face with dense pale yellow hair; eyes dark brownish-grey, with short hair; mandibles red ; mesothorax and scutellum dullish, with large punctures; scutellum short, feebly arched behind ; axillar spines rather short and stout ; tegule black ; anterior coxee with stout obtuse well-developed spines ; spurs pale reddish ; abdomen polished, sparsely punctured, the white hair-bands failing in middle; fifth segment without lateral spines, sixth with six spines, laterals and lower apicals slender. Type: Umbilo, 25th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Co-type with the same data. The above Natal species may be separated by the following key : ROMANS cBt 08 ob stains athe Batis Eke os eRe Grdntas atte Ge omits sae eee Ve NPAC SAE cAMP se vaca oe th Ne eacine Ae tice oe Seat eRe oar ee See eee ae 6. 1. Eyes bare; axillar teeth short and obtuse.....verticalis, Smith. Hivesshainy;: axillar tect donger os. -eensctcn-= er neeeeer 2. 2. Last ventral segment with lateral notches.....................5 3. ast ventral without-lateral motehes.. ...2-2e.0dee-c-- nome 4, 3. Lateral notches weak ; tegule reddish....... penetatria, Smith. Lateral notches strong ; tegul black or reddish../oricula, Smith. 4. Last ventral conspicuously longer than last dorsal; wings (except basally) dark fuliginous with strong violaceous tints oles ERIS deat aR ees Te are Noe ne NY alee eee “3a. sens CRA00e, OKI. Last ventral wii longer than last dorsal; wings not so OLY ol cee eS ere Renee Stan ORS PrN OND «OM rier BRASS Dstt Dd. 5. Penultimate ventral segment without distinct punctures ; legs darlesred hee pon Oh Mtesa county. a ancien cee esenee barkert, Ckll. Penultimate ventral segment with distinct punctures; legs lola@kers: sos ane aon one eeaes cette tee oeeeraes natalensis, Ckll. 6. Eyes bare; axillar teeth short.................. verticalis, Smith. Miyes tnaiiys gaeace ckesasevetec ese se eniden eee ae nae eer erate tfc 7. Apical sulcus of abdomen narrow ; inferior apical teeth stout s siets Gi Sieve bine aiers oe Mn alin Peet ene Stats eee cre Bourret natalensis, Ckll. Apical sulcus of abdomen broad ; inferior apical teeth slender sake iw avajera« S18 auch aerate tare atatercestaneretocsie eae es toieielese)ee Ereeeeatincateteinre entiete celem caterer ts 8. 8. Apical emargination (between lower apical teeth) broad, nearly with the form of a semi-circle.................0+++: barkert, Ckll. Apical emargination narrower, with the form of the end of a | 1S) See RE ner AAr ear Rtn os yonarCRchoococelcopnc bewist, Ckll. by 7. D. A. Cockerell. bo mt eo CTENOPLECTRA NITIDULA, sp. nov. 9. Length about 6°5 mm.; robust; shining black ; hind margins of abdominal segments narrowly hyaline; small joints of tarsi ferru- ginous ; head very broad, much broader than long; mandibles dark, with a few long golden hairs beneath ; labrum large, shining, with a strong keel down the middle; clypeus strongly punctured, depressed apically ; front very strongly and coarsely punctured, the punctures extremely dense in middle ; sides of face with conspicuous white hair ; ocelli placed in a curved line, far apart; scape black, with base and apex bright ferruginous ; flagellum very short, chestnut red, blackened above; thorax very broad, circular seen from above; mesothorax gibbous in front, polished, with sparse shallow punctures, a strong median groove on anterior half; scutellum dullish, with minute punctures ; metathorax with much pure white hair, thin on disc posteriorly, the basal area white-tomentose, contrasting with the shining bare post-scutellum ; tegule dark reddish; wings hyaline, nervures and stigma dark brown; stigma small but well-formed, its lower side convex ; marginal cell pointed apically, the tip away from costa and briefly appendiculate ; two sub-marginal cells, of about equal size, the second contracted one-half to marginal; basal nervure falling some distance short of transversomedial ; first recurrent nervure joining second sub-marginal cell far from base, the second joining near to apex; hind tibie greatly broadened at end, their basitarsi very broad, sub-quadrate, both carrying on outer side a very coarse abundant pale scopa; the inner face of the tibiz is finely tomentose, but the narrow anterior face is bare and shining, and the apex appears as if prolonged into a large thorn-like spur ; abdomen polished and impunctate, without hair-bands; apical half of venter with coarse reddish hair, forming stiff brush-like apical fringes on apices of second and following segments. The mouth parts cannot be seen ; Mr. Barker notes that the tongue is short. The compound microscope shows that the large thorn-like structure at the end of the hind tibia is actually the inner spur; its margin throughout (posteriorly) is beset with fine very closely set. spines, forming a comb. This comb is dark brown. The other spur is simple. Antennal joints 4 to 6 are extremely short, ring-like; the apical joint is about twice as long as the one before. The hairs of the ventral abdominal fringe are partly consolidated, forming curved processes recalling those on the abdomen of Cambarus The end of the abdomen presents a couple of black hairy finger-like sting-palpi. Durban, September, 1916 (C. N. Barker). 954 Natal Bees Apparently related to C. polita (Strand, as Scrapter), from Spanish Guinea, but smaller. Scrapter, Lepeletier, 1825, included four species. One of these, S. lagopus (Latr.), was the European insect now known as Macropis labiata (Fabr.). The other three are from Caffraria, and apparently have not been collected since, but they are presumed to belong to Ctenoplectra, Smith. Formerly it was customary to regard Scrapter as a synonym of Macropis, but more recently Friese and others have used it in place of Ctenoplectra. Ashmead (1899) treated it as a distinct Panurgine genus, designating S. brullei, Lepeletier, 1841, from the Canary Islands, as the type. This is impossible, since bruller is not one of the original species. I will herewith designate S. lagopus as the type of Scrapter, making it accordingly a synonym of Macropis. Robertson defined a family Macropodide, type genus Macropis ; but there is already a family Macropodide, Waterhouse (1841), for Macropus, Shaw, the kangaroo. The family of bees may be called Ctenoplectridxe, with Ctenoplectra as the type genus. HALIcTUS ATELOPTERUS, sp. nov. 2. Length about 6°6 mm.; black, head and thorax with rather long white hair, abundant and coarse on face and pleura, but not hiding surface; head broader than long, orbits converging below ; mandibles bright pale ferruginous in middle; antenne black; clypeus dullish ; vertex shining; region in front of ocelli rather swollen ; cheeks small, with dense white hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining, appearing impunctate under a lens; area of metathorax semi-circular, well-defined behind, irregularly wrinkled all over; legs black with white hair, small joints of tarsi ferruginous; tegule piceous ; wings milky-hyaline ; stigma and nervures dark sepia, except the second and third transversocubitals and second recurrent, which are hyaline and hardly noticeable; first recurrent nervure meeting second transversocubital ; first submarginal cell larger than second and third combined; abdomen broad, shining, fourth segment reddened basally ; no hair-bands; venter with loose white hair, which collects pollen; hind spur pectinate with numerous teeth. The stigma is reddish in middle, with broad dark borders. Umbilo, 10th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Nearest, perhaps, to the smaller H. lampronotus, Cameron, but recognisable at once by the peculiar wings, which seem at first sight to have only one submarginal cell. by 7. D. A. Cockerell. 25 Ou ANTHOPHORA ODONTURA, Sp. nov. g. Length about 14 mm., covered with red hair, and looking exactly like A. vestita or A. capensis. It differs from both by the tridentate apex of abdomen, the middle tooth shorter and more obtuse than the others. From male vestita it is at once known by the total lack of the black brush near the apex of middle tarsi, and by the clypeus having two large quadrate black patches above, which the supraclypeal mark is angulate above. From capensis it differs by having the vertical yellow band on clypeus almost or quite parallel- sided, and the hair on inner side of hind basitarsi black instead of chocolate. ‘The eyes seem paler and yellower, and probably differ distinctly in life. I was, however, very doubtful whether to separate the insect from capensis until I noticed the tridentate apex of abdomen. Type from Umbilo, 18th February, 1917 (L. Bevis). Two others, also collected by Mr. Bevis at Umbilo in 1917, on February 10th and 14th. One has the pale bands at apices of abdominal segments unusually distinct. ANTHOPHORA CAPENSIS, Friese. The male, not before described, differs from the female by the very broad vertical and apical yellow bands on clypeus; space between eyes and clypeus, except at top, yellow; and scape with a yellow stripe. The legs are without teeth or special ornaments. The eyes are reddish. Males from Eshowe, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley), Malvern, January, 1916 (C. N. Barker) and Umbilo (L. Bevis). Females from Eshowe, December, 1916 (H. W. Bell Marley) and Karkloof, January, 1919 (E. E. Platt). ANTHOPHORA MEDIORUFA, sp. nov. g. Length about 13 mm., anterior wing 10 mm.;_ black, robust, the face, labrum and mandibles white, with the usual black stripe at each side of clypeus ; scape white in front ; legs simple, hind basitarsi broad. Flagellum obscurely reddened beneath ; third antennal joint about as long as fourth and fifth together; head and thorax with mixed black and dull white hair, presenting a grey, slightly yellowish, appearance ; cheeks beneath and under side of thorax with pure white 256 Natal Bees hair; sides of thorax posteriorly with long fulvous hair; tegule ferruginous ; wings dusky, nervures black ; legs with the hair mainly white. a tuft of fulvous on inner side of middle tarsi, middle tarsi with black hair, except a white line on basitarsi, hind tarsi with hair all black ; abdomen with pale fulvous hair at extreme base, but black hair on first segment above, and a band of white hair on its hind margin; segments 2 to 5 with similar rather narrow white bands ; segments 4 and 5 with scattered white hairs, and longer black ones, on the disc; apex and venter with black hair. On inner side of hind tibie the hair is black. Durban, Natal, 25th January, 1919 (C. N. Barker). Type. Also one from Winklespruit, 27th December, 1918 (C. N. Barker). In Friese’s table this runs nearest to A. circu/ata, from which it is quite distinct. It closely resembles A. rapida, Smith, described from Natal, and may prove to be its male. Only the female of rapida was known to Smith, and the species was unknown to Friese when he wrote his work on African bees. Meade-Waldo states that the apical band on the first abdominal segment is pale fulvous in rapida. The following table separates the species of Anthophora sent in the last consignment. Labrum black ; clypeus with only an apical yellow banda sac (Krantz Kloof, 2nd April, 1917, Marley)...A. vestita, Smith. IEW cy anya} oe) Renee Ca ONB AGN ANE eC aGE HRA Shoo nbn pap eGAGhOS OI ocrectoceacmac IF 1. Clypeus white, except marginal stripes......... mediorufa, Ckll. Clypeus‘atileast largely iblacke.., ahh >», 4 > xa AAs a, es nankaraAne Yel | aa® TLE | a. ~ | 1 wr i is mit De®. & a el i a . 2. sAaeaas i me AND? ee Sita, Asal? Ma ALL nail ye a RMaahaarat ea Dade EpARahSe ogbha Ana 8 MARETt uae ttrpeat Bhaja Waamiton ness aMlaaatgy ee TTT Thee ee ‘ mae g a. } Sa pit A i 8 a. A i oma « -— Ana, 2 , TYN, ig “a am ot! | ‘ Rh ~~ oT Vor Am RAA aA Netel L. Lell 1 aa \ BAMA A2 2. ae 9s Pi . 2 a \ “a yw = Aaa Aap = oe eo x aly mY - cm iG, ie oa my YY ry MoT Nan ve Saaalr Mine | will! aL a. \ S gy! ~anae AN é Akh ime naan eer A ahi petel Nee a) ae” A | prast)) Title Ansan, aan ARN A yapaa Naas ae TT ala! Hah ADH Na ni paMARaasein@ inp acer Ni daaaas aca, COLT AO wate an PEI A zeit oats ig “at ot Gene Sill | N Be Q@ae ce & as = Lie 6h ON ITNT p ee ~~ ~ ATT ere iz aan A | Nae heh : wel ARN An amaihelild Tak ton) | Soa tees TPE RinaQaee . wen Raa | PERL CET avec Set f ala ‘ MPP R 6 ~ sh pa to Puy, Rett Ra naarnv”, Ps THAT EEL Sr emeaas artis LIN | Oe » wraaad ) Sas Cel SG ae J : tL. aa uoaRNN tele. 19 ~e ai ~e mate y \ pra PA ‘§ ay Leeots sitha, PTT bt TELL APAARAY uNyppanorne Yer || TR ® Gases a: a ‘7 ‘ = ae q s Ta ¥ hota fae nee ne Sée aoa ¥ ably y ETT Y vy tania ~ ~ pAaka f~ > Ar ar One Rama aeA \ eh | Rank inh WYN Y ~ 4 A. » ome s wh a de Aa. Pa Aa a "A. 4 nat FS Aa * ae SAP Manan ane a wan ? aaaites 7 aan ay San. : ea pTY > lehelal eet FF ‘ PA, s lal} || Se KAR AYNY, AR Sosa 4 AaA RY ©) eee ae” a Ne a & “es x PEPE bo. : A be As anhhhas PAA NV aan, ef: obi bebeh4 Yr Ane | NAnad donations “<-> TELLTL ET ane -~ sr Pyam oot rw oa 4) 2: Deal? am RA Rae EA a>» * SEFCRAT AU MMUAMALELM DG RARLRyBRGR ODN SARRAn eehORnnAAAAA Rg gt ’ A \ q a = fir UU Up peatesgs | VII phi i etenpen ere LT nen, "Ap andion aA MRA EE win fale Se) Oe fotel ol alll Mie PARC: Ps Ann Oa i ot Lt tt tetal fetereeeiat | 4 | e ~ < oN et ; : } hao : Mea. al “aq Dae ft hel Te ee i TA a Sm EE eres |. Bet. 7 Ron dee a» . ty a Baill AMA. -- _7 eval alal Ama AAAS aia Pe Pia Law i NT WORE Ted edt | Cece eee mop a a we eee eg e! ' eo (aA 5 a. NE Lied ei TL ann k refi efttr® ae ) we pet Qan".? a A aA ee TT eer TTT fo. d ayy AA igs papraceennety oe AAA | Pa —e ‘a’ Ve aL A XA iy" i A ARRAS Ra. Be ie] Harty G45 nel i r a Gil £ ze r t mn, * . Sb einttetes | a2% ar ee es OP ¥ Haan eeecillee ro lihats Dame Wiral Seyilllaatniass : TTT yh ree nelm vane : M4) , rn ‘ "fia THY on oa ba am: e- are Re k \, ° aarny sa Be Pam A, % Ty : . HAAR } - 4. SETI A i Aj} { ’. a. A \ vind Tear lt ytuuies ; lta titan be at pa yas ane aint TY Tat nae | | elie Ty | aana ; Ama,_.--*7V Nina’ pana an &R Py aan uh, Dat a6 Laat’ ahh ab 2a Ae ria. VAAL Malate 11] amma caIM THT NUDA RUAN AAG ARAL ease gag Beeeacimie ph, wre Rage Aaaay AAjjcpisouenna ) AUABANAA | O “AL Oa. ret A@ Bane. S20. AAP MAaalah ASAASIAUAA | 136 ba 4 y te, ' > e cot TT | dn aA canna AA . ‘2 os a Tilt p . sy iy al 1" in aah VARA éei pr Annan ae’. rig aA Aliph POA Ar YN Na Seas Bs Malas TTL SAC Reorerrr nnn aan sally alsan.» SA caninse ADR) zs \ wy ; ’ PAM ADA: 6 ata Ps “4 \ | f PPA y VQ uA laa aa. Nya) : 1 ; é Ne aah om ah AAA \ haa! arpAs ys MAN a : f : Wecainee Seen I} | | DRT outta ea UAE ssertc cco AMUN LDA %» A. ‘has Ama wi eo Re aR ye st ae | el dd WAAL oad oy 474 } ; Wwe ' : Baer, of 4 ve seraaeety bal Dt ay P#RRAne,_. er’ SAAN 42 J OO det do den ar 4 be.) TSS ss a td trey Yn. uve ‘$yeSe8 TY Lat Otte f * , Ame 2 0a, \~7 4a - heat het 4 ep tLe pa ale Sey papsraba Vg B MP i ¥ ® 4 there im tT EP t doles Nie aed ~ PY Tita le A aie ® mheg oe wo > ~A mal ea ’ ante Rel tn WNVARBWAIS a Sas ph am RA ed » ah 7 bs 1" a = ee ” t Pewn iii) | Lag > ; Es ~ gro Pee ta AN oa "WOLD 01205 3609